
/ \W>" \w vlfv ' 

4? V 




INTRODUCTORY HEBREW METHOD 



WILLIAM R. HARPER'S 
INTRODUCTORY 

Hebrew Method and Manual 



NEW AND REVISED EDITION 



J. M. POWIS SMITH, Ph.D. 

Professor of Old Testament Language and Literature 
in the University of Chicago 



CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 

NEW YORK CHICAGO BOSTON 



£bT 



1 i<jfc*» 



Copyright, 1921, 1922, by 
CHARLES SCRIBNERS SONS 



PRINTED AT 

THE SCRIBNER PRESS 

NEW YORK, U. S. A. 



•JAN 30 1922 
©CU654458 



PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION 



The Method and Manual of the late President William 
Rainey Harper first appeared as A Hebrew Manual in 1883. 
Since the 2nd edition in 1885, several reprints have been made, 
but the text of that edition has stood practically without change. 
The Inductive approach to the study of Hebrew represented by 
the Harper text-books has commended itself to a wide circle 
of teachers and has yielded satisfactory results in arousing 
and maintaining the interest of large numbers of students. 
The fact that since its first presentation more American 
students have studied Hebrew by this method than by all 
other methods combined, and that notwithstanding the need of 
revision in the text-books, the method has held its own in 
a field where competition is keen, warrants the effort to 
bring the Method and Manual into line with advancing 
knowledge. The scope of the revision has been determined 
by the New Edition of the Elements of Hebrew (1921) with 
which the Method and Manual should be used. 

The student mind is confronted by an ever-increasing 
variety of subjects, each with its own special appeal and 
many of them offering an apparently short and easy route 
to a desired goal. It is inevitable that Hebrew should suffer 
some loss of adherents; and it is well that such as have no 
special aptitude for linguistic study should expend their 
energies in fields that are for them more productive. But 
as long as the Old Testament remains one of the great 
historical documents of the Jewish and Christian faiths, 
there will ever be many who will seek to obtain a scholar's 
control of the literary sources of their historic beliefs. As 
the prologue to the Wisdom of Sirach says, "When things 
spoken in Hebrew are translated into another tongue they 
have not quite the same meaning; and not only these things 
(i. e. the following chapters), but the Law itself and the 

5 



6 Preface 

Prophecies and the rest of the books, convey a different 
meaning when spoken in their original [language]." All 
who would enter into the inner sanctuary of the Hebrew 
spirit must first equip themselves with the linguistic key. 
The chambers to which it furnishes access are spacious and 
splendid to a degree that can never be appreciated by one 
who has not seen them. The Hebrew mind must remain 
largely terra incognita to him who does not know its native 
language. That the first steps in the learning of that lan- 
guage may be made simple and may represent actual 
progress in the mastery of the Old Testament in its own 
idiom is sufficient reason for sending out the Harper Method 
and Manual in a new edition. 

To my colleague Professor Ira Maurice Price who guided 
me in my first journey through the Introductory Hebrew 
Method and Manual, and has aided in the making of this 
edition by reading both copy and proof, I gratefully ac- 
knowledge my indebtedness. To teachers long familiar with 
this book in its old form, I offer no apologies for changes. 
Every true teacher rejoices in the progress of knowledge, 
even when that progress is at his cost. New editions teach 
new duties. The best teachers are always themselves eager 
learners. 

J. M. POWIS SMITH 
The Untvebsity of Chicago 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION 



The student of a language must acquire three things: (1) a 
working vocabulary of the language, (2) a knowledge of the gram- 
matical principles of the language, (3) an ability to use this vocab- 
ulary and to apply these principles, so as to gain the best results, 
whether for a literary or an exegetical purpose. 

While all agree as to the end desired, the method of attaining 
this end is a question in dispute. According to one view, the 
student is first to learn the principles as they are laid down in the 
grammars, and then apply them to selected words, or short senten- 
ces. And after a short preliminary training of this sort, he is 
plunged headlong into a text without notes of any kind, and 
expected to make progress, and to enjoy the study. His vocabu- 
lary is to be learned by looking up the words in the Lexicon, until 
they become familiar. Different phases of this method are in use 
among teachers of Hebrew; but all follow practically the same 
order, (1) study of grammar, (2) application of grammar. 

It is the purpose of this volume to furnish a textbook, which 
shall assist in acquiring the Hebrew language by a different meth- 
od. The method employed may be called an inductive one. The 
order of work which it advocates is, first, to gain an accurate and 
thorough knowledge of some of the "facts" of the language; sec- 
ondly, to learn from these facts the principles which they illustrate, 
and by vvhich they are regulated; thirdly, to apply these principles 
in the further progress of the work. A few words of explanation 
are needed at this point: — 

(1) The method Is an inductive, not the inductive method; and 
while, upon the whole, it is rigidly employed throughout the 
course, a slight departure is made at times, in order to make more 
complete the treatment of a subject, for some detail of which an 
example has not occurred. 

(2) The term "facts," as used, Includes data from whatever 
source gathered; not merely the grammatical forms found in the 
passages studied, but also the paradigms which contain these and 
other forms systematically arranged. 

(3) It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse before 



S Preface. 

the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. On the contrary, 
he is taught important principles, and that, too, inductively, dur- 
ing the first hour's work. The three processes are all the while 
going on together. He is increasing the store of "facts" at his 
command, and, at the same time, learning from the facts thus 
acquired new principles, and applying these principles to the new 
forms continually coming to his notice. Great care must be exer- 
cised, however, that the correct order be followed. Let him at- 
tempt to learn no principle of which he has not had several illus- 
trations. Let him be required to apply no principle the application 
of which he has not already learned from familiar cases. 

(4) The memorizing of the "facts" of a language, before a 
knowledge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece 
of drudgery; yet not so great as is the memorizing of grammar 
without a knowledge of the "facts." Nor will it long remain 
drudgery; for very soon, the student will begin to see analogies, to 
compare this word with that, and, in short, to make his own 
grammar. From this time, there will be developed such an inter- 
est in the work, that all thought of drudgery will pass away. 

The question is frequently asked, How is the first lesson given? 
A brief statement must suffice: — 

The first word of Genesis I. 1 is written on the board, and the 
English equivalent of each consonant and vowel-sound indicated 
to the student. The word, as a whole, is then pronounced, and its 
meaning given. The student is called upon to pronounce it, and 
to give its meaning. The second word is taken up and treated in 
the same manner. Then the two words are pronounced together, 
and their meaning given. After this, each remaining word is 
considered, and with each new word a review of all the preceding 
words is made. When he has learned thus to pronounce the entire 
verse, and to give a Hebrew word when its 'English equivalent is 
named, the student is shown the "Notes" on pages 13, 14 of the 
"Method," where, for his private study, he will find, for sub- 
stance, the aid already given orally. His attention is also directed 
to the "Observations," with most of which he has been made 
familiar by the previous work. He is now informed that at the 
following recitation he will be expected (1) to pronounce the 
verse without hesitation from the pointed Hebrew (2) to pronounce 
it, and write it on the board, from the English translation; (3) to 
pronounce it, and write it on the board from the unpointed text; (4) 
to write the transliteration of it, as given in the "Notes" or in the 
Manual. The absolute mastery of the verse is, therefore, the 
first thing. There will remain to be taken up, (1) the "Notes," 
for all of which the student is held responsible; (2) the "Obser- 
vations," which he is expected to recall, at the suggestion of the 
word on which the observation is based; (3) the "Word-Lesson," 



Preface. 9 

which, at first, includes few words not contained in the verse or 
verses of the Lesson, and which is to be learned in such a manner 
that when the English word is pronounced, the Hebrew equiv- 
alent will be given; (4) the "Exercises," which are to be written 
on paper beforehand, copied on the board in the class-room, 
criticised by instructor and class, and corrected by each student on 
his paper. 

The "Topics for Study" are intended to furnish a resume* of 
the more important points touched upon in the Lesson. By 
their use, a rapid and helpful review of the hour's work is accom- 
plished. 

In subsequent "Lessons," a "Grammar-Lesson" is assigned. 
In every case, however, the instructor should read and explain 
each reference to the class before asking them to prepare it. 

The "Lessons" cover chapters I-VIII. of Genesis, and include 
a formal study of almost every important portion of the grammar, 
except the Accents, the Euphony of Vowels, the Euphony of Con- 
sonants, the Verb with Suffixes, the Irregular Nouns, and the 
Inflection of Feminine Nouns, to all of which, however, numer- 
ous allusions and references are made in the "Notes." 

All the help possible is given the student in the first fifteen 
"Lessons." But from this point he is led gradually to rely more 
and more upon himself. The "Lessons" will be found to contain 
more, perhaps, than some classes can prepare for a single recita- 
tion, although this will depend largely upon the character of the 
class and the number of recitations during a week. It was deemed 
best, however, to make them thus, since it is an easy matter for 
the instructor to indicate that a certain portion of the exercises 
may be omitted. The author himself will feel inclined to require 
everything in the "Lessons." 

Special attention is invited to the "Review-Lessons," in the 
study of each of which two or more recitations may profitably be 
spent. 

The "Method" is understood to include also the "Manual," 
although the latter, for a sufficient reason, is paged separately, and 
given a title-page and preface of its own. 

For the material contained in these Lessons, and for its 
arrangement, the author is indebted to no one. The book, as it 
now appears, presents the results of five years' experience, during 
which it has been his privilege to teach not less than five hundred 
men their first lesson in Hebrew. 

Many valuable hints have "been received from Mr. Frederick J. 
Gurney, by whom great assistance has been received in the work 
of the Correspondence School of Hebrew. He has also kindly 
helped in the preparation of manuscript for the printer, and in 
revising the proof-sheets. For similar service the author is in- 



10 Pbeface. 

debted to Mr. C. E. Crandall, and to Rev. John W. Payne. To the 
latter credit is also due for his painstaking care in the typograph- 
ical work of the book. 

With a faith in the Inductive Method, which grows stronger 
every year, and with the hope that the time may soon come when 
many others shall have an equally strong faith in it, the author 
commits the "Method" to its friends. 

W. R. H. 
Moegan Pabk, September 1, 1885. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 






23- 


27 


27- 


30 


31- 


34 


34- 37 


37- 


40 


41- 


44 


44- 


46 


46- 49 


49- 53 


53- 


55 



INTRODUCTORY METHOD. 

Page 

Lesson I Genesis I. 1 13- 16 

Lesson II Genesis I. 2a 16-20 

Lesson III Genesis I. 26, 3 20-23 

Lesson IV Genesis I. 4 

Lesson V Genesis I. 5 

Lesson VI Genesis I. 6 

Lesson VII Genesis I. 7, 8. . . . 

Lesson VIII Genesis I. 9 ... . 

Lesson IX Genesis I. 10, 11 

Lesson X Genesis I. 12, 13 

Lesson XI Genesis I. 14, 15 

Lesson XII Genesis I. 16, 17 49-53 

Lesson XIII Genesis I. 18-20 53-55 

Lesson XIV Genesis I. 21-23 55-60 

Lesson XV Genesis I. 24-26 60-63 \ 

Lesson XVI Genesis I. 27-29 64-67 J 

Lesson XVII Genesis I. 30, 31 68- 70~ N 

Lesson XVIII Review 70-73 

Lesson XIX Genesis II. 1-3 73-77 

Lesson XX Genesis II. 4-6 77- 82" 

Lesson XXI Genesis II. 7-9 82-86 

Lesson XXII Genesis II. 10-12 86-90 

Lesson XXIII Genesis II. 13, 14 90- 93 / 

Lesson XXIV Genesis II. 15, 16 93-96 

Lesson XXV Genesis II. 17, 18 96-98/ 

Lesson XXVI Genesis II. 19-21 98-101 

Lesson XXVII Genesis II. 21, 22 101-105 

Lesson XXVIII Genesis II. 23 105-107 

Lesson XXIX Genesis II. 24, 25 108-111 

Lesson XXX Review 112-114 

Lesson XXXI Genesis III. 1,2 114-118 



W*'H 



Iw 



\i 



12 Table of Contents. 

Page 

Lesson XXXII Genesis III. 3-5 118-122 

Lesson XXXIII Genesis III. 6-8 122-125 

Lesson XXXIV Genesis III. 9-11 126-129 

Lesson XXXV Genesis III. 12-14 129-132 

Lesson XXXVI Genesis III. 15-17 132-137 

Lesson XXXVII Genesis III. 18-21 137-140 

Lesson XXXVIII Genesis III. 22-24 140-144 

Lesson XXXIX Genesis IV. 1-4 144-146 

Lesson XL Genesis IV. 5-8 146-149 

Lesson XLI Genesis IV. 9-12 149-151 

Lesson XLII Genesis IV. 13-17 151-154 

Lesson XLIII Genesis IV. 18-22 154-156 

Lesson XLIV Genesis IV. 23-26 157-159 

Lesson XLV Review 160-116 

Lesson XL VI Genesis V. 1-16 .162-164 

Lesson XL VII Genesis V. 17-32 165-167 

Lesson XL VIII Genesis VI. 1-8 168-170 

Lesson XLIX Genesis VI. 9-15 171-173 

Lesson L Genesis VI. 16-22 173-175 

Lesson LI Genesis VII. 1-8 176-178 

Lesson LII Genesis VII. 9-16 178-180 

Lesson LIII Genesis VII. 17-24 , 181-183 

Lesson LIV Genesis VIII. 1-7 183-185 

Lesson LV Genesis VIII 8-14. 186-188 



MANUAL. 



Page 

I. The Hebbew Text of Genesis Chaps. I.-IV 191-201 

II. A Literal Translation of Genesis Chaps. I.-IV 202-212 

III. The Unpointed Hebrew Text of Genesis Chaps. I.-IV 213-222 

IV. Transliteration of Genesis Chap. 1 223-225 

V. The Hebrew Text of Genesis Chaps. V.-VIII 227-236 

VI. Hebrew-English Vocabulary of Genesis Chaps. I. -VIII .239-260 

VII. English-Hebrew Vocabulary of Genesis Chaps. I. -VIII 261-266 

VIII. Word Lists— Hebrew 267-273 

IX. Word Lists— Translation 274-279 



INTRODUCTORY HEBREW METHOD 



LESSON I.— GENESIS I. I. 1 

[To the student: — Let it bo understood from the outset that nothing short 
of complete mastery, and that, of everything in the Lesson, will accomplish 
the end in view. Not a needless word or statement has been Inserted. Let it 
be a matter of principle to do just what is assigned, — no more, no less.] 

1. NOTES 
1. iTt^iO-) — b're'-siQ (two syllables) — In-beginning: 

a. Six letters;— % (b); *") (r); ft, called 'alef,2 not pronounced, but 
represented by ' ; £•' (§ =sh) ; ♦ (y), here silent after—, j-j (q_- 
th, as in thin). 

b. Three vowel-sounds : — — ( e ) under *]} , pron. like e In below, see 
§5. 6. a;3~^(e), like ey in they;) (I), like i in machine. 

2 # JO-) — Da * ra ' (two syllables) — (he) -created: 

T T 

o. Three letters.— 3 (b) ; -) (r) ; tf (') called 'alef, 2 see 1 a.* 
b. Two vowel-sounds : — Both ~T~ (a), like a in all. 

3. D'ri 5 ?^ — '" lo - nlm (two syllables) — God (literally Gods): 

a. Five letters .—ft ('); ^ (1); f| (h); » (y), silent after—; Q(m). 

b. Three-vowel-sounds : — ~.T(*), like e in met, quickly uttered, §6. 
6. c; _l_(6), like 6 in note; ♦ (i), see 1. b. 

c. The accent — - with -r , marks this word as the middle of the 
verse. 

4. ntf^~ '®9 — not translated » Dut represented in translation by )(. 
5 D'DtSftl — ha§-§a-ma'-yim (four syllables) — the-heavens : 

•J- T ~ 

a. Five letters .— pj (h) ; {£•" (§=5/1), but ^ (with a dot in its bosom) 
is § doubled; Q(m), written so at beginning or in the middle of a 
word; ♦ (y), not silent as before but like y in year; Q (m), 
written so at end of a word, § 3. 2. 



1 The text of Gen. 1 :1 will be found on page — ; the transliteration, on 
page — : the translation, on page — . 

2 This word Is pronounced with & like a in all, law, etc. 

• References preceded by § are to the "Elements of Hebrew," new ed. 
(1021>. 

4 References without 5 mark are to preceding Notes In these Lessons. 

13 



v 



14 Lesson 1. 



6. Four vowel-sounds .- — ~^~(a), like a in hatter, § 5. 1;"^, see 2 b; 
~ =r ~(a);~^~(i), like i in pin, § 5. 2 

c. The sign ~~T under JQ is used arbitrarily in these Lessons to indi- 

cate the position of the accent when as in this word, it is not on 
the last vowel. 

d. The i of the last syllable is only of secondary importance. 

6. nKl — w "e0 (one syllable) — and-)(, see 4: 

a. Three letters.- — ^ (w), like w in water; ft ('); J-| (()). 
o. Two vowel-sounds .- — ~~~ (•), see 1. o; ~^~ (e), see 1. o. 

7. J^Nn — na -' a '- r 6? (three syllables) — the-earth: 

a. Four letters.— ft (h) ;# (') ; *j (r); V (s), a sharp hissing sound. 

§ 2. 7. 
t>. TTiree vowel-sound s .« — ~T" (a) ; "T" (a) ;~(e), like e In met. 

c. The last vowel is of secondary character, as in 5 d. 

d. The accent - f", under ^, marks this word as the end of the verse; 
the J is equivalent to a period. 

2. OBSERVATIONS. 

1. The letters in this verse are:— (i) $ t ( 2 ) ^ f (3) ft, (4) \ (5 )♦, 
(6) *?, (7) O, (8) D, (9) y, (10) "), (ID tT, (12) W, (13) f|. 

2. The vowel sounds:— (1)— , (2) ~ :: ~, (3) ~, (4) ~ (5), -^_, (6) 
— , (7) ♦_, (8) — , (9) — . 

3. To be carefully distinguished in pronunciation are: — 

(1)T C),~ ( e ),- (e), ^"(e); ( 2 ) "=" (a), - (&); (3)~(i),^ (I). 

4. Above the line, a dot is 6 (as in note); below the line, it is I 

5. The Hebrew is written from right to left. [ (as in pin). 

6. The plural ending of masc. nouns is Q* (Im), as in Q*}"]*^ 

(lit, Gods); cf. the Hebrew words that have been Anglicized] 
cherub-\m, and seraph-\m- 

7. J1J$ C g 0)» not translatable, is a sign placed before the object 
of a verb, when that object is both direct and definite. 



Lesson 1. 15 



8. The preposition in, 3, and the conjunction and, •), are never 
written separately, being always prefixed to the following word. 

9. When it is desired to pronounce a letter twice in succession, 
that letter is written but once, and a dot inserted (seeyf) in its 
bosom. IA%' - 

10. The letter of the Definite Article {the) is j-[ (h). 

11. Most words are accented on the last vowel; those which are 
accented elsewhere mark the place of the accent in this book, by the 
sign "7". 

12. Every syllable begins with a consonant. The vowel-sounds 
-j- and — cannot alone carry a syllable. 

3. WORD-LESSON. 

(1) DVf?K God (5) ^ in (9) ^D 1 he-ruled 

(2) ION 1 he-said (6) N^ 1 he-created (10) JT(2frn beginning 

(3) }HjSK7 the-earth (7) JT •£! ffce (11) DW' heavens 

(4) /IN K (8) ) and (12) ^O^ 1 Ae-fcpt 

4. EXERCISES 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) And-beginning ; (2) And- 
heavens; (3) He-created )( the-earth and-){ the-heavens; (4) God fcep£ 
(Hebrew order: fcepi God) )( the-heavens; (5) God (is) 2 in-heavens; 
(6) God ruZed (Hebrew order: ruZed God); (7) In-beginning God 
said; (8) TTie (J-f) -beginning ; (9) tae (pj)-God; (10) And-the-earth. 

T T 

2. To be translated into English: — (1) D'D^TM; (2) ")QE> 

• '- t ~ : - t 

pNH JIN DVfW; (3) D'DB>3 D'H 1 ?** ^'0; (4) JYB'JOni; 

P Vjt t •• • — t : • v: ~ t • -|v t 

(5) o^rfwrr noN. 



1 A verb in the past tense 3d person singular masculine. 

: Parentheses () enclose words which are not to be rendered Into Hebrew. 



16 Lesson 2. 



3. To be written in English letters : — (1) "IO£>, (2) *0<, (3) 

- T ~ T 

*7&q, (4) a, (5) x (6) D'Dtfn, (7) *m (8) rim, w dt^n; 

- t : : • j- t - tt - : •'■«•: 

(10) 



4. To he written in Hebrew letters:— (1) la, (2) la§, (3) Ml, 
(4) be, (5) ra, (6) yim, (7) Im, (8) I» (9) h«, (10) le. 

5. TOPICS FOR 8TUDY. 

(1) The sounds represented by the letter e as variously printed. 

(2) The plural ending; the preposition in; the conjunction and. 

( 3 ) The sign ]")£$; the method employed to indicate the doubling 
of a letter. 

(4) The article; the usual place of the accent; the difference be- 
tween f2 and Q . 

LESSON II.— GENESIS I. 2a. 

1. NOTES. 

8. ^"lKH^ — w'ha-'a'-res — and-the-earth : see 7, preceding Lesson. 

9 # ftf/Vn — n &-y e a ( n ) (two syllables) — (she) was: 

a. 1st syllable, jf (ha), ends in a vowel and is said to be open, 

§ 26. 1. 
o. 2d syllable, ftpp y«Qa(h) ; the final pj is silent, as always at 

t : 

the end of a word; the — is not a full vowel, and goes with 
what follows, 
c. The sign "T with ~ indicates a secondary accent, § 18. 

10. )Hh — 6°'" nu ( two syllables) — (a) -desolation : 

a. 1st syl., p) (Q), — 6, (not 6), ends in a vowel i. e. is open 
§26. 1. 

b. 2d syl., j-j (h), «| (u), like oo in tool, is open, § 26. 1. 

11. irOI — wa-vo'hu (three syllables) — and- (a) -waste: 

J T 

o. 5 is not o (^j), but v as in vote. 



Lesson 2. 17 



b. Each syllable is open, § 26. 1. 

12. H^ni — w*ho'-Sex (two syllables) — and-darkness : 

a. } (w); ffW' a narsn fc-sound, § 2. 3; gf (§=*&); rt (x ), 
like German d) (weak). 

b. T (•); the _^-over m serves also for the vowel 6; — (e). 

c. The ~r in T"| must be written, when final, but it has no sound. 

d. The final vowel here is of secondary character; see 5.d and I.e. 

13. *Xr*y$ — 'al-fp*n6 (two syllables)— upon+faces-of : 

a. V V), practically unpronounceable for us, called ( a'-yin, § 2. 2; 

*? (1); g (P); J (n). 

&. The i after — (§) is silent, as was that after— (1), see 1. b. 

c. The sign " is the Hebrew hyphen, represented in transliteration 
by +. 

d. These two words, upon and faces-of, are pronounced as if one. 

14. DinrV~6* nom (° ne syllable) — abyss.- 

a : 

a. A syllable beginning with two consonants, but between them is 
the short e-sound described in § 5. 6.a. 

b. The syllable ends in a consonant, — it is closed, § 26. 2. 

c. As tis silent after — or — , so «| is silent under -^- (0). 

d. — , see 3.c, preceding Lesson. 

2. LETTERS AND VOWELS PROMISCUOUSLY ARRANGED. 



♦ 


n 


3 


rr 


n 


1 


D 


J 


3 


j 


K 


t 


y 


i 


r 


3 


b> 


n 


i 


3 


■? 


3 





rr 



18 Lesson 2. 



Suggestion. — Study this table until every sign has been mastered. 
It contains sixteen out of the twenty-two letters, and eleven out of 
the fifteen vowel-signs in Hebrew. 

3. OBSERVATIONS. 

13. New letters: (i) $, ( 2 ) ft, (3) *], (4) JT, (5) £), (6) J, 

14. New vowels: (1) «j, (2) t , (3) y, but t and «j (6 and o) 

are pronounced just like " and _i_ (e and 5), the former having what 
is termed a fuller writing. 

15. -r-, called § # wa, is the least vowel-sound and cannot carry a 
syllable. 

16. While the conjunction and (•)) is usually written with S»wa 
(thus: *)), it is once written in this lesson ^ (wa). 

J T 

17. Syllables ending in a vowel are called open; ending in a con- 
sonant, they are called closed. 

18. Observe the difference between ^ (b) and ^ (v); ft (h) and 

ft (h); K 0) and # O; 1 (w) and (u). 

19. Observe that t la silent after ~^~or ""^j 1 » under —^- or with a 
dot in it (*)) ; ft , at the end of a word. 

20. The Hebrew verbal inflection distinguishes gender. 

21. While most Hebrew words are accented on the last vowel, see 
Obs. 11, four words in this Lesson, out of seven, have the accent else- 
where, as shown by the position of the sign-r-. 

22. The Hebrew says: faces-of abyss, not faces of-abyss; that is, 
the first of two words in the genitive relation suffers change; this 
order is never changed. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

Learn In the "Elements of Hebrew" the following sections: — 

1. § 2. 1—3,6,8, The pronunciation of ft, ft, y, ft, gf, \ 

2. §3. 1, Order of writing; extended letters. 

3. § 9. 1, and § 5. 6.c, S e wa, its representation and pronunciation. 



4. §26. 1. 2, 

5. § 49. 1, 



Lesson 2. 



19 



Open and Closed Syllables. 
The ordinary writing of the conjunction 
and (V- 



5. WORD-LESSON. 

(13) IJ-D waste (16) T]8^*PI darkness (19) DOS face* 

(14) tVil he-was (17) *?V «P<>« (20) 1HJ1 desolation 

T T " A 

(15) nn*n sfce-was (18) OS faces-of (21) Dinn a&yss 

t:|t " : : 

Note.— The word for waste, when it stands by itself, is ^H3( b5 '" 
hu), not}|"D (vo'-hu); so we say IJifl (to'-hu) desolation, not IJiH 

(eo'-hu),and D^nn not Dinn. 



6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) In-beginning wot (1) 
the-earth; (2) Darkness was upon ^.the-earth; Desolation (3) 
(irifl , not inn* W(W ( m ) upon+faces-of the-heavens; (4) Faces; 
(5) Faces-of abyss; (6) God ruZed in-( = over)- darkness; (7) 
God-of Ori^^) the-heavens; (8) Gk>d was in-beginning; (9) 
He-created )( the-earth and-){ the-heavens; (10) 27ie-ear*Ji too* (f.). 

2. To be translated into English: — 

D*n f artyj H$? W^£ 03? ^0 (1) 
Dinn f |B"ty n»n tj^hi rjt?rp pan nn??i (2) 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) DOS, (2) fTVl, (3) 'h^N, 

• T T T 

(4) nwn, (5) onn, (6) Dinn, (7) inn, m irin, (9) nrin, do) ins . 

T t IT * J * J 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) ha, (2) htl, (3) ha, 
(4) h5, (5) ht, (6) ho, (7) ha, (8) nlm, (9) <al, (10) sex, (11) pa, 
(12) S&. 



20 Lesson 3. 



7. TOPICS FOR 8TUDY. 
(1) Two ways of writing and. (2) The circumstances under 
which » and ^ are silent. (3) New letters and vowels. (4) Open 
and closed syllables. (5) The sign t ; its representation and 
pronunciation. (6) Extended letters. (7) Words in the genitive 
relation. 



LESSON III.— GENESIS I. 2b, 3. 

1. NOTES. 

15. Hill — ™* ru (a)h ( one syllable) — and-spirit-of ; 

a. Three consonants: — ^ (w), "■) (r), pj (h) the harsh ft-sound. 
o. The conjunction and (^) written with S e wa, §49. 1; fj = u, as 

oo in fool; the — (a) to be pronounced before the pj, and not 

after it. 

c. This word is treated as having but one syllable, the * and a not 
counting as full vowels. 

d. The -=- is slipped in between the u and the h in order to form 
a transition sound between these two sounds of such different 
physiological formation. 

16. n£3nnD — me ra(h)-he'-feQ (three syllables) — brooding: 

a. £ = /, while £ is p; cf . 3 — i? and 3 b, § 12. 1. N. 1. 

b. The final unaccented vowel is of secondary origin, cf. 5.d, 7>c, 
and 12.cZ. 

c. ft indicates that the form is a participle; ft, that it is feminine. 

17. * O'JDil — h&m-ma'-yim (three syllables) — the-waters: 

a. ft = m, ft — mm : a point in a letter preceded by a full vowel in- 
dicates doubling, and is called Dages-forte, § 13. 1, cf $ (5. a). 

b. The t here precedes ~ and so is sounded (as y in year). 

c. The article the is fj , with — under it and Dages-fSrte in the 
following consonant; cf. D^t^Jl < 5 )» § 45 - *• 

• J- T _ 

cZ. The i is an unaccented secondary vowel; cf. 5.cZ, 7.c, 12. tf, and 16.6. 



Lesson 3. 21 



e. The accent — indicates the end of the verse; • always follows 
this accent. 

1 8. *0<*V^way-y6''-mer — (three syllables) — and-(he)-said, §§26. 

1, 2, Note 1; 13. 1: 

a. The perf. 3rd. p. masc. is "\f2tf ('a-mar) he-said. 

- T 

b. The prefixed * indicates the imperfect, *")££{* 

c. The conjunction ( -1 ) connects this sentence with the preceding, 
and also makes the imperfect equivalent to a perfect (and-he-said) . 
This seeming anomaly will be taken up later; it is sufficient here 
to learn that *)QX = he sai(i >' "TDSPl = ^nd-he-said. 

19. "TT - y eni H— -shall-be (or let-he), §§ 10. 1; 26. 1; 17. 1: 

a. The first t indicates the imperfect as in *)£{<*♦ 

b. The~T- being a S*wa vowel, this word has but one syllable, § 27. 1. 

c. rvn he - was ; °f- nsvn < 9 > she-was. 

20.SiX—' 6r ""^ 7lt 'V§ , 5. 5; 26. 2: 
0# j^ has no sound, but is represented by \ § 2. 1. 
0t ^ , with a point over it, unites with the point, as in dHil (**)• 

2\ % "\T1 — way-hX-f — and- (there) -was, § 17. 1: 
en. The conjunction here, as in ^ft^l (18), not merely connects, but 

converts the imperfect (shall be) into a perfect (was), 
b. The conjunction in ^E^ 1 ) was .«), but here it is }, the Dages- 

fSrte having been rejected. 
c# The sign (T) w ith-^- indicates a secondary accent, cf. 9. c, § 18. 1. 

d. * forms a diphthong with preceding a; cf. § 10. 2 a. 

2. WOflDS ARRANGED PROMISCUOUSLY FOR EXAMINATION. 1 



rwvn 

t :it 


■»nn 


Dinn 


irb 


DTft>8 


• IT 


"P«! 


TT 


niN 


on 


D^^'n 


D!0H 

•it - 


npNn 


^ 


nrrn 


•3? 


nsmo 




f n? 


nx 


ywo 


H£91 


W105 





1 Examine, pronounce aloud, translate, and matter these words. 



22 Lesson 3. 



3. OBSERVATIONS. 

23. A sign of the feminine gender is the letter fl. 

24. Q = p, but £ = /; ^ = 6, but ^ = v. 

25. A syllable closing with DageS-fdrte is called sharpened. 
All sharpened syllables are, of course, closed syllables. 

26. The prefix t marks the imperfect (3 masc. sing.). 

27. 1 connects, but *}, a stronger form, connects and converts. 

28. Roots have three letters (see *)QK he said, tt*D ne created), 

- T T T 

all other letters are prefixes or suffixes. 

29. The laryngeals tf f pj ; pj, W f ■") r causing many seeming irregu- 
larities in the forms of words, deserve special attention. [vowel. 

30. Dages-fdrte 1 is in every case immediately preceded by a 

31. The vowel of open syllables is long, of closed, short; of 
accented syllables it may be either long or short. 

32. The letter of the article is f|; its vowel is regularly ■=-; it 
usually has D. f.2 in the first letter of the word to which it is pre- 
fixed. But note |f, in 



4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 
Learn in the "Elements of Hebrew" the following sections: — 

1. Under § 4. 1, The laryngeals tf, f7/ 11/ J?' and 1> cf - obs - 29 - 

2. § 13. 1, Dages-fdrte, cf. Obs. 30. 

3. § 28. 1, 2, Quantity of vowels in syllables, cf. Obs. 31. 

4. §47. 1, The writing of the preposition ^ (in). 

5. WORD-LESSON. 

(22) "ffct light (25) *TJK»J and-he-said (28) HfirnO brooding 

(23) Bf>N man (26) "71^ and- (there) -was (29) f"UO he-saw 

(24) D'O waters (27) W ta-(there)-fc« (30) fTP «ptri* 



1 The a in this word is pronounced as a in all ; the e like ey in *7i^/. 
The main accent is on the syllable g e ». 
3 D. f. = Dages-f or te. 



Lesson 4. 23 



Notes. — (1) "^N means Ught or light-of; {tfitf, man or man-of; 
niT spirit or spirit-of; (2) The word for waters is Q>£, but at the 
entf of the verse, where the voice rests upon the word, it is written 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To he translated into Hebrew: — (1) Darkness (^as)i upon-\- 
the-waters, and-upon-{-(the)-faces-of the-earth; (2) In-beginning (the) 
spirit-of God (was) brooding upon the-waters; (3) God saw )( the- 
heavens, and-)( the-waters; (4) (The) -man-of God, (the) -light-of the- 
heavens; (5) And-he-said, he-said; he-was, she-was, let-( there) -be, 
and- (there) -was ; (6) he-saw, he-created, he-was. 

2. To be translated into English: — (1) D^ftftj (2) TJfrO; (3) 

p#n; (4) c>Nr?, (5) D'ri^n, (6) b*k\, (7) rmi w Dp O) 
D*pn, do) niKrr, <i« Tttepj. 

3. To he written in English letters: — (1) j-tfO, (2) tg^tf, (3) »f]», 

(4) Dtp, (5) H9, (6) nm : , (7) -VJN, (8) -W5* 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) si$, (2) rtl, (3) nfi, (4) 
yim, (5) 'Is, (6) m«ra, (7) m'ra, (8) §al, (9) mar, (10) ham. 

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Prep, rj, ( 2 ) Laryngeals. (3) Quantity of vowels in syllables. 
(4) DageS-forte. (5) Sign of the feminine. (6) Sign of the participle. 
(7) Writing of the article. (3) Sign of the imperfect. (9) Root 
(10) ^ and -V (ID Sharpened syllable. 



LESSON IV.— GENESIS 1. 4. 

1. NOTES. 

22. N"W — way-yar' (two syllables) — andr(he)-saw, cf. 18. c, 21. o: 

a. The conjunction -^ , forming, with t , a sharpened syllable, § 26. 
Note 1. 

b. The letter t indicates the imperfect, tfy , cf. 18. 6. 



1 Words In parentheses are not to be rendered in Hebrew. 



24 Lesson 4. 



c. Sowa under *) silent, § 11.; J^ here without force, § 43. 1. R. 1. 

23. TiNnVIN - " 'e0+ha-'6r (three syllables)— )(+the-light : 

a. In v. 1 J1K is an accented closed syl.; here un-accented, because 
joined by Makkef to following word, § 17. 1. 2.; hence short e ap- 
pears in the unaccented syllable, § 29. 4. a. 

b. Article here isff, as in j>-|N»T but cf - -ft in O'filtfiJ, DtDH. 

c. 1st syl. unaccented closed; 2d, unac. open; 3d, accented closed, 
§ 28. 1, 2. 

d. The o is 6, not 6, same sound, but different value, § 7. 4. 

24. DiD"*2 — kl-f-t6v (two syllables) — that+good: 

a. Three consonants: 3 (k), cf. 3 (X) ; ^ (t), cf. fl; 3 (v). 

b. Two unchangeable vowels: >— (i), «j (6), § 30. 2. &., 6. c. 

c. On the use of letters to indicate vowel-sounds, § 6. 2, 3. 
25 # ^l^l — way-yav-del — and-(h.e)-caused-a-division, § 28. 1,2: 

a. *tj (d) a new letter; without the dot ("]), it is d (— £7i in t7iis ) . 

b. 1st and 2d syl.'s unaccented closed (short vowel); 3d, accented 
closed (long vowel). 

c. § e wa under ^ is silent. 

26. P2 — ^to — oetween > §§3. 2; 5. 3; 6. 3; 12. 1: 

a 4 The letter n at the end of a word is -written r, not } # 
6. Both S (* ) and e ( ) are pronounced as ey in they. 

c. The vowel here is unchangeable (§), not changeable (§). 

d. There is a dot in 3, as there was in 5 of f|*£^t*Q 

27. W)~~ u_vgn — and-between, §§ 12. 1; 49. 2: 

a. Before the labial ^, the word for and is written •) 
6. Note that between is b£n, and-between is u-v§n. 

28. TTt^'nn — n a(h)-h5'-sex — the-darkness ; (cf. 12. a, b, c) : 
a. The article in this case is pj; not .ft, nor *^ # 

&. The accent falls on the vowel o, the final e being only a secondary 
vowel; cf. 5.d, l.c, 12.d. 



Lesson 4. 



25 



c. Note that ff appears to be an unaccented open syllable with a 
short vowel. However, in the case of a strong laryngeal like h 
a doubling is implied after the article. Cf. the same usage in 16. 

2. THE OCCURRENCE OF SPIRANTS IN GENESIS I. 1—4. 



n^ma 


rj (0, not v) follows nothing; ]"| (0) follows I. 


*E 


^ (ft, not r) follows J"\ of the preceding word. 


HK 


p (0, not O follows the vowel-sound e. 


nn?n 


f) (0, not t) follows the vowel-sound —. 


irfai inn 


j-| (Q) follows a of preceding word; 3 (v) follows ft. 


; }$^v 


q (p) follows the consonant ^). 


Dinn 


f| (0) follows the vowel-sound S of preceding word. 


nspOD 


£ (/ not p) follows e; J-\ (0) follows e. 


at«r*3 


3 (k, not X) follows *) ; 3 (v) follows 6. 


yon 


2 (v) follows a; *"| (d, not d) follows the consonant^ 


P 


3 (&) follows the preceding consonant Q. 


rj#n pi 


3 (v) follows the vowel ) ; ^ (X) fol. e. 



3. OBSERVATIONS. 

33. Six letters, called spirants, have two sounds: ^ 6, !D jj 1 0, J 

g (as in German Ta^e), 1^, 1 d , 3 ^, D^, Q^, SA H *, H 6- 

34. Their smooth or hard sound, 6, g, d, k, p, t, was indicated by 

a point called Dages-lene. 

35. These letters receive this point whenever* they do not imme- 
diately follow a vowel-sound, i. e., a vowel or vocal S'wa. 

36. This lesson has two new letters: ^ (t), pronounced practical- 
ly like f); and ^ (d). 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 
Learn in the "Elements of Hebrew," the following sections: 
1. § 12. 1, and Note, Spirants and Dage§-lene. 



1 This letter Is Introduced here, in order to complete the list. 



26 . Lesson 4. 



2. § 17. 


1, 2, 


3. §45. 


1. 


4. Under §4. 1, 


(31) 


P*} between 


(32) 


1 and 



Makkef and short vowel. 

The usual form of the Article. 

The letters ^, «|, ft, £j f 

5. WORD-LESSON. 

(34)K*W and-he-saw (37) !£*? he-learned 

: - t 

(35) *5 that (38) JJTO fce-^awj 

(33) ^15*1 and-he-caused- (36) 2iD pood (39) 0$ name 

'"' a-division 

Note.— The root of 'POft is ^HS be-separate; the root of JO*J 
is tilt*) see; DC = either name, or name-of . 

T T 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) And-saw God )( the-heav- 
ens and-)( the-earth and-)( the-waters; (2)The-Ught the-good ( = 
the good light); (3) Good light (in Heb., light good) was upon the- 
earth; (4) In-beginning (was) darkness; Ood created light; and-he- 
caused-a-division between light and-between darkness; (5) Ood gave 
){-\.ttve-light ; (6) He-gave the-light the-good (— the good light); 
(7) Name, the-name, (the) name-of God; (8) Between the-heavens 
and-between the-earth; (9) He-learned that the-light (was) good 
(Heb. order, He learned the light thai good). 

2. To be translated into English:— (1) 2\®TJ "UNiT (2) Otftl 

aiorr; (3) nam Tje'iXfe ( 4 >3te0 crcfHSF (5) D Tfr*?£ db?? j 

(6 > nu »T n ^ T n ^- ; (7) ° w^ d '^ f^* 

3. To be written in English letters:— (l) iti?, (2) Qfi?, (3) JJTU, 

(5) man, (5) db>3, (6) ^cgj, (7) j^> (8) pa. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) bto, (2) del, (3) ben, 
(4) d§l, (5) tov, (6) ho, (7) 66'hu, (8) '6r, (9) bo'hu, (10) ven, (11) 
(Tel, (12) XI. 



Lesson 5. 27 



7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Three ways of writing and. (2) Three ways of writing the. (3) 
Makkef. (4) Laryngeals. (5) Labials. (6) Dage§-lene. (7) Spirants 
(8) Sign of feminine, of participle. (9) Open, closed, and sharpened 
syllables. (10) Difference between 6 and 6, e and 6. (11) -V (12) 
Plural ending. 



LESSON V.— GENESIS I. 5. 
1. NOTES. 

29. fcOD*1 — ^y-yifc-ra' — And-(he)-called, § 26. 1. 2, N. 1.: 

a. On •}, see 18. c; on ♦ see 18. b; way, a sharpened sjl. 

b. p (k), a new consonant pronounced practically like rj (k), 
§ 2.4. 

c. The T under p is silent, § 11. 1. 

d. JOpt ^-vHll-call; tf*)p he-called, cf. fl*^ ^-created. 

t|: • t|t TT 

30. I^ 1 ? — la-'or — *o-*7ie-?igr7tf, § 28. 1, 2: 

a. *} the preposition to, with—, the vowel of article, § 47. 4. 
6. "j is 6, not 6. 

c. LitfM = *yjtf ; the-light = *ViXH » to-the-light = (not ■YJNfjS) 
"TIN 1 ?, fl of the article being dropped out, § 45. R. 3. 

31. OV — yom — & a y> ° not °« 

32. T[trn7*l — w e la(h)-ho-sex — and-to-the-darkness : 

a. Four words: (1) } and, (2) ^ to, (3) |-j the, (4) TltTH ^rknest. 

o. J-j of article elided and its vowel (a) given to ^, § 45. R. 3. 

c. First syl. (w«la(h)) is unaccented and apparently open, but with 
a short vowel, contrary to § 28. 1. The fact is D. f. is understood 
in ft, which, being a laryngeal, cannot receive it, § 14. 3. N. 1. 

33. SOp— ka-ra'— he-called, § 55. 1. 2: 

a. This is the simple stem or root of the verb. 

6. J$ , as always at the end of a word, is quiescent, § 43. 1, a. 

c. This word would regularly be accented on the ultima. It Is 



28 Lesson 5. 



tfX) here because of the ace. syl. ^ immediately following. 

34. rfy^—W-y'teih)— night, § 24. 2, and N. 1: 

t:at 

a. *f is not a consonant, but used merely to represent the prec. -r r 

§6.1. 
6. ♦ and its §*wa belong to the second syl.; the T is initial, § 10. 1 
c. Both T's are tone-long (a), not naturally long (a). 

35. D*")1?"*?T! — way-hi 'e-rev — and-(there)-was+evening : 

a. The first syl. (way) is unaccented and ends with a diphthong; 
there should be a D. f. in *, but it has been lost, § 26. 2. and N. 2; 
§ 28. 4; § 14. 2. 

b. The vertical line with -=- i s called MeQeg; it is a secondary 
accent written upon the second syl. before the principal accent, 
§ 18- I- 

c. The ~ under y though short is accented, and the final § is 
secondary. 

36. *")M"*iT5 — way-hi+vo-ker — and-(there)-was-±-morning : 

a. On the syl. way and on MeQeg see 35. a, b. 

b. On the connective Makkef represented by -j-, § 17. 1. 

c. The _j_is 5 (tone-long), not 6 (naturally long), § 31. 3. &. 

d. The final e is secondary. 

37. HnN — 'e(h)-hao!— one: 

a. The T is short e, d. f. being understood in ft; cf. 32 c. 

b. The -| is d, like th in the, not d, which would be ^, 

2. TABLE OF WORDS CONTAINING LONG VOWELS. 

1. Words with tone-long a: |££, ff?**?, fcOD, JOD', etc * 

t t t : at t| t tJ : • 

2. Words with tone-long e: f-\tf t ^y* 

3. Words with naturally long %: ?trj, *^5. 

4. Words with tone-long 5: ^-j, ^pjj, rjgffi, J^, 



Lesson 5. 29 



5. Words with naturally long 6: *\)tf f 2)12, D'V» 

R. The o of *)J2K*1 and of D^n 1 ?^ is ft » not 6 » though not 
written \ 

3. OBSERVATIONS. 

37. Tone-long vowels are vowels which are long because of their 
proximity to the tone; i. e., being originally short, they have be- 
come long through the influence of the accent. 

38. Naturally long vowels are vowels -which are long, generally, 
because of the contraction of two distinct elements, e. g., d-f-10 
— C, or d-\-y = e. 

39. Tone-long vowels are, generally, indicated only by the vowel- 
sign. 

40. Naturally long vowels are generally, but not always, Indi- 
cated by a vowel-sign and also by a vowel-letter, e. g., is _^_ , but 6 
is y, e is ~ , but e* is *_ # 

41. Tone-long vowels, if the tone changes, are liable to change; 
but naturally long vowels are unchangeable. 

42. The short accented e, which always comes from a, is especially 
worthy of note. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 8. The names of the vowels. 

2. §§ 45. R. 3; 47. 4. The article after a preposition. 

3. § 55. 1, 2, The root of a verb. 

5. § 58. 1. The simple verb-stem; its name. 

5. § 30. (opening words), \ The naturally long-vowels,-— (1) their 
also Notes 1 and 2 under > origin, (2) their writing, (3) their 

§ 30. 7, ) character. 

6. § 31. (opening words), ) rhe ton e-long vowels, (1) their ori- 
also Note 1 under 3. ( gin ' (2) their number, (3) their writ. 

) ing, (4) their character. 



30 Lesson 5. 



5. WORD-LES80N. 

(40) If?** one (43) Xlp*l and-he-called (46) TW cuentno 

TV tJ: - vjv 

(41) *)M morning (44) ^^ he-sat, dwelt (47) ^1p voice 

(42) Di* day (45) rf?* 1 ? wttfto (48) JOD he-called 

t :- - t| t 

Net®. — The word for nipft* is tfyfy, out in the middle of the 

t : j~ 

verse it is written and pronounced rf?* 1 ?* 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) To- ( the) -beginning-of the- 
day God called morning; to- (the) -beginning-of the-night God called 
evening; (2) In-day one God created )( the-Ught; (3) God created )( 
the-light and-he-called to-the-light day; (4) TTie aooa" (toy (Heb., J7ie- 
day the-good); (5) (The)-name-of the-light (is) day, and-(the)- 
name-of the-darkness (is) night; (6) Heavens, the-heavens, to-the- 
heavens, in-the-heavens ; (7) Earth, the-earth, in-the-earth, to-the- 
earth, and-to-the-earth ; (8) ( The )-voice-of God; (9) Day and-night; 

(10) The-waters, in-the-waters. 

2. To be translated into English: — (1) *?1M; (2) "fiN*?; (3) 

B**6; (4) pK3; (5) CTDtsft; (6) DV3; (7) *twfr\; (8) tfMl |*S 

• T I VJTT ••- T - - T : - I •• 

n%?n pa* o) ojp^a D>ri% a&*. 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) *fO, (2) 2t£fi» (3) DV, 

(4) inx, (5) any, (6) m (7) pa, w mp . 

T V VJV ' " t|t 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) lam, (2) lam, (3) lem, 
(4) 16m, (5) lorn, (6) lem, (7) tern, (8) yifc (9) bSn, (10) rev, 

(11) yla. 

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Root. (2) Simple verb-stem. (3) Names of vowel-signs. 
(4) Article after a preposition. (5) Naturally long vowels. (6) Tone- 
long vowels. (7) Laryngeals and labials. (8) D&ges-lene. 



Lesson 6. 31 



LESSON VI.— GENESIS I. 6. 
1. NOTES. 

38. "13K*1 — way-yC'-mer — and- (he) -said (see N. 18): 
a. Syllables: (1) sharpened, (2) open, (3) closed. 

&. Vowels: (1) Pa9ah, (2) Holem, (3) S'gol. 

c. ^, though a letter, has here no consonantal force; hence it has 
no S*W£i under it; it is quiescent, § 11. R. 

39. D , Ji t ?X~' eia ' hIm ~~ Gt ° d < see N « 3 > : 
a. Only two syllables: (1) open, (2) closed! 

o. Vowels: (1) Holem; (2) Hirek; Hatef-S'gol (~), though a vowel- 
sound, is not a full vowel. 

c. While — is simple S'wa, — is a compound S # wa, § 9. 1, 2. 

d. S»was do not form syllables, § 27. 1. 

40. V^")~ r ^-W^y— expanse; cf. f^*") spirit (15): 

a. Syl's: (1) open, (2) closed; vowels: (1) Karnes, (2) Hirek. 

o. The — under y is not treated as a vowel; it is called PaQah- 
furtive, because in pronunciation it steals in before its conso- 
nant, cf. f-j?p = ru(a)h, not ru-ha. Though pronounced, it is mere- 
ly a transition-sound from the labial it to the laryngeal consonant 
e , and is inserted for euphony, §§ 27. 1;' 42. 2. d. 

41. ^irO~~~ be 5x — in-midst-of, §§ 12. 1; 11. 2. a: 

a. % has Dages-lene but J1 has non ©« 

o. The full vowel «j (z= 6), is unchangeable. 

c. This word means in-midst-of, not in-micfsf. 

42. 0*ftn~ M m-ma'-yim— *7ie-«;a*ers,§§ 13 ' 1 > 26, L 2 - N * *■• 45 * 1: 

•at ~ 

a. The -r being unaccented and in a closed syl. must be I, not I, 
§ 28. 2. 

6. Here — (1) indicates that the second vowel is accented, and also 
(2) marks the end of the clause, § 24. 2. 

43. Wl — w! * nI ~ and-let- ( it) -6e : 



32 Lessox 6. 



a. Let- (it) -be = tj-ft; and — ^; but we have »-j^ in place of 
IJ-p"], since (1) when two S'was would stand together at the 
beginning of a word, the first is represented by — ; and (2) -r 
(i) under «) fob by * (ly) — J, § 49. 4. N. 1; cf. the very different 
tftV) — and- (there) -was (21). 
&. On the origin of — see § 36. 8. a. 

44. ^IDD — m av-dil — causing -a-division or dividing: 

a. A participle (shown by ft) from same root as *^yj (25). 
T>. Vowels: (1) PaQah, (2) Hirek; but— is silent. 
c. Jj (preceded by -=-) without, *^ (preced. by ^) with Dages 
lene. 

45. &&? D*D — ma'-yim la-ma'-yinv— waters to-waters: 

• IT T 'd~ 

a. Vowel under ft in flrst word, a; in second, a; because the 
second word is! the last in the verse, and so the voice rests upon 
it and strengthens the vowel. Such a word is said to be in pause, 
§ 38. 2. 

6. The prepositions sometimes take a tone-long a, instead of t 
when they are directly before the accented syllable, § 47. 5. 

c. QtJ^) = to-waters; not to-the-waters, which would be QV^S; 

• IT T 'IT - 

the stroke over D emphasizes the absence of Dages-f6rte, § 16. 2. 
2. WORDS WITHOUT P0INT8 OR VOWEL-SIGNS. GEN. I. 1—6 



sop, oa ■?, o now 


n 


3 


*w 


nwo ny? 'nrm 


nrvrr 


iro 


1HN 


yw ^nm dv, w 


i 


P 


ovfw 


dw d»o xy 


yvn 


npa 


pN 


inn my, ty mn 


y\\D 


ina 


m 


3. OBSERVATIONS. 






43- This verse has twenty-two syllables.i of 


which 1 


twelve are 


closed, ten open; of the closed, two are 


sharpened. 






44. This verse has twenty-six vowel-sounds: 


twenty-two full 



*Let the student count the syllables and thus verify this statement. 



Lesson 6. 33 



vowels, three S'was (two simple, one compound), one Pa0ah-furtive. 

45. This verse has forty-four letters, of which nine are silent; of 
these nine, seven are t, one ^ and one j^ # 

46. This verse has two silent S'was. 

47. The accent T ('A0nah) is written only in the middle of a 
verse. 

48. The accent — (Sllluk) is wntten only at the end of a verse. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 6. 1,2, 3, and Notes 1 — 4, The Vowel-letters. 

2. § 14. 3, and Notes 1, 2, Omission of D. f. from laryngeals. 

3. § 9. 1, 2, Simple and Compound §*wa. 

4. § 11. 1, 2. a, and Remark, Silent S'wa. 

5. WORD-LESSON. 
(49) *?H5D dividing (50) D*0 waters (51) l^|T"l expanse 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Between the-waters and- 
between the-waters; (2) Between the-waters to-the-waters ; (3) Be- 
tween waters to-waters; (4) Waters, waters (in pause), to-the-waters 
(in pause), to-waters (in pause); (5) Let- ( there )-be, and-let-{ there )- 
be, and- (there) -was; (6) Expanse and-spirit; (7) Expanse, the-ex- 
panse, to-the-expanse. 

2. To be translated into English: — (1) DV? *Y)N; (2) TJt^fl 

rfrto; (3) nun sits; (4) pan ffiS "w dwt; (5) »m nix w 
yiao wi ypn? (6) pwo, d'q 1 ?, d'd 1 ?* 

• : - • • -*■ I • T - J. T , T .j- - . , T T 

3. To be written in English letters:— (DTjfcTT, (2) 2*W, (3) bl^f 

(4) rjira (5) y*np, (6) jpj-n, 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) 'al, (2) ma'-ynri, (3) 
wi-hl, (4) dai, (5) del, (6) d§l, (7) had, (8) dil. 



34 Lesson 7. 



7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Vowel-sounds rep. by ». (2). Vowel-sounds rep. by ). (3) D. 
f. rejected from laryngeals. (4) D. f. implied. (5) Compound S e wa. 
(6) Silent S e wa. (7) Simple verb-stem. (8) Laryngeals and labials. 
(9) Dages-lene, (10) Sharpened syllables. (12) Naturally long and 
tone-long vowels. (13) Makkef. (14) Quantity of vowels in syllables. 



LESSON VII.— GENESIS I. 7, & 
1. NOTES. 

46. tS^ 51 — way-ya-'as — and- (he) -made: 

a. ty (s) is to be distinguished from ty (§), § 2. 6. 

6. The J is the same as in lOW) (18), N*1p*l (21), N"V! (22). 

c. The root is ?]'&]} he-made; the imperfect is ^Vi/^, a shorter 
form is used with *\ 

d. The last & is a helping-vowel. 

47. j^p^j-j— ha-ra-ki(a) ' — the-expanse.- 

a. The— is Pa()ah-furtive, cf. |-j!p (ru(a)h); see 40. b. 

b. The article is ♦fj, hence the-expanse should be ^plH 1 but *1 
rejects D. f., and the preceding (short) — now standing In an 
open syllable becomes — , §§ 14. 3; 36. 1 b; 28. 1. 

c. The secondary accent is written on the second syllable before the 
tone, § 18. 1. 

d. The accent _£_ above p and W marks the end of a section; it is 
used only when the verse has three sections, § 24. 3. 

48. 1CX — ' aSgr (° ne syllable) — which, §§ 9. 2; 27. 1: 

a. The — is the compound & e wa of the A-class (cf. — , of the i-class) ; 
it is pronounced like a, but with much less voice. It is not a full 
vowel, and does not form a syllable. 

b. The Relative particle does not vary for gender or number, § 53. 
1. a. 



Lesson 7. 35 



49. Jinrip— mi t-t&-haQ— front-under (forjinfl |©)»M8. 1: 

a. The final letter (n) of np is assimilated, § 39. 1. 

b. A letter thus assimilated is represented by D. f., § 30. N. 

c. The -point in jrj is D. f., because it follows a vowel, § 13. 1. 

d. In this case the point is also Dages-lene, since the sound doubled 
is t, not 0, § 13. 2. N. 1. 

50. V^\)*i7~~ !***W a >'— to-the-expanse, § 45. R. 3: 

a. 1^D*1 expanse; V*ft*in the-expanse ; V'T]ph to-the-expanse; 

- I • T I " T,T " 1 ' T,T 

1^?tV^ and-to-the-expanse. 
51 1 ^]7Q — me-'al — from-upon ; 

a. ?g (from) assimilates its final consonant, see 49. a; but 

b. M refuses D. t, and— is lowered to — , § 48. 2. 

52. rj"*jT1 — way-hi-f Xen — and- (it) -was-\-so: 

a. — with —i s MeQeg, second syllable before tone, § 18. 1. 

b. — with— Silluk, marking end of verse, § 24. 1. N. 

53. D*0£>— sawma'-yim— Tieavens, cf. D^tJJ' of v. 1: 

a. There is — under £, instead of ■=-, because in pause, § 38. 2; 
the AQnah (— ) is, next to Silluk (T), the strongest accent. 

54. ^t^ — gg " ni — second: tone-long, e, not 6. 
i ■ • 

2. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



rrn (2) 1 


"TIN 1 ? (5) 


rj?l (6) 


rjtrrft (5) 


Ppl? (8) 


W^ w 



jp (7) niN (3) y'jTrr (7) 

nnno (7) siD (4) wp-b (7) 

tyo (7) oi f (5) jrrnn (7) 



3. OBSERVATIONS. 
49. PaOah-furtive, a mere transition-sound, does not form a syl. 



* These numerals refer to the verse containing the word cited. 



36 Lesson 7. 



50. Theft of the article is elided after the preposition ^ (also ^). 

51. The prep, from is min, but the n is often assimilated and 
represented by D. f.; if the following letter refuses D. f., the i is 
heightened to e. 

52. The naturally long 6, generally ^ , in Hebrew does not change. 

53. Where a verse has two sections, the end of the first is marked 
by "7" ; the end of the second by-*-. If the verse has three sections, 
the end of the third is marked by S'golta (~) . In the use of the ac- 
cents, we commence at the end of the verse, not at the beginning. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. §45. 2, 3, The article before strong and weak laryn- 

geals. 

2. § 106. 1, 2. c, 3 — 5, Affixes for gender and number. 

3. § 107. (opening), 1, 2, The absolute and construct states. 

4. §24. 1 — 3, The three most important accents. 

5. WORD-LESSON. 

(52) Itftf who, which (55) JJ so (58) F^W he-sent 

(53) fc?]W and-he-made (56) JO from (59) *)p second 

(54) D* sea (57) tlltf]? he-made (60) ilfiri under 

6. EXERCISES. 
(.1) To be translated into Hebrew: — In-the-waters which God 
made; (2) God (is) in-the-heavens and-upon the-earth; (3) The- 
waters (are) in-the-sea; (4) The-earth (is) oeneath (in Heb., from- 
under to) the-sea; (5) (A) second dayi\ (6) The-day the-secondi 
(= the second day); (7) God sent )( the light and-){ the darkness; 
(8) From-\-the-heavens to-the-earth ; (9) Between the-sea and-oe- 
tween the-earth; (10)' And- (it) -was-\-so. 



1 The adjective, when attributive, follows its noun ; and, If the noun is 
deflaite, the adjective receives the article. 



Lesson 8. 37 



2. To be translated into English:— (l) {HX 1 ? ^0; (2) jTttflOn; 

I V-'T T - " • "IT 

(3) 0*31; (4) 0*3 ^N D'OH; (5) WH IIKH; (6) pNrrjo 

D f otc^; (7) mini iraa (8) rwrrt* trorrrw n^ o) 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) Tbtf, (2) JD, (3) |0, 

(4) 0', (5) TX&V, (6) P3, (7), *JB, (8) W, (9) ^D . 

T T T • •• " : • •• ~ " 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) ken, (2) bSn, (3) 'Or, 
(4) bo-hu, (5) mah, (6) 'al, (7) 'al, (8) 'as, (9) me, (10) ben. 

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The three important accents. (2) The article before larynge- 
al. (3) The preposition (^ and 3) before the article. (4) The 
preposition from. (5) Assimilation. (6) The position of the attrib- 
utive adjective. (7) The vowels e and e\ (8) The vowels 5 and 6. 
(9) Secondary accent. (10) PaQah-furtive. (11) Labials. (12) D. f. 
in a spirant. (13) Laryngeals and D. f. (14) Sllluk and MeQeg. 
(15) Makkef. 



LESSON VIII.— GENESIS) I. 9. 
1. NOTES. 

55. *1i3*~ ylfcfca-wfl— Let-(or, shall) -he-collected ; 

a. The ♦ indicates the imperfect; !) is the plural-ending of verbs. 

0. The D. f. in p is for an assimilated J . which is the characteristic 
of a passive verb-stem; the a under p is pretonic. 

56. D.*OH — ham-ma-yim — the-waters, see 17: 

c. Q has — , not — as in v. 2, since it is not in pause. 

b. The article, written regularly with a and D. f., § 45. 1. 

57. ml 7it — '&-{■ — unto, with which compare ^ to. 

58. D'lpD— ma-k6m— place: 

a. Tone-long a, but naturally long 6; the former changeable, the 
latter unchangeable. 



38 Lesson 8. 



&. The root is Qf|p • Q is a prefix often used in noun-formation. 
59 r?N*"U"l) — w e 0e-ra-'e ( h ) — and- ( she ) -shall-le-seen : 
a. Five letters, of which the root can have but three, § 55. 1; } — 

and; ft (= she) is a prefix of the imperfect, like ♦, which = he. 
6. HfcOn should be ,*7JOfi ( witn tne same D. f. and a which are 

V T I" V T • 

in yjpt (55) above), for it is passive; but *^ refuses D. f., and I 
under ft becomes e, as in ^^0 ( 51 )» § 48 « 2. 

c. Cf. closely the following forms: — 

3 masc. sg. Hip* IWV he-will-be etc. 

vIt* t t|" 

3 fern. eg. HlpD HX*in she-will-be etc. 

•.It • v IT' 

3 masc. pi. lip* WT they-will-be etc. 

It • ti" 

d. This is the first case of ft __ =z & 

60. nt^^Jl — hay-yab-ba-ga(h) — the-dry (land): 
a. Four syllables, — two sharpened, two open, § 26. 1. N. 1. 

6. Point in ^ is D. f. yet also Dages-lene, § 13. 2, and N. 1. 
c. The final ft stands for the preceding a, just as ♦ stands for 1, or 
^ for 6; cf. D*rf?N »** 01\ 



2. HEBREW-ENGLISH WORD-REVIEW .*f 



V'pT 2 


D?p 32 


♦nw 


I?? 11 


niK 1 


•J- t 


D, *p, fD 33 


DV 22 


N^D 12 

TT 


nan 2 


»^" 


DipD 34 


tjfi;*23 


T "* 


^ 3 


irin 45 


nsrnp 35 


*ir 


nnw 4 


d4i^k* 


Dinri 46 
< 


d is accented on 


the last vowel, 


*, 1, V 5 

t : 
unless the sign 


n? 5 


• Every woi 


"T" indicates 



that it is accented elsewhere. 

t Omitting the prepositions and the relative particle (eleven words in all), 
those that remain in this list, together with their related grammatical forms, 
occur in the Bible about 2700Q times. This would make about one hundred 
and thirty pages, or about one tenth of the entire Old Testament. 







Lesson 8. 




39 


Tjin 47 


T)yv 


NT 26 


Tjtrn 16 


l?*?* 


nnn 48 


♦JCJ38 


*")28 ♦•J 27 


Dio 17 


m m, nx 7 


mmv 9 

V Tl" 


vnpr 


f? 88 


-)ON> 18 


y 




n^KT 


t :j- 


^ojii 


T\y 




nn 41 


^HDD 31 


T T _ 


r? 10 


3 


L ENGLISH-HEBREW WORD-REVIEW. 




Mabyss 


^created, he 


wfaces-of 


soni^Tif 


mhe 


isand 


^darkness 


33/rom 


2one 


mo 


zilet be 


zzday 


*God 


34pjace 


Sunder 


^beginning 


*5desolation 


ngood 


i^say, he will 


sunto 


lobetween 


^divide, he will ^heavens 


^second 


s&upon 


^brooding 


^dividing 


Hn 


&see, he will 


Qwhich 


25call, he will 


20dry (land) 


Uight 


49seen, let be 


iMvas, she 


^called, he 


dearth 


nmidst-of 


29so 


Qwaste 


^collected, let ^evening 


umorning 


^spirit-of 


^waters 


be 


^expanse 


intake, he 
will 


mhat 


7 (sign of ob- 
ject) 



4. W0RD-LE880N. 

(61) -*7N unto (64) DipO place 

(62) n&>'3* dry (land) (65) HiOfi she-shall-be-seen 

T T~ V T|" 

(63) *fip^ they-shall-be-coUected 



5. GRAMMAR-LESSON 

1. § 18. 1, Mlfleg, on second syllable before tone. 

2. § 27. 1,2,3, Syllabification. 

Review— §§ 5; 6; 9; 11. 2. a and Rem.; 12. 1; 13. 1; 14. 1, 2, 3; 



40 Lesson 8. 



17. 1, 2; 24. 1—3; 26. 1,2; 28. 1. 2;30. (opening words), 7, N. 1, 
2; 31. (opening words), 3, N. 1; 45. 1, 2, 3. and Rem. 3; 47. 1, 4, 
5; 49. 1, 2; 55. 1. 2; 58. 1, 2. and N. 1; 106. 1, 2. c, 3—5; 107. 1, 2. 
Note. — The stem seen in J$"^, {Op, *?t£^0' €tc *' is the sim P le 
active verb-stem, called Kal, § 58. 1; the stem seen in fjv^t 
and JtJODl * s ^ Q simple passive-stem, called Nif-'al § 58. 2. 

v t i •• : 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) In-the-place which (is) 
between heavens and-between earth; (2) God will-be-seen wpon-\- 
the-earth; (3) The-waters will-be-seen in-the-sea; (4) The-earth (f.) 
will-be-seen beneath (= from-under to) the-heavens; (5) The-waters 
shall-be-collected unto-\-plaoe one; (6) In-the-waters ; (7) God created 
)( the-dry (land). 

2. To be translated into English:— (1) pJKJT^ DW Tip'; 

(2) DipD^I; (3) fltffl; (4) DlpJMI; (5) DipDI; (6) tfWt r?KT; 

I t - : It- I t >tv ti" 

(7) own wvi (s) *m, *?vn, *?va). 

•J- T " TI" - - " " " 

3. To be written in English letters:— (l) 2°)V> (2) V*)tf, (3) 

ronn, (4) -irot, (5) Dipaa, (6) rop\ 

V T I" TV I T - V J T ' 

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY 

(1) The sign of masc. sing, future, of fern. sing, future, of masc. 
pi. fut. (2) The characteristic of the passive-stem. (3) A use of 
M&0eg. (4) Final H. (5) Use of in formation of nouns. (6) 
Various forms of •) conjunctive. (7) The words for sea and day. 
(8) The position of the adjective when attributive. (9) The plural 
affixes of nouns. (10) The feminine affixes. 



Lesson 9. 41 



LESSON IX.— GENESIS I. 10-11. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(l) TQtfn (is); (2) D'ffW (3); (3) pgn (7); (4) "Mfc (48); 

(5) p^nn (52); (6)any-»nn (35); (7)nj55"»nn (36); cs) ov &d. 

2. NOTES. 

6i. n^^!?~ lay ' yab " ba * §a(h)— '* o '* ,ie ' < * n/ ( land )» § 45 « R - 3 - 

62. }HX — 'e-res— earth,— with article THNil' § 45 « R - 2 - 
a. another case of a helping-vowel; like]}-}]/ (35). 

63. nipD l 71 — u - leini ^- wg ( n ) — and-to-collection-of : 

a. An<$ is here written *j, § 49. 2; to is written, as usually, *? # 

b. The root is ,*"flp, whence the passive future 3rd plural *|«)pt (55). 

t|t |t- 

c. The Q is the prefix used in noun-formation, cf. CJpft (58. &)• 

d. This noun (= collection-of) is in the construct state, § 107. 2. 

64 . D*D* — y am-mim — seas ; 

a. The sing, is Qt from which the plural differs in that a D. f. ap- 

T 

pears in £, and a appears instead of a. 

b. Q*Q* ( = yam-mim) would be an impossible form, § 28. 2, 3; 
just as, on the other hand, CJpJp ( = ma-k6m) would be impos- 
sible, § 28. 1. 

65. Ktnn — tad-se' — ( she ) -shall-cause-to-spring-forth : 

a. JT), as in HiOH < 59 )» = she > being the feminine prefix. 

b. The t under *] is silent, § 11. 1. 

c. -[, £J\ and tfare the three root-letters; ffl»^, cf. JOJ), tOp» 

d. This stem is neither the simple nor the passive verb-stem, but a 
causative stem. It generally has — under the preformative, i. e., 
under the letter which is prefixed to the root to designate person 
or gender; cf. '^y (25), which has — under \ and means he- 
causes-a-divisioru. 



42 Lesson 9. 



66. Nfifl — de-se' — grass, cf. the preceding root Nt£?1 (65. c) : 
a. *rj (preceded by JJ) = d; but *| (preceded by—) = d. 

&. This word, like ¥*)$ , y\V' and otners » nas a secondary* or 
helping vowel. 

67. 2WV— 'e-sev— herb: 3 = v; g? = £, not S (sft). 

a. The secondary e being only a helping vowel is not accented. 

68. #*")tJD — maz-ri(a)' — causing-to-seed, root W^fJ 
a. A new letter J z; PaQah-furtive under w # 

6. A participle, as shown by ft, c f . ^JQ, (44) fifirnjj (16) 
c. A causative form, as shown by -=- under the preformativc. 

69. y*")} — ze-ra' — seed, — from the root JHt J 

a. This word, like }HK> 3*)!^ Ntf^J and 3&V haS an unac * 
cented helping vowel. 

70. py— 'es— tree-o/; Hg— P.*rl— /rtfW. 

71. HS i7£ty~'6-se(h) p'ri — making fruit: 

a. The 6, here written over the right arm of jjf ($), is naturally long. 

b. The fpr, like that in H^Ofl' is A 

c. The point in Q is D. f., being preceded by a full vowel (£); it 
therefore joins the two words together and is called D. f. con- 
junctive, § 15. 3. 

d. nt^y accented on penult because closely followed by a mono- 
syllable, § 21. 1. 

e. n$]? is a participle from nfcfjj he-made. 

72 . 13*0*? — l'ml-no" — to-kind-his : 
a. The prep. ^, the noun pft, and the suffix «j (= hU). 

73. ti"Wlf — zar -'6-fv6 — seed-his-\-in-him: 
a. y*\f seed, but ty*)f Ms-seed, the t being silent. 
6. •) is a pronominal suffix meaning his or him. 

c. fo is made up of 3 the prep. in. and 'j the suffix him. 

d. It is "J3 ( vo ^ not 13' because of the preceding «j # 



Lesson 9. 43 



c. ^ .... *)J^X = which in-him; this is the idiom, for in which. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

ffltflDf inwh. D = she and-^-under Jl indie, a causative idea 

i - 

ypOi " O indie, apart, and— under " 

yiRi " •-*« and— under » " 

ynrD, " Dindic. apart, and — under O " 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

54. There are in Hebrew (1) a simple verb-stem, (2) a passive 
verb-stem, and also (3) a causative verb-stem. 

55. The characteristic of the passive stem is the letter J , or a D. 
f. in the first radical representing J assimilated. 

56. The causative stem may be known by the -=- which always 
occurs under its preformative (t ; ft or q). 

57. The name of the simple stem is Kal, of the passive stem, 
Nif al, of the causative stem, Hlf'il. 

58. The letter ♦ prefixed to verbal forms means he, the letter n 
means she, while Q so prefixed indicates a participle. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 1, The names of the Hebrew letters. 

2. § 13. 2. and N. 1, Dage§-f6rte in spirants. 

3. § 57. 1—3, Inflection. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

(66) D'lD! seas (69) #&J grass (72) V$ tree 

(67) rnpO collection (70) JTtt seed (73) Nt5Hn (seeN.65) 

(68) tl^pD collection-of (71) j*p fctnd, species 



44 Lesson 10. 



7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) To-the-tree making fruit 
(there is) seed ( according) -to-its-kind; (2) The-seed which-±-in-it 
( = in which) (is) fruit; (3) The-day which-\-in-it (is) light; (4) 
The-earth shall-cause-to-spring-forth )( the-grass and-)( the seed; (5) 
The-fruit (is) in-the-seed, and-the-seed (is) in-the-earth. 

2. To be translated into English : — (1) 13 D*D *1g>N DTli 

(2) 13 rjet? -i0f ny?n; (3) N^'n;>rn; (4) »i©n ^ ; 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) tf£Hfl, (2) #$% (3) 



ns, (4) pa, (5) yy, (e) nfcty 



4. To be -written in Hebrew letters: — (1) ze-ra/, (2) de-se', (3) 
ru(a)h, (4) Xen, (5) 'o-se(h), (6) t6se', (7) v6, (8) way-hl. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The characteristic of the Nif'al stem. (2) The characteristic 
of the Hif'il stem. (3) The origin and character of tone-long and 
naturally long vowels. (4) The sign of the participle. (5) The 3 sg. 
masc. pron. suffix. (6) The character of _»- in tWJf- < 7 ) Tne D - *• 
Conjunctive. (8) What inflection includes. (9) The names of the 
Hebrew letters. 



LESSON X.— GENESIS I. 12, 13. 

1. NOTE-REVIEW. 
(1) ipKjl (18); (2) fin! («); (3) "TIN (23); (4) DW (64); 
(5) Ntfin (65). 

2. NOTES. 
74. NVini — wat-t6-se' — and- ( she ) -caused-to-go-forth ; 
a. "Waw Conversive J), and the feminine prefix ft (=she). 



Lesson 10 45 



b. The 1 is a contraction of •)_ (aw); hence NVifi ls for **¥!£! , 

which, like N£^"lfl ' has "*" under tne pref " an( * ls cowsa ** ve - 

c. The root is #y , which is for j$\fl , he-went-forth. 

75. inyO 4 ?— l'mf-ne-hd — to-kind-his : 

a. An uncontracted form, with same meaning as ^©S, 

b. *\ft is the full form of suffix meaning his or him; — may, for 
convenience, be called a connecting vowel. 

76. *g^St£f— 3*1I-Sf— Mird; cf. ♦Jjjf second. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

np v 5 trgo n*pni rnra 

irt? ^H?9 KjflBi iftrtf? 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

59. The full form of the pronom. suffix 3rd p. sg. masc. is *|p[, the 
short form is «j 4 

60. There are many nouns that take a supplementary help- 
ing-vowel, usually e, under certain circumstances i, which is never 

accented. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 47. 1, 2, 4, 5. The Inseparable Prepositions. 

2. § 49. 1, 2. The Waw Conjunctive. 

3. § 45. The Article. 

6. WORD-LESSON 

(74) NVin (see N. 74) (77) 3fc# herb (80) V^B^ ffctrd 

(75) yHJO yielding seed (78) Hfcty mafctn^ 

(76) tf¥* Tie «>ent-tort& (79) HQ tout 

T T 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The-day the-third (= the 



46 Lesson 11. 



third day)/ (2) The-earth shall-cause-to-go-forth )( tJie-herb and-)( 
the-tree. (3) Let- (there) -b e (a) place between the seas and-the-land. 
(4) And-she-caused-to-go-forth )( the-wind upon-\-the-waters. (5) And- 
created God )(-the-light and-)( the-darkness in-day one. (6) Days 
and-seas and-waters. 

2. (l) 3iD tt-VTiN Tjefoj DiVT, (2) pN 1 ? DV1 |»3 ^m 

(3) Nt^irrnx pKn KVinv (4) ova tf'pnrr m iron 
>y&n, (5) a\m n)pn nan nwyn m D'rfrN fcwn. 

3. To be written in English letters: — (1) 1\&fi?), (2) J^STf}* 

(3) nnno, (4) ynro, (5) o-ijntj (6) ann, 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) yik-ka-wu, (2) b'Qdx, (3) 
'el-fma-kom, (4) l«mt-nd, (5) 'es, (6) '*ser, (7) zar-'6-fv6, (8) S'llgi. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The helping vowel. (2) The syllable. (3) PaQah furtive. (4) 
The forms of the conjunction and. (5) The origin of i under w in 
\T1 ( 6 ) Tne use of the im P e rfect with waw conversive. (7) The 
sign of the definite object, its forms and usage. (8) The influence 
of laryngeals upon neighbouring vowels. 



LESSON XI.— GENESIS I. 14, 15. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) W (19); (2) DWn (5); (3) JO (26); (4) D'V (31); 
(5) ny? (34); (6) p-Vm (52). 

2. NOTES. 
77. rint^JD — m #, 6-rG0 — luminaries.- 

a. Sing., "V|ND ( like D1Dft Ptoce); but when the plur. ending 6Q 
t I t 

is added the tone moves one syllable, and the original a is reduced 

to T, § 100. 1. a- 



Lesson 11. 47 



b. Both o's are naturally long, though written defectively, § 6. 4 N. 2. 

c. Tj{^ = light, but ^XD = luminary; on this use of Q , see 63.c. 

78. y*p")3 — bir-ki(a)' — in-expansc-of ; 

a. Abs. y*p"| (40); const. J^p^, the original a being reduced 
t0 -, §100. 3. a. 

b. Before ■■) the prep, ry takes -^ instead of — , § 47. 2. 
o. The syl. *ft (bir) is closed, § 26. N. 2. 

rf. The S*wfi under *^ is silent, § 10. 2. 

79. ^'IDPF 1 ? — l'hav-dil — to-cause-a-division.- 

a. An infinitive; the prefix ft shows it to be causative (Hlf'Il). 

b. D. 1. in *^ because it does not immediately follow a vowel-sound. 

80. Vni — wha-yd — and-they-shall-be ; 

a. J"pp[ = he-was; jffVn =: she-was; JpJ-f = they-were. 

6. But ^ connects this with what precedes, and likewise carries on 
to the perfect the time-sense of the preceding context; cf. with this 
the form of the conjunction (•)) which gives the imperfect the 
time-sense of the preceding context, see 18. 

81. nnN 1 ? - " ^'HvQ— for-signs: 

a. Sing. f)N or niX ; P lur - fifiK' b y the addition of 6Q, § 106. 3. 
6. Both vowels are naturally long (6), written defectively. 

82. ^^V)D^)~^ tm ^" tt ^ m ~ and 'f° r ' seasons: 

a. The conjunction, before a consonant with S'wa, is written \ § 40. 2. 

b. The *j i s 0> n ot 6; MeQeg is written before comp. S"wa, § 18. 3. 
0. y, being a laryngeal, takes a compound § e wa, § 42. 3. 

d. The noun is in the plur. masc, as shown by Im. 

83. D^D ,l ?1 — fl-l*y a ' mIm — and-for-days : 

a. Another case of *\, Instead of y before a consonant with S"wa, 
see 82. a. 

b. This is an irregular plural form from Q«j» day. 

84. D*}^! — w e §a-nim — and-years; 



48 Lesson 11. 



a. A masc. pi. ending with a noun ( ft^f ) which has feminine sg. 
ending, § 106. 4. N. 

85. rniND l ?~ -1 ^ m "' 6 " r6 — t or-luminaries : 

a. What was said in 78. b, c, concerning bir, applies to lim. 

b. Here the first 6 is written fully, the second defectively, § 6. 4. N. 2. 

86. TKil 1 ? — l e h&-ir — to-cause-to-shine; cf. *)«j^ light.- 

a. Another causative infinitive ( cf . ^^j} f| ) , hut with — under fj 



instead 


of 


■=-, because it is 


in 


an 


open syllable, § 


28. 


1. 






3. FORMS FOR 


SPECIAL STUDY. 






Y\V 




rhfcp 






'ft 




DW1 

" T t 


H£ 




nm 






nhfco 

: 




ra 


wffi 




troy 

• T 






jpjrp 




: i : 


m 




Q'}W 






jTvtetJ?*? 




D*0^ 



4. OBSERVATIONS 

61. The fern. plur. ending is 60, the masc, tm. 

62. For the initial and so-called medial & e wa, see § 10. 1, 2. 

63. And is usually written \ but before labials and before con- 
sonants with §«wa it is written !j. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 47. 1, 2, 4, 5, The Inseparable Prepositions. 

2. § 49. 1, 2, The Waw Conjunctive. 

3. § 10. 1,2, Initial and (so-called) Medial S*w&. 

4. § 7. 1—4, Classification of Vowel-sounds. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

(81) HiK sign (83) "fiNO luminary (85) £>££> *im 

(82) tTT moon (84) HlTiQ season (86) fW t/ear 






Lessor 12. 49 



7. EXERCISES. 

1. To "be translated into Hebrew: — (l)The-sign, the-moon, the 
sun, the-year, the-season; (2) The-sun will-be-seen in-the-heavens ; 
(3) Signs and-luminaries and-seasons and-years; (4) The-sun shall- 
be (J"p?T) in-expanse-of the-heavens; (5) For-seasons and-for- 
luminaries ; (6) To-cause-a-division between the-day and-between the- 
night; (7) Seas and-wuters; (8) Days and-seas; (9) The-luminary , 
the-luminaries. 

2. To be translated into English:— (1) JHJ^ ^VD fhfcpO; 

(2) o#n niKpph (3) pxn pi D'p p3 ^n; (4) 

Pp^iTftt? DTf?N JOS; (5) J^p^, jpjfp, ypSS; (6) 

miNp 1 ?, nniKpi (7) 13 tfpjfo T'8 rpin. 

3. To be written in English letters: — (l) ITT, (2) "TjfiD/ (3) 

ufigg, (4) n#, (5) tnifipi (e) ^Ttp!. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters:— (1) ha-'tr, (2) 'C-QOfl, (3) 
y6m, (4) ya-mim, (5) bir-fci(a)\ 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Change ofTto—. (2) Prepositions ^ and *p with I. (3) 
Waw Conversive with the past tense. (4.) Various forms of the 
verb fjtff he-was. (5) ) and V (6) Q*__ and J-yj . (7) Differ- 

t t : 

ence between 7^^pJ and *yj$j"j. (8) Nouns with helping vowels. 
(9) Initial and so-called Medial &«wa. (10) Classification of vowel- 
sounds according to formation, quantity, nature, value. 



LESSON XII.— GENESIS I. 16, 17. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) Phi*?? (77); (2) D?pn (56); (3) Dlpp (58); (4) 1^? (78); 
(5) TKff? (86); (6) Tj^'nn (28; ; (7) tfTt (22); (8) *np»1 (29), 



50 Lesson 12. 



2. NOTES. 

87. C1^3 — way-ya-'as — and- (he) -made, see 46: 

a. Like ifi) , a short form of the imperfect, root fl jjftt, 

b. Third syllable, has an unaccented helping or secondary vowel. 

88. y y$ — ge ne — two-of; cf. ijt) faces-of: 

a. The construct state of the numeral fj*3^\ of which Qt is the 

dual ending, §§ 106. 5; 107. 6. 
Z>. The word has but one syllable, T" not being a full vowel. 

89. D**?'"Un — n ag-g'do-liim — the-great (ones): 

a. The article written regularly with -=■ and D. f., § 45. 1. 

6. An adjective in the plur. (note the ending Q*__) from ^•j'lj • 

c. The ^- is 6, though in the plural form written defectively. 

d. The — and t under j| in the sing, and plur. respectively, both 
arise from an original a. In the singular this a is in an open syl. 
immediately before the tone and therefore is rounded to a; in the 
plural the tone has moved away upon the addition of t.m, and so 
original a is reduced to § e wa; cf. sg. m. 'thJ , but sg. f. H^llJI/ 
pi. ml rj^"j"7j|, pl. f. JTl'THJI * in wnicn » °y the addition of an 
affix, the tone is changed. Tkis change of a full vowel to S«wa is 
called reduction, § 36. 2. 6. 

90. ^"Ur? ta l*JNDn~ nam " IIia ~' or hag-g&-dol—the-luminary the- 
great (one) : 

a. Both words have a tone-long a, and a naturally long 6, although in 

the adjective the 6 is written defectively. 
&. Both words have the article in its usual form. 

91 . fi^t^JpO*? — l e mem-se-le6 — for-dominion-of : 

a. Two unaccented closed syllables, one accented open, 
fc. The final e is a helping vowel. 

c. ^ is the prep.; £, the formative prefix, cf. 58. fc; ft, the fern, 
ending; the root being 'jltfft , 



Lesson 12. 51 



92 ibDH — hak-k&tdn—the-small; with tone-long 6. 

93. DODiDH — hak-ko-xa-vim — th6 stars: 

a. The — under 3 is MSQeg, § 18. 1; under D it is Silluk. 

b. Cf. 33-13 star, 0*3313 stars > DOpipD the-stars. 

94. IfW — way-yit-ten — and- (he) -pave; 

a. 'fii he-will-give is the Kal Imperfect from Jj-jj he-gave. With Waw 
Conversive (cf. 18) it has the force of a Perfect (past). 

b. The D. f. in jt) is for the first radical 3, which has been assim- 
ilated; cf. nnnD for nnn |o> see 49 > § 30 - *■ 

95. DDK — 'o-Qam — )(-them: the pronominal suffix Q__with j^ f 
another way of writing the sign of def. obj., § 51. 2. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

D ,l ?*1Jin niKQH — the-luminaries the-great = the great luminaries. 
^'"Uil ~liNQn — the-luminary the-great = the great luminary. 

T ~ T _ 

ftbDH *TJXI!Dn — the-luminary the-small = the small luminary. 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 

64. In the words cited above, the noun stands first, the adjective, 
second. 

65. The noun is masculine, 1 the adjective is masculine. 

66. When the noun is sing., the adjective is sing.; when the noun 
is plur., the adjective is plur. 

67. The noun has the article, and so has the adjective. 

68. The following is, therefore, the rule governing the position 
and agreement of an attributive adjective: The adjective, when at- 
tributive, follows its noun, and agrees with it in gender, number and 
deflniteness. 



1 The noun ViXtt Is masculine, although In the plural It has a feminine form. 



Lesson 12 



5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 57. Notes 1, 2, Tenses and Moods. 

2. § 58. 1. The Simple Verb-stem, Kal. 

3. § 14. 1 — 3, Omission of Dages-f6rte. 

4. § 11. 2. a, b, S e wa under final consonants. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

(87) TiK to shine (89) 3313 star (92) Wy^ fourth 

t : 

(88) Vila ^rea* (90) ffWOO rwZmsr (93) QW *">o 

t t t : V — : 

(91) jbp smaH 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The great day; (2) In Me 
oreaf day; (3) And in the great day; (4) The great stars; (5) TTie 
small star; (6) TTie aood God; (7) He-gave, he-ruled; (8) God oave 
)( the-luminaries j or- (the) -ruling-of the-day and-f or- (the) -ruling-of 
the-night; (9) TTie area* luminary (is) the-sun; the small luminary, 
the-moon; (10) The-sun and-the-moon (are) in- ( the )-expanse-of the- 
heavens; (11) God will-give )( the-day. 

2. To be translated into English:— a) ^H "tfNjpOVKJ H^tf; 

(2) 31890 33130; ( 3 ) "»0$ I^ID; C4) DW^wn T\$i3; (5) 

n%?3 0*3313 »oj; (e) w'r? TiKpO; (7) o^n fbjpo tim^oj 

(8) nhNO? rnxo pa yi:n_; (9) nsa yy; (10 --wk f yrr 

3. To be written in English letters : — (1) |JV, (2) &?]£, (3; 

rfrpm (4) 3313, (5) djin, (6) r.|Tp' (7) ^p 1 ?' (8) rinkp, 

(9) ditt. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — yom, (2) y6m, (3) Sex, 
(4) lex, (5) 'att, (6) talt, (7) yest, (8) ha-'6r. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Affixes of the feminine. (2) Affixes of the masculine plural 
and dual, in absolute and construct. (3) Change of — to t. (4) 



Lesson 13. 53 



The construction of the attributive adjective. (5) MeQeg and SillQk. 
(6) Assimilation of j. (7) The infinitive of the root ^gf'ft. (8) 
The conjunction before a labial. (9) The ordinals meaning second, 
third, fourth. (10) Tenses and moods in Hebrew. (11) The form 
of the simple verb-stem (Kal). (12) Omission of DageS-fdrte. (13) 
S'wa under final consonants. 



LESSON XIII.— GENESIS I. 18—20. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

a) Darren); (2)-pwrr (7); (3) ypr\ (4q> ; <4> o^ntfj (84); 

(5) 10< (48); (6) im.^ (75); (7) tfTp_ (22). 

2. NOTES. 

96. ^tTQ^I — w e lim-sol — and-to-rule ; 

a. Conjunction }; prep, ^ with — , § 47. 2; the — under Q silent. 
6. An infinitive from the root *7£fQ, cf. 91; tone-long o. 

97. rr?r?D1 DVD — bay-yom u-val-lay-la<h) — in-the-day and-in-the- 
night, §§45. 4. R. 5; 47. 4; 49. 2. 

9g # ^t^ftn^?) — u-lahav-dil — and-to-cause-a-division. 

a. f), § 49. 2; *■), § 32. 3. c; ^H^pf, see 79 - 

o. The root is *7"J*3 (pronounced ba-dal). 

99. *>]}>y}—r e vi-'i— fourth; cf. *%}#}$ third. 

100. }¥*")£" — yi§-r e sti — (they) shall-swarm • 

a. Kal Imperfect 3 pers. plur. masc. from V*^(tf he-swarmed; y*"\$* 
he-will-swarm; ])£"]$> they -will-swarm. 

o. Two 3'was — first, silent; second, vocal, § 11. 3. N. 1, 2. 

c. The Imperfect tense represents an action as unfinished, incom- 
plete, whether in past, present or future time. 

101. Y*\\£f — §e'-res — swarm, or, collectively, swarms: 



54 Lesson 13. 



a. Like 2")]?, P)K, tftf*!/ JH? and 3??^' these nouns nave Dut 
one essential vowel, viz., the first, since the second is inserted 

merely for euphony. They are called Segolates. 

b. The essential vowel in all these cases, except ^j^y, was original- 
ly a, which has been deflected to e, § 89. 1. The essential vowel 
of ^jy y was originally I. 

102. Cip.} — ne'-fes — soul-of: Another Segolate, of which the pri- 
mary form was $£); cf. the primary form of THJ, viz.,y^, which 
appears before the suffix in •) W*)f , see 73. 

103. f7*n — k ay - ya ( n ) — li f e - Feminine, as shown by |-|_ # 

104. £l\jft-~ we<of — and-fowl: 

a. The Waw Conjunctive pointed regularly with § e wa. 

b. A case of naturally long 6; the final form of £) (Pe). 

105. rijji^— y e 'o-fef— (he) shall-fly: 

a. An Imperfect from the root £|!| tt to-fly. 

b. Unchangeable 6; both £j 's are spirants. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

69. The Imperfect Kal has a preformative in the 3d masc. the 
letter t, written with i. 

70. In forming the plural of the Kal perf., the vowel of the sec- 
ond radical becomes vocal S'wa. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1 § 50. 1, The regular forms of the Personal Pronoun. 

2. § 50. 2, 3. Pausal forms and Remarks (to be read only). 



Lesson 14. 55 



6. WORD-LESSON. 

(94) JTn life (96) C]W to-fly (98) 

(95) #£tf *>** (97) fjlj; fowZ 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The-ioaters shall-swarm; 
(2) God created )(the-earth, and-he-made )( the-heavens ; (3) And- 
saw God )( the-earth which he-had-created, and- (it) -was-\-good; (4) 
/ (am) God who created )( the-light; (5) !T7iow- (art) in-the-heavens 
and-I (am) upon+the-earth ; (6) We (are) great; (7) TTiou (m.) 
(art) smaZZ; (8) T/iow (f.) (art) good; (9) Ye (are) (the) light-of 
the-earth. 

2. To be translated into English : — (1) Kim OJtt, (2) JIN 

: • it : ~ 

ttihi; (3) tfDtefrT D^'TJ; (4) DW D>D*? W1p>, (5) *TD 

t : -j- t - : •- 'J :J : * tt 

BtojErn* twfrKs (6) fyiyn. 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) J>-||£>, (2) tyrf?), (3) 

*]iy, (4) wto, (5) it^$x (6) ^n?rf?i . 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) kol, (2) ne'-fes, (3) 
m"6-r60, (4) 'a-n6-*f, (5) 'att, (6) 'at-tem, (7) nah'-nu. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Force of the Imperfect. (2) Segolates. (3) The vowel e, as 
derived from~. (4) The vowel 6. (5) The various ways of writing 
the article. (6) The forms of the Personal Pronoun. (7) The simple 
verb-stem. (8) The Passive. (9) The Causative. 



LESSON XIV.— GENESIS I. 21—23. 

1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i) o»orr (44), (2) notfn (is), (3) Ntfim (74), (4) && 

•at - i - .. - vi* 

rrn (102, 103); (5) frjn (46). 



56 Lesson 14. 



2. NOTES. 

106. N^O*"! — way-yiv-ra' — and- (he) -created: 

a. tf^y he-will-create, but with +) the force of the tense is changed. 
6. Compare (1) tf^rj and tfW\ with (2) ft-ft and JO^I . 

t|t tJ;-- tt t : •- 

107. D-3*3fin — nat-tan-ni-nim — the-sea-monsters ; 

a. Points in ^ and jj are D. f., because preceded by vowels. 

Z>. The — under ^ is i written defectively, § 6. 3. N. and 4. N. 2. 

c. (1) Article ♦ J-j, (2) noun Jtjfl, (3) plural ending Qt_ # 

108. t^'fl J"*?3 — kol-f-ne'-fes — every -\-soul-of : 

a. -^3 is an unaccented closed syllable, for the word before Mak- 

kef always loses its accent, § 17. 1, 2. 
6. An unaccented closed syllable must have a short vowel, § 28. 2; 

but is — a short vowel? 7t is. In this word we have for the first 

time 6, or Kames-hatuf, which is represented by the same sign 1 

( — ) as a, § 5. 5. 

109. n*nn~ n a(h> h ay'Va( n )~ta e " M f e: The article with its D. f. 

T - I- 

implied, § 45. 2; MeQeg, second syllable before tone, § 18. 1. 

110. Jlt^DlJl — ha-ro-me'-seQ — the- (one) -creeping : 

a. The article with D. f. rejected and — rounded to — , § 45. 3. 

b. A participle (although without £) fern, (j-j) sg. from {^ft-j, 

c. Observe that the _^ is 6, not 5, although defectively written. 
Ill }¥*W — sa-r e su — (they) swarmed: 

a. He-swarmed V^Mf > they-swarmed y^ty; cf. ^1$* he-will-swarm, 
ygytf* they-will-swarm; and so JO*} he-created, }JO-} *^ e V* 
created; K*"lp he-called, !)jOD they-called; JJ-^ he-gave, •^J 

6. Kal Perf. 3 m. pi., as shown by the ending !j t 



1 There is practically no difference in pronunciation between ~ = S, and 
— = o ; but in this book they are transliterated differently in order to 
emphasize the difference in their origin. 



Lesson 14. 57 



112 Dil^O 1 ? — l'mi-ne-hem — to-kind s-their ; 
a. Q|7 is pron. suf. 3 m. pi., as used with plur. nouns, § 51. 1. c. 
6. — (— g) is a defective writing for •__ the plur. const, ending. 

113. *133 — ka-naf — vying: 

a. The first — is a, because before the tone and in an open syllable : 

the second is a because under the tone, § 31. 1. a. (1), c. 
6. Const, sing, would be t]^', dual would be Q*£)33 » 

1 14. fn3'1 — way-va'-reX — and- ( he ) -blessed : 

a. Root is ?p*3, • being sign of Impf., and *) the conjunction. 
J. D. f. of ♦•j omitted from ♦ , which has only a S a wa, § 14. 2. 

c. The final *T| has, as always, a S e wa, § 11. 2. a. 

d. In the syllable t} ay forms a diphthong, hence the following ^ is 
a spirant. 

e. This stem is not at all like either (1) the simple verb-stem, as 
seen in JOp*' or (2) the passive-stem, as seen in !flp*, or (3) 
the causative-stem, as seen in ^\^, *?**i3D' ^ * s a new stem » 
viz., the intensive. The form would regularly be ^Qt, but *) re- 
jects the D. f., and the preceding — becomes — , while, by a change 
of tone, — yields to — ; cf. J-)^ , but -J-^ (23). 

/. The characteristic of the intensive-stem is Dages-fSrte in the sec- 
ond radical, not; as in snsjf (55), in the first. 
I** 

115. ^iON 1 ? — le'-mor — to-say, generally translated saying-. 

a. Inf. const, of ^fttf sa V is IONS cf - *?i^D (96) from l ?t&'D* 
5. Before '^, the prep. ^ takes — , giving -JE^' § 47 * 3 - 
c. ^ being weak, finally quiesces, carrying — along with it, and in 
compensation ~ becomes e. 

116. 1*1$ — P eru — oe-ye-fruitful: A Kal Imperative plural. 

117. 13*11 — u -r«vu — and-multiply-ye : Kal Imperative plur. with 
Waw Conjunctive, here ] before a consonant with § e wa, § 49. 2. 

118. 1^01 _ <^mil-'u— and-fill-ye: 



58 Lesson 14. 



a. Waw Conjunctive before a labial is written !), § 49. 2. 

Z>. §*wa is silent, §§10. 2. 6; 26. 4. N. 

c. Kal Imperative plural of J^Q, !) indicating the plural. 

119. O^D'^3 — bay-yam-mim — in-the-seas ; 

a. Q* sea, Qtg)* seas, O^ff the-seas, Q^^ in-the-seas. 

6. Cf. Q'jt day, Q*£* day*, Qtjyjl the-days, Q^J in-the-days. 

120. tliyr?^ — ' v ** r<6 '— and~the-fowl, §§ 49. 1; 45. 3. 

121. DT — yi'-rev — Ze£- ( him ) -multip ly : 

a. Kal Impf., short form, from same root as *Q^ (117). 
Z>. * is the pref. of the Impf.; *\ and ^, radicals; third radical lack- 
ing, 
c. — is a helping vowel. 

122. t^>p0— haml-sl--/t^, § 9. 2. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



*p- icp! 



nonn? 


Dtp.fi 


rf?#i?9 


njop 


nfrtfi 


nt?5?'-ia 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 

71. Upon the addition of ?j in the Impf. as well as in the Perf. 
the vowel of the second radical becomes vocal S'wa. 

72. The feminine ending J-| is often preceded by an unaccented 
— , inserted for euphony. 

73. The article is ♦ ft; while ft (also ft) takes the D. f . by impli- 
cation, ■) (also y and £$) entirely rejects it. 

74. The quiescense of a consonant is usually compensated for by 
the strengthening of the preceding vowel. 



Lesson 14. 59 



5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 106. 2. &, The fern, ending j-\ attached to a stem by means of ~ t 

2. § 106. 2. c, The fern, ending p\ changed to *-[_ # 

3. § 42. 1. 3 1 The peculiarities of laryngeals. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 
(99) "*73 all, every (102) f\3fl sea-monster 

(100) rp3 wing (103) 7|"Q he-blessed 

(101) tPO*) fte-crcp* (104) N^D he-filled 

- T " T 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) God said, "Lef-£7iere-oe 
(an) -expanse and-he-created )(-[- the-heavens. (2) And-7ie-made 
)(-^-i/ie-firrea^ stars (lit. the-stars the-great). (3) Fill-ye the-waters 
and-multiply-ye in-the-seas. (4) A nd-& Zessed God every-f-win^ed fowl 
(lit. every -{-fowl-of wing) . (5) Let-multiply the-fowl upon-\-the-earth. 
(6) God blessed )( every living-thing that creeps (lit. )( every souZ- 
of the-life the-creeping) ; (7) The-waters swarmed according-to-their- 
kinds. 

2. To be translated into English : — (l) "fltt D*if?N N"D^ 

•etyprjn Di*3 ow-ina (2) onrp 1 ? o^rr vnjpx. (3) 
iox 1 ? on* D*rf?N rp.5, (4) pan-ty *lW? rr, (5) 

3. To be written in English letters : — W\&, ?py, DHK, 

jit I "t : t 

wnn, mi, owirr, d*?u> 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters:— (1) tool, (2) k61-f, (3) 
yi'-rev, (4) se'-res, (5) ha(h)-hay-ya(h), (6) naf-so, (7) §*ne\ 



Learn only the general statement, not the sub-sections marked a, b, c, etc. 



60 Lesson 15. 



8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The plural (masc.) of verbal forms. (2) The feminine ending 
fl. (3). The dual ending. (4) The intensive stem. (5) The peculiar- 
ities of laryngeals. (6) Compensatory strengthening of vowels. 



LESSON XV.— GENESIS I. 24—26. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 
(1) -^ (108); (2) V&ti?) (96); (3) ff?^ (97); (4) TKjY? 

t : • : T :j- - • t : 

86); (5) -HNn-n» (23;; (6) W\ (43). 

2. NOTES. 

123. K^in — td-se' — Let- (her) -cause-to-go-f orth : 

a. «j (6) is contracted from •)_; fr$¥ifi is like JWlJl (65). 

b. Hif'il Impf. 3 fern. sg. from the root j^* he-went-forth. 

T T 

124. tlYft 1 ? — l e mi-nah — to-kind-her: 

a. ^ to, Jtft kind, fi_ her; cf. ^ftygfy, )¥$?* 

b. The point in p| is neither D. f. nor D. 1.; it is inserted to show 
that j-j has a consonantal force and is not silent, for pj at the end 
of a word is always silent unless it has this point, called Mappik, 
§ 16. 1. 

125. TOn?— b e he-ma(h)— cattZe; 

a. j-|, having no Mappik, is silent; the noun is fern., § 106. 2. c. 

126. t^Q^Vl — wa-re'-mes — and-creeper : 

a. Waw Conj. before the tone-syl. receives—, § 49. 4; cf. !||"j^ (11). 

. T 

&• t^t?*!! is a Segolate noun from the same root as njjPQ""! d^). 

c. The secondary, helping vowel is not accented. 

127. r"1N"i£Vni — w 6 hay-06-|-'e'-res — and-beast-of -\-earth: 

a. ( ^n (absolute) — life or beast; fflft is construct, § 107. 2, 4. 

T - 

b. *\ is an old ending, now obsolete, § 105. 1. Rem. 



Lesson 15. 61 



c. "jntpj is for 'jJ'Vn' but ~ under * nas become silent — , D. f. in 1 
being dropped, and i forms a diphthong; hence j-| is spirant. 

128. rVfl — b^y-yaQ — beast-of: with the same meaning as the 
preceding archaic form *jJ"Vn » nere D - f - remains. 

129. i7D"7Nn — h&-' a d&-nia ( n ) — the-ground: 

a. The article before a weak laryngeal has — . § 45. 3. 

b. The vowel before a compound S*wa always has Me0eg, § 18. 3. 

c. s* , 3. laryngeal, takes compound rather than simple S e wa, § 9. 2. 

d. jf, having no Mappik (§ 16. 1), is silent; the word is feminine, 
§ 106. 2. c. 

130. 'Ttitfltl — n a'- a se(h) — we-will-make, or, let-us-make : 

a. Of these four consonants only JTiree can be radicals; the root is 

b. The J, from pronoun •j^ we, indicates 1 p. pi., we, just as * in- 
dicates 3 m. sg., he, and ft, 3 fern, sg., she. 

c. The laryngeal M takes compound § a wa, § 9. 2. 

d. MeQeg, as always, before a compound §^wa, § 18. 3. 

c. The vowel p|_ is e, cf. same vowel in Jljnjll (59) and ft'tf/V 
(71). 

f. To the first syl. a is an overhanging sound helping in the transi- 
tion from the laryngeal to the following sibilant. 

131. D"1N — '&-&& m — Man: both vowels changeable. 

132. IJJD^VD — b e sal-me'-nu — in-image-our: 

a. Prep. £ ; noun f^fyg ; connecting-vowel — ; suffix f) j ( 
&. The accent ~ is disjunctive, separating the word from what 
follows. 

133. IjryiDID — kiff-mfi-Qe'-nu — according-to-likeness-our : 

a. ^ has D. I. because of preceding disjunctive accent, § 12. 3. 

b. The § e wa becomes silent, as in *?$$? (96), after the inseparable 
preposition. 

c. The noun is J"yiE*l» the suf. and connecting-vowel being »|^_ # 



62 Lesson 15. 



134. WV\ — wyir-dfi. — and-they-shall-have-dominion : 

a. •) = and; i indicates Impf. fj, plural; radicals, *j and *j # 

135. rtf"0 — vid-gaf) — in-fish-of: 

a. The stroke over 5 is RMd, § 16. 2. 

b. Prep., before a consonant with S'wa, takes t, § 47. 2. 

c. On g, see §§ 10. 2, 6. and 28. 4. 

d. Noun in abs., Jf^; in const, HIPT' § 106, 2 - a * ^ 2 ^- 

t t - : 

136. ttftiltl t^Oin — ha-re'-mes ha-ro-mes — the-creeper the-creep- 
ing: the noun and the participle, both with article. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



iDN 1 ? for iDK*? 

": iv 


T - 


ns 


T 


NVin for mng 


nrr 


m. 


fcwi 


t : t jt • : 


wn 


1*69 


*IT * 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 

75. Contractions are common; thus •)_ (aw) becomes 6; l *7_ 

T JT 

(a-ha) becomes |-|_ (ah). The result is always a naturally long 
vowel. 

76. The original fern, ending, was ]■)_ , which is retained in the 
construct, but in the absolute the ft is lost and the preceding — be- 
comes T. 

77. The Imperative has only a second person. 

78. Before a tone-syllable Waw Conjunctive and the inseparable 
prepositions may take a tone-long — # 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 51. 1. a — c, Pronominal Suffixes, — separate forms. 

2. § 51. 2, Pronominal Suffixes with f)tf , 



Lesson 15. 63 



6. WORD-LESSON. 

(105) HOIK ground (108) j"Q*1 he-multiplied 

T T~l T T 

(106) nOi"Q cattle (109) jyjQI creeper 

t " : v J'-" 

(107) f"H3 he-was-fruitful 

T T 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) God created )(-them; (2) 
He-said to-the-sca-monslers, Fill-ye ){-\-the-seas ; (3) The-fowl multi- 
plied upon-\-thc-earth ; (4) The-day the-flfth; (5) (The) beast-of the- 
earth was (fern.) upon-\-the-ground ; (6) To-kind-his, and-to-kind-her, 
and-to-kinds-their ; (7) His-day, my-day, her-day ; (8) God made )(-{- 
the-creeper upon+the-ground ; (9) The-eattle the-good (f.); (10) TTie 
firood beast; (11) And-saw Ood all+that he-had-created, and-(it)-was 
-\-good; (12) The-waters (are) in-the-seas andupon-\-the-earth. 

2. To be translated into English :— (l) ^§1^J *lWj}i ( 2 ) N^D 

pin Dirin k#3 pNn, (a) -nisn nongn-fiN pN$ NViri? 
pxn rvrr jiki iroin; (4) no-wrr iwrr^D-nN rrw* 

| V-T T "- •• : V JV T T T~:|T V J V T V | VJT S - 

3. To be written in English letters: — (1) tf^E, (2) j-ft"l, (3) 

•• T T T 

!p3, (4) HOTD, (5) Pl^fy (6) iDN 1 ?, (7) N^ifi. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters:— (1) kol, (2) kdl-f, (3) b6n, 
(4) ben, (5) ben-f, (6) re'-mcs, (7) hay-Qo, (8) bay-yam-mim, (9) 
"ser, (10) reX, (11) va'-rox, 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The Intensive-stem. (2) Omission of D. f. (3) Inf. const, 
of '"Ifotf with prep. S # (4) Difference between the words for sea, 
seas and day, days. (5) The ordinals 2d to 5th. (6) Pron. suf. of 3d 
per. fern. (7) Mappik. (8) Relation between the fem. affixes f|__ 
and n_ • (9) Pronominal suffixes, — separate forms. (10) Pronom- 
inal suffixes with J"^. 



64 Lesson 16. 



LESSON XVI.— GENESIS I. 27—29. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i) rjijri (io4); (2) rang (125); (3) troni (126); (4) jorn 

(106); (5) OH** (95); (6) JpJ}£ (114); (7) V)3 (116); (8) CTl 
(117); (9) ^01 (118); (10) fTl! (103); (11) nfe>DT? (HO). 

: • t- v -v it 

2. NOTES. 

137. iD 1 ?^ — b e sal-mo — in-image-his: 

a. 5 in; Q^, see 132. a; «j Tifs, as in Wrf? (72), «j);*)J (73). 
&. The accent over^ is disjunctive, cf. — (132. 6). 

138. D^V^} — b e se'-lem — in-image-of: 

a. ^ has D. 1. because of preceding disjunctive accent, § 12. 3. 

&. This is the usual form of the noun, but f2/yg (137. a) is the pri- 
mary form, to which suffixes are attached. Cf. JHJ, but )!}*# 
(73) ; and so p£, butft-lN, 3*)#» but fo*tf f gffjjj, but <j{$ftjj 
etc., § 109. 4. a, &. 

139. irw— 's-eo— x-ww, § si. 2. 

140. fi3M 1Df~ za-Xar u-n«ke-va(h) — male and-female: 

a. "nf is a noun like Hltf, with two tone-long vowels which were 

T T T T 

originally short, § 90. 1. a. 
J). Waw Conj., before a consonant with § B wa, is •) § 49. 2. 
c. The ending p|_ is the feminine affix, § 106. 2. c. 

T 

141. D!Y? — l&-nem — to-them, §§ 47. 5; 51. 3. 6. and N. 

142. nt^'331 — w e Xlv-su'-ha — and-subdue-ye-her : 

t a\ : • : 

o. ^ end; ^"25 /or ^33 £ cf - W^ft (118)] subdue-ye p| Tier; 

the root being (£^3 , 
6. — is usually ii, but here a defective writing for !| (u), the sign ot 

the plural ; ii is sounded as u in put , but u as oo in f ooJ. 

143 . VW\ — u - r *o^ — and-have-ye-dominion : 



Lesson 16. 



a. On «j see § 49. 2; the accents over "J is disjunctive. 

144. AH3— bid-gaO— in-fish-of; cf. fCTD ( 135 > : 

a. 3 nas D - !•» because of preceding disjunctive accent, § 12. 3: 

145. 17317 — nin - n ® — behold! an inter jectional adverb. 

146. *FlA3 — na-Oat'-tl — I-have-given : 

c. D. f. infl is for J assimilated, *pJ73 = WHp ; root 1HJ ♦ 
6. The ending tfl =/; cf. ")£K he-said, *fi7£N I-said; yy he- 
knew, »flyv I - hnew > *?W12 he-ruled, ♦j7 c J>gPO I-ruled. 

147. DD 1 ? — 1&-Xem — fo-2/ow (m.) : 

o. Prep, has—, cf. n»fi*7 (45), QJ-fr (141). 

• IT T V T 

Z>. Q^ is the pronominal suffix for the 2d. pi. masc. 

148. 1H? yif — zo-re(a)' za'-ra' — seeding seed: 

a. tp-jj is the active participle of the Kal stem — note the 6. 

o. On — under y read § 42. 2. d. 

c. yif is for W*fl (69), on account of the accent (— ), § 38. 2. 

149. ftW~yih-ye(li)—he-(i. e., it)-shall-be: 

a. Observe the MeOeg with t and that the § a wa is silent, § 18. 5. 

b. Root, n*H ; * indicates Impf. cf. shortened form *JT (19). 

150. fT^3^— l*»x-lft(h)— /or-/ood: 

a. The~under tf, in an unaccented closed syl. is 5, not a. 

b. The root is plainly 7DN he-ate; |7_ indicates fern. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

nm rrn id^ ifi& on 1 ? rosto 

- : • : : - v t t j%, : • 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 
79. When a disjunctive accent stands between a spirant and the 



66 Lesson 16. 



preceding vowel, the spirant does not immediately follow the vowel, 
and hence takes Dages-lene. 

80. Segolates before suffixes take what is called their primary 
form, i. e., the original form of the noun, which had but one vowel, 
that vowel standing under the first radical. 

81. The suffix meaning him is «j , them Qfj or Q # 

82. The personal pre-fix 1 p. pi. meaning we is the letter } ; the 
pronominal swf-fix our is ^ ; her is ft f 

83. Syllables ending with laryngeals and having a short vowel 
followed by a compound 8'wa are loosely closed; the § 9 wa eases the 
transition between the laryngeal and the following consonant. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 52. 1. o, b, c, and 2, The Demonstrative Pronouns. 

2. § 53. 1. a. b y The Relative Particle. 

3. § 54. 1, 2. a — d, The Interrogative Pronouns. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

(110) D"tt* man (113) "Of male (116) 0*?¥ image 

T T T T VJV 

(111) n^l fish (114) t^3D he-subdued (117) HYl he-subdued 

T T - T T T 

(112) /TIDI likeness (115) fOM female (had-dominion) 

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.— THE ARTICLE. 
/H^L? *TiN£pO= the-luminary the-great = the great luminary. 
ftOpr? ^YlN^pft^ ^he-luminary the-small = the small luminary. 

Principle 1. — The adjective, when attributive, follows its noun, 
and, if the noun is definite, receives the article. 

fTfn Dl\*7 — the-day 1 the-this = this day. 

JINTH JD#0 = the-earth the-this (t) = this earth. 
n7$?7 D?O^D = the-heavens the-these — these heavens. 



Lesson 16. 67 



Principle 2. — The demonstrative pronoun, when attributive, fol- 
lows its noun, both noun and demonstrative receiving the article. 

8. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew :i — (1) The great place; (2) The 
great heavens; (3) The good seed; (4) The good luminaries; (5) 
This male and this female; (6) These luminaries which (are) in the 
heavens; (7) This good place; 2 (8) These great luminaries; (9) 
This spirit (f.), (10) Who created man in his image? (11) Who 
made this light? (12) To whom (are) these heavens and this earth? 
(13) What did God create in beginning? 

2. To be translated into English : — (1) /"IK!!! fiOIKfij (2) 

T T~: IT 

rrVNn DWrj; (3) ntfi 3103 nsrr; (4) ytjsj oi»rr; (5) tro 

on 1 ? D*;f?N bu (6) rwy? rop-no; (7) Btetfj *?£> 
mm (s) V? parr n&y'x DTtfae. 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) fit, (2) fitft/ (3) ii?H, 
(4) ntr'N, (5) ♦©, (6) fiO, (7) "Of. (8) fiDpJ. 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters: — (1) d'mtlQ, (2) gaQ, (3) 
da-ga(h), (4) la-hem, (5) '6-66. 

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Laryngeals with compound S e wa. (2) The vowel fi_, (3) 
Accents — f -i_, jl % (4) Loosely closed syllables. (5) Medial § - wa. 
(6) D. 1. after a disjunctive accent. (7) Raf& (8) Primary form of 
Segolates. (9) fitf, 'DX, HX* < 10 ) The vowel — . (11) Demon- 
stratives. (12) Relative. (13) Interrogatives. (14) Rule for attrib- 
utive adjectives. (15) Rule for attributive demonstrative. 



1 In this and in following exercises, words making in Hebrew one word will 
not be joined together by hyphens. 

8 The order will be: (1) noun, (2) adjective, (3) demonstrative, the article 
being written with each word. 



68 Lesson 17. 



LESSON XVII— GENESIS I. 30, 31. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 
(1) 3BW (67); (2) jrtt(69); (3) )T*\&$ (73. e); (4) rVfl (128); 
(5) .TIT 0>£tt (102,103); (6) KT| (22); (7) *|pb-W (36). 

2. NOTES. 

151. fc^Di") — roinies — creeper (literally, creeping ) : 

a. Naturally long 6, tone-long e; Kal act. part., cf. W-jj (148). 
6. This 6 (in Kal act. part.) is seldom written fully, as here. 

152. p^V^D"]!^ — 'eO-f-kol-j-ye'-rek — )(-\-every-\-greenness-of : 
a. On the short vowels — and ~ see § 17. 2. 

o. T)*y, like T*1K and m any others, is an o-class Segolate. 

153. fti»y— t &4&W--hemade; 

T T 

a. Kal Perf. 3 m. sg., — the root-form from which came \tf]f*\ (46), 
and ntf^y (71). 

154. *1KD — m *' 0<1 — exceedingly : an adverb. 

155. *t^Wn — n a§-si§--§i — the-sixth. 

,. . - 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

V J" T v — T : • J- T 

v — : t v •• : 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

84. Note, in cases cited above, how and — give place to — and 

— (5), when, as when the word is joined by Makkef to the following 
word, the tone has passed away from them. 

85. The conjunction *) is written ?) before a consonant with S'wa. 

86. tfl — I; 03 = you; "j for *|J-j_ = him. 



LessoxX 17. 69 



5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 2. 4, 5, 7, Pronunciation of p, £J, \>\ 

2. § 3. 2, 3, Letters with double form*, and with similar 

forms. 

3. § 4. 1, 2. Classification of Letters. 

4. § 12. 2, 3, Spirants with § e wa preceding, with dis- 

junctive accent preceding. 

5. § 15. 1, 3, Dages-fSrte compensative and conjunctive. 

6. § 16. 1, 2, Mappik and Rafe. 

7. § 26. 2, N. 1. Sharpened syllables. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

(118) rf75^ food (120) jrtf fte-^cwe (122) *l&p exceedingly 

(119) ,1377 fceftofci (121) p*V greenness (123) ♦{## siortft 

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.— THE ARTICLE. 

D*?pn ^S}" 1 ?!^ = upon-\-faces-of the-waters = upon the face[s] of 

the waters. 
D^il^ I-TH = spirit-of God = the spirit of God. 
D*£H H.lpO^ = to-collection-of the-waters — to the collection of 

waters. 
|7*D,£T t^J" 1 ?? =all+soul(s)-of the-life = all the souls of life. 
DTT i"Cn3 = in-fish-of the-sea = in the fish of the sea. 
Principle 3. — The article cannot be prefixed to a noun in the 
construct state; if the article is needed, it is given to the noun 
following. 

Principle 4. — If the second of the nouns in the construct rela- 
tion is definite, because it is a proper noun, or because it has the 
article, the first noun is also to be regarded as definite. 

8. EXERCISES. 
1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) I knew that thou (m.) 
(art) good; (2) I gave to the cattle and to the beast(s) of the earth 
grass and herb(s) for food; (3) The tree yielded (Heb., made) good 
fruit; (4) God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth 
for food; (5) (There) was fruit in all the earth; (6) All that God 
made was exceedingly good. 



Lesson 18. 



2. To be translated into English:— (1) DTI 1 ?** flfcW 1HN Di^ 

••••■: t t tv : 

Twn-m; (2) jr^r?-n» rwy VHfis ova (3) Hj^r? ova 

mDtrir room rwfefei nrwi; (4) m ?ro win ova 
■? «•• •• - t t — t :it ~ J* : • I - t • • :it 

ovr nn run o^otfrr; (6) nonarm** nb>y wn wa 

T - - : •• : •*- t - t •• : - v t t . . - 

3. To be written in English letters:— (1) if??N, (2) pT* (3) Jpjj, 
(4) DPi (5) *l|1b/ (6) JJ, (7) ^5 . 

4. To be written in Hebrew letters:— (1) M, (2) Xem, (3) ha, 
(4) h'mi, (5) X&, (6) nu, (7) 'elle. 



LESSON XVIII.— REVIEW. 

[To the student : — This lesson Is a review of all that have preceded it. 
Nothing is so necessary, in the acquisition of a language, as constant and 
thorough review. One should carry forward with him at least nine-tenths of 
what he has learned. The first chapter of Genesis contains one hundred and 
two different words, and about four hundred and fifty different forms. The 
most commoni and most important principles of the language have been con- 
sidered. Many additional principles might have been brought forward in 
connection with this chapter, but it has been deemed wise to hold them in 
reserve. It is understood that in no case will the student proceed to take 
up Lesson XVII., until this Lesson with all which it includes has been learned. 
Let every word, every verse, every principle be mastered absolutely.] 

1. WORD-REVIEW. 

fin this list of words, the superior figures indicate the verse in which the 

word, or its derivative, is found. In the case of nouns, the singular absolute 

Is given, in the case of verbs, the root. The student is expected to compare 

with each word as here given, the various forms of that word which occur in 

the chapter, e. g., with JIM. he will compare firm she was, *fp let- (there) - 

t t t ;it • : 

be, %■}"*> and-let-( there) -be, *T\ S \ and- (there) -was, yffl and-they-shall-be, ;-p!V 

it-shall-be.] 

1. VERBS. 



nil 28 

T T 


m 


w 


IDpu 

T T 


vr 


iv 15 


•FT 


*W 


tjypo 


~ T 


T T 


- T 


fcfOT" 


mo* 


mpsp 

r t 


tf?0 22 


rvrv 


■n* 


pjp2i 


riorf 

T T 


ma 22 

TT 


tyQ 1 * 


rT 


TT 



• The Infinitive form, see S 55, 8. 







Lessox 


18. 




71 




2. NOUNS, PARTICLES, ETC. 




syr 


t\ty 20 


Y 


^>pn 23 


rrana" 

t " : 


DIN 28 

T T 


yptyf u 


■?y» 


t:<- 


H^n 2 


IV 


t t -: 


•J- T 


yy n 


1N9 31 


31D 4 


T? 5 


•to* 3 


ro&>' 14 

T T 


yyp 


-»ND 14 

T 


nts^ 9 

T T - 


Vru 16 

T 


itlN 14 


W* 


a^F 1 


nrto 14 


D'V 5 


nn 86 

T T 


nn» 5 


DW' 1 ' 


D^3 2 


d:p 2 


T 


m^Tf 


rtox 29 


Y*yp2o 


n$ u 


p? u 


pn; 30 


N^ 11 


^ 9 


*£^' 31 


o^y 26 


t t : v 


^26 


•-0 1 


D'n^ 1 


irtn 2 


|bp« 


fP 7 


T 


ran 29 


r?£ i 


tin$* 


wnt 


nipp 10 


'?* 


y 


"W 


w 


wyy 9 


Q'W 


il 21 


-or 27 

T T 


nx 1 


nnp 1 


nr\ 2 


crp/ 


\y 


jnr u 


5 1 


pn 21 


&W 


n ?j^ 27 


w 


r?Tr ae 

T - 


irto 2 



2. VERSE-REVIEW. 



1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
aloud rapidly and without hesitation (see p. — ). 

2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
pointed text, and note the mistakes; repeat the exercise till each 
verse can be pointed without mistake (see p. — ). 

3. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only 
the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result 
each time by the pointed text (see p. — ). 

4. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, from the 
transliteration, noting with care, in the case of each word, the exact 
English equivalent for each sign or character in the Hebrew (p. — ). 



72 



Lesson 18. 



3. GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 



10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 

15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 

19. 

20. 

21. 
22. 

23. 
24. 

25. 

26. 



The alphabet, § 1. 1-3. 
Pron. of N,y,rr,p,§ 2. 1-4. 
Pron. of £, gf, y, V § 2. 5-8. 
Extended, final, and similar 
letters, § 3. 1-3. 
Classification of letters, § 4. 

1, 2. 

Pronunciation of — § 5. 1. 
Pron. of — , § 5. 6. a. 
Vowel-letters, tf f \ 1, § 6. 1, 

2, 3, and Notes 1-4. 
Classificat'n of vowel-sounds, 
§ 7. 1-4. 

Names of vowels, § 8. 
Simple 3 e wa, § 9. 1. 
Compound S e wa, § 9. 2. 
Initial g e wa, § 10. 1, 2. 
Silent § e wa, § 11. 
Dages-lene, § 12. 1, and N. 1. 
D. 1. after a § e wa, § 12. 2. 
D. 1. after a disj. ace, § 12. 3. 
Dages-forte, § 13. 1, 2, and 
Note 1. 

Omission of D. f., § 14. 1-3. 
Notes 1, 2. 

D. f. compensative and con- 
junctive, § 15. 1, 3. 
Mapptk and Raf£, § 16. 1, 2. 
Use of Makkef, § 17. 1-2. 
MeQeg, § 18. 1. 
More common accents, § 24. 
1-3. 

Kinds of syllables, § 26. 1, 2. 
N. 1. 2. 
Syllabification, § 27. 1-3. 



27. Quantity of vowels in sylla- 
bles, § 28. 1-4. 

28. Naturally long vowels, § 30. 
(opening words) and Notes 1, 
2, under § 30. 7, 

29. Tone-long vowels, § 31. (open- 

ing words) and Notes 1, 2, 
under 31. 3. 

30. Peculiarities of laryngeals 
§ 42. 1-3. 

31. The article, § 45. 1, 2, 3, & 
R. 3. 

32. Inseparable prepositions, §47. 
1-5. 

33. Waw conjunctive, § 49. 1-4. 

34. Personal pron., § 50. 1-3. 

35. Pronominal suffixes, § 51. 1. 
a-c, 2. 

36. Demonstrative pronoun, § 52. 
1. a-c, 2. 

37. Relative particle, § 53. 1. a, o. 

38. Interrogative pronouns, § 54. 
1, 2. a-d. 

39. Roots, § 55. 1, 2. 

40. Inflection, § 57. 1-3. 

41. Tenses and Moods, § 57. 3. 
Notes 1, 2. 

42. Simple verb-stem, § 58. 1, 2. 
a-c. 

43. Gender of nouns, § 106. 1, 2, 
a, &. 

44. Number of nouns, § 106. 3-5. 

45. States of nouns, § 107. 1, 2. 



Lessor 19. 73 



4. EXERCISE* 

To be translated into Hebrew: — 

1. The name of the light is day, and the name of the darkness is 

night. 

2. Waters, to waters, the waters, to the waters. 

3. The earth will be seen beneath the heavens. 

4. The day, in which is light. 

5. The fruit, in which is seed. 

6. The fruit is in the seed, and the seed is in the earth. 

7. The sun will be seen in the heavens. 

8. To cause-a-division between the day and the night. 

9. And in the great day. The great stars. 

10. The great luminary is the sun; the small luminary is the moon. 

11. The sun and the moon are in the expanse of the heavens. 

12. Thou art in the heavens, and I am upon the earth. 

13. And God saw all which he had created, and it was good. 

14. God created the earth, and he created the heavens. 

15. The waters are in the seas and upon the earth. 

16. His day, her day, my day. 

17. The beast of the earth was upon the ground. 

18. This good place. 

19. These great luminaries. 

20. God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth for food. 



LESSON XIX.— GENESIS II. 1-3. 

1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i) own (5); (2) pNm isy, go nwv (153); (4) onfc 

•J- T ~ 1 YjT T ; T T T 

(95); (5) »3 (24); (6) ft (73); (7) *NTN (48). 



* These sentences are selected from preceding exerciies. 



74 Lesson 19. 



2. NOTES. 

156. I^D'V- and-(they)-were-finished; cl**vyy) [(114), flftt (55): 

a. D. f. omitted from *, § 14. 2; !| indicates the plural number. 

b. The T" , in verbal forms, always marks the passive; under the 
first radical it indicates the Pu'al (intensive passive) stem, § 58. 
4. a. c. 

c. Root is ( *Y73' meaning in Pi'el, finish, in Pu'al, be-finished. 

157. 0#y$' mL ?5)—ana-an+host-their; cf. -fi& 0*^13 ( 89 - d ) : 

a. •) ace. to § 49. 1; — is 6, because in a closed syllable which has 
lost its tone, § 29. 5< 

b. ayg host, Zm£ DJOV host-their; the original — which became 
— in an open syl. before the tone, is reduced to — when the tone 
moves farther away, § 36. 2. b. 

Ct Q_is the pron. suf. of the 3 masc. plur., § 51. 1. 

158. ^yy-and-(he) -finished; cf. *f?y\ Tj^l^J 

a. Shorter form for H^J*}, the K<§1 of ?Y?D ( i 56 - c >- 
6. Two D. f.'s omitted: one from * because without a full vowel, 
one from ^ because final, § 14. 1, 2. 

159. *ipy&tl Di*^l — in-the-day the-seventh: 

a. The accent _i_ over ♦W^J^H marks tne end of a secondary sec- 
tion. It is called Zakef katon, i. e., little Zakef, § 24. 4. 

160. in?N^£-™ orfc -^ cf - iinr, m>*o; 

a. Abs. sg. nDN*7D? K nas lost its consonantal force. 

t t : 

b. The original — of ^ is retained unchanged because it is in a 
closed unaccented syl., § 29. 1. a.; in the abs. form — is rounded 
to — , being in an open, pretone syl. 

6. The abs. has j-j_ , but the form with suf. has J-|, § 106. 2. a. 

T 

i6i. n2w>)- and - he - rested ; cf - *opn, *om : 

: •- t| :- t: •- 

1 Every old word, suggested for comparison, with the new word under con- 
sideration, has at least one important point in common with that new word. 



Lesson 19. 75 



o. This is the regular form of the Kal Imfef., the~r In JOD* and 
V*^V being due to the presence of the weak letter ft # 

b. The _^ in this word is 5 (tone-long), not 6. 

c. The root is plainly TVJtJf he-rested, see below, 163. 

- T 

162. EHp*1 — and-he-sancti/ted ; cf. SV"Q*\, ^J'lJ 
a. D. f. omitted from ♦, as in *ft% W^ f foy\, ^35 . 
6. The root is ^1D» meaning, as a verbal form, he-was-holy. 

c. The first radical has — , the second radical, D. f . ; these indicate 
a Pi'el form; read §§ 58. 3.; 65. 2. a. b. 

d. Compare each vowel-sound in {gf^p* and 7PO*' an< * no ^ e * nat * ne 
latter has t instead of — , because ") refuses D. f., and — instead 
of — , because the accent is on the penult. 

e. The root means be-holy; the Pi'el, here intensive or causative, 
means make-holy, sanctify, § 58. 3. c. 

163. n2w- he - rested >' cf - tn$, top, ntyy : 

a. Kal Perf. 3 masc. sing, of the strong verb fftgJ, 

164. r\^]fl — to-make, i. e., in-making, 
a. The prep. *■> with — because of following laryngeal, § 47. 3. 

b. nit^y is a ^- al Inf - const - ° f nt^y* 

c. Further information concerning this form will be given later. 
3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



rny but 


m 


t j : 


f\2&\ 


ro^s but ' 

t t : 


inox'pp 


Via &«* d^'ij 


*& 


^b but 


■*» 


on* but hoik 

T T JT T _ : 


&1p, 


nxbut 


tin 


T T JT T • 


*3» 


yybut 


tjnr 


f)03 »«« D'SJS 


*# 



76 Lesson 19. 



4. OBSERVATIONS 

87. Short vowels are retained in closed unaccented syllables. 

88. In open unaccented syllables, short vowels give away to §*wa. 
This change is called reduction. 

89. The Kal Impf. has no special characteristic; unless one of 
the radicals is a weak letter, it generally has 5 for the vowel of its 
second radical. 

90. The Nif'al Impf. has D. f. in and — under the first radical, 
while the other passive stem (Pu'al) has — under the first radical 
and D. f. in the second. 

91. The Pi'el Impf. has (besides D. f. in the second radical) — 
under the first radical; the Hifil Impf. has — under the preforma- 
tive. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 58. 1. Simple verb-stem, Kal. 

2. § 60. (&p. 195) Tabular view, Inflection of the Kal Perfect. 

3. § 60. 1 — 3. Remarks on inflection. 

4. § 36. 2. a. Reduction of an ultimate vowel in verbal in- 

flection. 

5. § 36. 2. N. 2. [This covers the reduction to t in the forms 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. Learn from the Hebrew word-lists under List I., verbs occurring 

500 to 5,000 times, those words numbered 1-10. 

2. Make a list of the new words in Gen. II. 1-3. 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) I said, we said, she said, 
thou (f.) didst say, they said, ye (m.) said; (2) She ruled, they 



Lesson 20. 77 



ruled, ye (f.) ruled, I ruled, we' ruled, thou (m.) ruledst; (3) They 
gave, we gave, I gave, she gave, thou (m.) gavest, he gave; (4) J 
knew, she knew, we knew, they knew, thou (m.) didst know. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The heavens will be fin- 
ished; (2) The waters will be collected; (3) Ood will sanctify the 
seventh day; (4) God rested in the seventh day; (5) He created the 
heavens and all their host; (6) He made the great luminaries; (7) He 
will rest in this day; (8) We rested, she rested, ye (m.) rested, they 
rested. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) IflJNJpjp-^pjJ mt(f ♦£); 

(2) *&$#% DV? rots* >p; o) nefyn Di*3 ♦roe'; (4) nr 

4. To be written in English letters:— The first three verses of 
Genesis II., from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — The first three 
verses of Genesis II., from the unpointed text. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Omission of D. f. (2) Characteristics of Pfi'al stem. (3) 
Reduction of a penultimate vowel, of an ultimate vowel. (4) The 
Kal Imperfect. (5) The Pi'el Imperfect. (6) Retention of short 
vowels. (7) Difference between the vowels of ffttf and^-ft, ty^y) 
and TjJJtV 8 * Original form of the simple veVb-stem. *( 9) Form 
in use. (10) Its inflection. (11) Forms of the Kal Perf. containing 
S*wa. (12) The various personal termination and their origin. 



LESSON XX.— GENESIS II., 4-6. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 
(1) p£ (62); (2) JT?T (149); (3) nVIXtl (129); (4) >fe (13) 

' ' J • • : I' T T-; it « ; 



78 Lesson 20. 






2. Nd t TES. 

165. n)>}*- these ; ct ni f m >»:T*fr < f ->- 

166. rsrh^—senerations-of; cf. fj^Q, DHlflP : 
a. Plur. fern., never found in sing.; two syllables. • 

&. Absence of D. 1. in -^ because preceding S»wa is vocal, § 12. 2. 
c. Three spirants; both o's are 6, not 6. 

167. DK*)3n2— in-being-created-their; cf. !fip*, DNDV J 

AT -IT-: I T • T T : 

a. 3 pointed with S*wa; Q_ same as in QJOV (157). 

d. it is Sjoh, but j-tSed ; so loan* but ON-on* *• e - the ulti - 

- I T T : J IT •• T • T :it • 

mate vowel is reduced when Q is added, § 36. 2. a. 

T 

c. M"V}fl has ** * J * n an( * "*" un ^ er tne # rs * radical, the character- 
istics of the Nif al or passive stem, § 72. R. 2. 

a. This is an Inf. const, governed by the prep. ^ , 

e. The small f-j written above the line is a traditional writing 
handed down by the Massoretic Editors (§ 19.). 

168. r(\tyy — to-make, or making-of: see 164. 

169. fTJiT — Written Jehovah in the Revised English Bible. But 

t : 

this pronunciation is due to an error dating as far back as the 14th. 
century A. D. The present vocalization of the Hebrew name is 
due to the later Jewish reverence for the ancient name of their 
God, which made them fear to pronounce it. The original pro- 
nunciation seems to have been nVV* For ^is, * ne l ater Jews 
regularly substituted *^{< , Lord. In order to remind themselves 
of this change, they regularly point pftpf* not with its own vowels, 
but with those of tym , (Lord) as here, thus indicating that 

T ~J 

*3"lK should be pronounced, and not ftV7*» 

t - : >!" 

170. tVV? — shrub-of: one syllable, § 27. 1; cf. |-fl-) # 

171. ni&n-' the -fi e f; cf - nW* rvfr; 

a. The accent-?- over ft^fflptl, like j_ over jiffiVtofft (159. a), marks 

V T - ■■•-■•"" 

a secondary section. It is called R«vi(a)', § 24. 5. 5. 



Lessor 20. 79 



172. DltD — t^'-rem — not-yet: an adverb. 

173. nDV t- ~ (ne) will-sprout-forth; cf. /-ft£J>: 
o. Kal Impf. 3 m. sg. of HDV he-sprouted-forth. 

- T 

b. The — under £ is pausal for — , § 38. 2. 

c. This verb has — (in pause — ) rather than -±-, as seen in J"J3{^, 
because of the laryngeal |-[, § 42. 2. 6. 

174. N^-lS'-nof; cf. *\<Q&, fitf , 

175. ^pOn — ( ne ) had-caused-to-rain; cf. ^HDH; *?H^D J 

a. Here are three radicals, making *^Q he-rained. 

b. The prefix ft (originally j-j) indicates the Hif'il Perfect, § 58. 
5. a. b; and § 59. 3. 

c. Cf. the vowel of the preformative in the forms ^y^y, jWlfl, 

Yi£n, t ? r rp5, inro, with th *t ** ^Oii* § » r. * : 

176. PN~ a noun 'meaning nothing, but always used as a predicate, 
Mere is not, Mere was not; hence the phrase means and man was 
not, or and there was no man. 

177. -ftlfr-to-serve; cf. nttpjjj^ ^'p 4 ? J 

o. The -fty is Kal Inf. const, of "fty he-served; but V has -rr 
where £ of 7{yjp, a similar form, has — , because it is a laryn- 
geal, § 42. 3. a. 

b. The prep. ^ takes — , as in J-fljpj^, according to § 47. 3. 

178. "TIO— w'-ed— and-(a)-mist. 

179. rf?l^~- (he ) will-go-up, or (he) used-to-go-up ; cf. fttj-p* 
a. ♦ is the pref. of the Impf.; the root is fjHw he-went-up. "' 

6. The vowel under > in j-ft^> and fpjp is--, but in this word it 
is — , because of the following tf, § 42. 2. a. 

c. Just as an original — is retained under the preformative of all 
Hif'il forms except the Perfect, where it has been attenuated 
(§ 36. 3) to — (cf. Tftftfj), so an original — has been retained 



80 Lesson 20. 



under the performative of the Kal Impf. before laryngeals, where 
otherwise it is attenuated to ~r . 

d. In J~l'*}£^ the first rad. has —, but in |Y?y> it has — , § 42. 3. o. 

e. The Imperfect here expresses customary action in past time. 

180. "JD — f rom: s0 "written only before the article; cf. ♦ n, £V 
§ 48. 1, 2. 

181. nDt^ni — and-used-to-cduse-to-drink ; cf. ""VOID!! • 

It:-: • : ; 

a. Another Hif'il Perf., as indicated by f| ; root Hpt^ ♦ 
o. The ) here is Waw Conv., and gives to the verb the force pos- 
sessed by JfSy*» which preceded it, § 70. 1. b, 2. b. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

-h#z np T t?n ntotr. yjyj 
n^Jf,!. ^31 MDV! inp 

npv? wno rf?]£ m# 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

92. A laryngeal will take (1) under it a compound instead of a 
simplei §*wa; and (2) before it the vowel — rather than — or _i_ t 

93. The Hifil stem has, under the preformative, the vowel — 
except in the Perfect, where it has been attenuated to -r (cf. Latin 
facilis, but difficilis). 

94. The vowel of the preformative in the gal Imperfect was 
originally — , but this has been retained only before laryngeals, being 
elsewhere attenuated to — . 

95. The ]£al Imperfect may have for its stem-vowel either 5, or 
a. In the cases cited above, note how "=" before £$ and in pause 
has been rounded to — , while before f[ it has become e. 



Lesson 20. 81 



96. PaQah-furtive creeps in under the final laryngeals |-j, j-j, V, 
when they are preceded by any long vowel except t. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 58. 3. a, b, c. Origin and use of the Pi'el stem. 

2. § 58. 4, a, b, c. Origin and use of the Pu'al stem. 

3. § 58. 7 a, b, c. Origin and use of the HiQpa'el st. 

4. § 62. 1. b, 2. a, b, (& pp. Inflection of these stems in Pert 

194, 195) 

5. § 36. 3. a, b. Attenuation of — to — 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List I., the verbs numbered 11 — 20. 

2, Make a list of the new words in Genesis II. 4 — 6. 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) He sanctified ( £Hp, Pi), 
we sanctified, they sanctified, I sanctified, ye (m.) sanctified; (2) She 
spoke (*m in Pi'el), / spoke, we spoke, they spoke, thou (f.) didst 
speak, ye (m.) did speak; (3) He was sanctified (Pu'al), I was sanc- 
tified, we were sanctified, they were sanctified; (4) She purified her- 
self (£Hp in HiOpa'el), we purified ourselves, they purified them- 
selves, I purified myself. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) Yahweh God sanctified 
this day and this place; (2) This (is) the day which God sanctified; 
(3) These (are) the heavens and the earth which God created; (4) 
The shrub and the herb will be in the field; (5) There was no man 
upon the earth in those days; (6) God did not cause it to rain upon 
the dry (land); (7) The herb will sprout forth upon the field; (8) 
These generations; (9) This earth; (10) This day,. 

3. To be translated into English: — (1) DVHTlJSf 'JlEHp; (2) 



82 Lesson 21. 



I VJT T |" T J- T TT IT V * V I ' '. ' 

prirr^aa dtcxwi Wii D*n nna (4) Diwrr* icq 

I VjT T T : «j- t - I ^ : t- - :• HIT V TT 

4. To be written in English letters: — Verses 4 — 6 of chapter II. 
from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 4 — 6 of 
chapter II. from the unpointed text. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Forms of the Dem. pron. (2) Use of D. 1. (3) Reduction 
of an ultimate vowel in verbal forms. (4) Characteristics of the 
Nif'al. (5) The word fflnV, (6) Pa%ah-furtive. (7) The differ- 
ence in pointing between JTfljy* and fJDV* » Detween rQL^* and 
^py, between ]-£}£?> and ffj)f*. (8) Attenuation of — to — . (9) 
Hif'il Perfect. (10) »tf f tffy and D")tJ. (11) Difference between 
-j^y and ^'tPfi. (12) Force of the tense in jYTJ?* • ( 13 ) Peculiar- 
ities! of laryngeals. (14) The origin, use, and inflection of the three 
intensive stems. (15) The form ffttpp. (16) The form Dfi^Op ♦ 
(17) Rounding of vowels. (18) The Personal pronoun. 



LESSON XXI.— GENESIS II. 7-9. 

1. NOTE-REVIEW. 
(1) fTliT (169); (2) -JO (180); (3) fW Wtfc (102,103); (4) '^ 

t : | • T- VJV T 

(108); (5) 7f1rt3 (41); (6) yV (70); (7) DiD (24). 

2. NOTES. 

182. *)ywy— <wKHhe)-/ormed; cf - ^ON^I J 

a. The first * is the preformative, the second, the radical. 



Lesson 21. 83 



b. Kal Impf. 3 m. eg. of the root ")\f* he-formed. 

- T 

c. The — under y is e; consideration of it may be postponed. 
183. "IDI^ - dust: with the article il would be *l£Vn, § 45 « 4 - 

184. n&Y- and ' ne ' hreathed;Qt - npyvrinjio: 

a. For n§^' tne 3 being assimilated; root nfij* 
&. On — instead of _^- before |-j see § 42. 2. &. 

185. VSfcO — b e 'ap-paw — in nostrils-Ms: 

a - HN nose > 0*£3K nostrils; V3X ft*s-ttOs<riJs. 

&. Learn that y_, pronounced aw (the i having no force), is the 

T 

form of 3 masc. sg. suf. when attached to plural or dual nouns. 
c. The D. f. in q stands for J , the original form being £)^ , 

186. nOgO— niS-maO— breath-of; cf. J-pn, HN I 

a. Abs. sg. is flftKft, but in const. j-j_ goes back to the orig.J^. 

T T : T - 

the other changes will come up later. 

187. D'*n — li ves; cf. pj*|-j life, beast. 

188. V®*)— and- (he) -planted; cf. f-j£)» ♦ 

a. So far as concerns vowels and form, the same as fffi*1 (184); 
from the root Vfo} he-planted. 

189. [J — garden; cf. below in v. 9 MJ-f in pause. 

190. Q"7pp— mik-ke'-dem — from-east; cf.^y; 
a. The prep. ?£ with } assimilated, § 48. 1. 

&. An a-class Segolate, primary form P"]P» § ** 9 * 1 - a - 

191. DJ?*1 — and-he-put: learn (1) this form, (2) its meaning, (3) 
its root Q>£f to-put. 

192. DCT — there: an adverb. 

T 

193. *W"~" he-formed, or he-had-formed ; cf. •flfM^ • 
a. Pausal for *^\ the root form, see 182. 6. 

194. n5v^*~ and " (lle) " cawsed " fo " sprow ^ oH7i; cf - ^y) t 

a. Cf. with Kal HDV 1 (173 >' which has — under ♦ instead of — # 



84 Lesson 21. 



b. The — under the preformative is the indication of the Hif'il 

(except in Perf.). 
c 4 *2?\y has — under 2d rad., but |-f£¥' has — ; why? § 42. 2. &. 
d. Hif. Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root ftjg^ he-sprouted. 

195. *l£DfT5 — neh-mad — desirable, or desired: 

a. The £ e wa, though under a laryngeal, is silent. 

b. The root is ^fift, j indicating a Nif al. 

c. On the vowel — see § 42. 2. c; on — , § 68. 2. 

196. ^D*? .... nyp^-7 for-sight. . . .for-food: 

a. Two nouns formed by the prefix £; cf. Qipft, ll*lpp' § 96 * 1 - 
#. The roots are j"J$0 he-saw, ^^ he-ate. 

197. D f *nn— ha(h)-hay-yim— the-lives; cf. tl^'lin J 

a. The D. f. of the article is implied in fj, §§ 42. 1. b; 45. 2. 
6. MeQeg on the second syllable before the tone. 

198. nyiH — the-knowing — a verbal noun from wyt he-knew, 
with the article pointed as usual; it has here a direct object. 

&.. A one-vowel noun originally; the final a is a helping vowel. 

199. Vy\— wa-ra'— and-evil; cf. fipj^ ♦ 

'|TT . T 

a. Waw Conj., before a tone-syllable, takes sometimes — , § 49. 4. 

b. W"}, instead of W-\, because in pause, § 38. 2. 



3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



w&i ps **£>! a^j? ^J5? 

D-|j5. :r$ pt? fny rjg>rr 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

97. Nouns with two vowels, and having an accented — as their 
first vowel, are always a-class Segolates, the e being a deflection 
of an original a. 

98. Nouns with two vowels, and having an accented '— as their 



Lesson 21. 85 



first vowel, are ahvays i-class Segolates, the e coming from an origin- 
al L 

99. Nouns with two vowels and having an accented -s_ for their 

first vowel, are always u-class Segolates, the 5 coming from an 
original u. 

100. The final unaccented — in all these nouns Is merely an 
inserted helping- vowel (§ 37. 2). 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 68. 5a. b. c, Origin and use of the Hif'Il stem. 

2. § 62. 2. c, Inflection of this stem (cf. p. 194.) 

3. § 80. 1, Origin of Segolates. 

4. § 36. 2a. b. N. 1, Changes of a, I, H, due to the tone. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, Lists I. and II., the verbs numbered 21 — 30. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 7 — 9. 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He caused to rain, they 
caused to rain, I caused to rain, we caused to rain; (2) He caused to 
kill, she caused to kill, they caused to kill, ye (m.) caused to kill; 
(3) He divided (Hif. of 'jT^}). she divided, they divided, I divided, 
we divided. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) And God breathed into 
his nostrils; (2) In the garden which God planted in Eden was fruit; 
(3) This fruit was good for food; (4) The good fruit; (5) The evil 
fruit; (6) The good tree and the evil tree; (7) And he caused to 
sprout forth grass and herb(s) and tree(s). 

3. To be translated into English: — (1) |*3 D*fi*7N ^12il 

jnn p?") ymrii (2) D»nn p; f^rr Tjim *\#x yvn-, 



86 Lesson 22. 



(3) jj3 YVT n $ y®i> (4) "hp$ is Qr ?$r n ? D!i ^? W 

«ntf? -torn nrta rrowi Ymtftn jkdj; (5) ri?mn, 

4. To be written in English letters:— Verses 7 — 9 of chapter II., 
from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with, points and vowel-signs: — Verses 7 — 9 of 
chapter II. t from the unpointed text. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Assimilation. (2) The vowels _*- and — in the stem of the 
Kal Imperfect. (3) Pronunciation and meaning of the affix y_ f 
(4) The root to-put, the form and-he-put. (5) Difference between 
^13* and f7ft¥* . (6) £ as a prefix in the formation of nouns. (7) 
A-class Segolates. (8) I-class Segolates. (9) U-class Segolates. (10) 
Origin, use and inflection of the Hif'il stem. (11) Effect of tone 
upon vowels. (12) The helping- vowel e. 



LESSON XXII.— GENESIS II. 10-12. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) iflpjftD (160); (2) ti$0_ (161); (3) flii^ln (166); (4) 

ray (173); (5) rtpvi (179). 

2. NOTES. 

200. nn^-awd-(a)-n«;cr; cf . DTK' ^3 I 

a. This noun belongs to a large class, formed from the root by means 
of two primary short vowels, both of which, the one before, and 
the other under, the tone, have undergone change, § 90. 1. a. 

201. KV^ - y°-§6' — going-forth,=goes-forth; cf. tf,'f2T\* 

a. The active participle of Kal, used, as often, for a present tense. 



Lesson 22. 87 



b. The first vowel is 6, not 6; the root, j<*y* he-ioent-forth. 

. T T 

202. ^y^—from-Eden; cf. ^yg, § 48. 2; Jgf^, § 89. 1. ft: 

a. Note the Z&kef-k&ton (_•_ ) ; it marks the end of a secondary 
section and also the accent of JHI^D' cf.. 159. a. 

203. iTip^'n 1 ? — to-cause-to-drink, i. e., to-water; cf. jTJjyy, 

a. Like ^>*!|^p|, this word has the pref. p; it is Hif. Inf. const. 

b. Like Jlii^if' lt ends in ill* 

c. Cf. also the' Hif. Perf. 3 m. sg. npCH ( 181 )- 

204. DtfDI— and-from-there; cf. ?♦}!), ^nflE. 

205. "!")3* — it-will-be-divided, or it-divides-itself : 

a. D. f. in and §. under £ indicate at once the Nif'al. 

b. The root is -p£); Nif. Perf., "HM; cf. y\tf (55). 

- t - : • |t • 

206. tlVTltifr— f° r -four; cf. t^^ fourth. 

t t : : • ; 

207. D*&4n — ra(')sim — heads: an irregular plural from £JJ^ , 

• T 

a. # here is silent, as always after a vowel. 

208. DtS* — g em — name ' same as the proper name Shem. 

209. y20^(— the- (one) -surrounding ; ct ^J2\ N!T * 
a. On _♦. see 171. a. 

210. n^nn - ha(h) " h * wi " 1&(n )~^ e "^ at;iZa7i; 

t • - : i- 

a. The article here belongs really to T^J$, the phrase = all the land 
of Havilah, not all land of the Haviiah, see Principle 3 (p. 63). 

211. Dt^"")6^^ — which-\~there y — where; cf. i3"")£^= in which. 

212. Silt— dold: A noun like ^J-^, Q-jk, fi^, § 90. 1. a. 

TT TT TT(TT 

213. 3T?fl — u ' z * nav — and-gold-of: 

a. The Waw, before a consonant with § e wa is ?|, § 49. 2. 
6. Comp'd §*wa, under J, preceding a laryngeal, § 32. "3. d. 

c. MeQeg with } before compound § e wa, § 18. 3. 

d. DUT- differs from JJjTf in that the form is treated as if the 



88 Lesson 22. 



accent had passed from it to the following word. This is virtu- 
ally true, for the noun is in the construct state, § 107. (opening 
words); § 109. 3. a, b. The ground-form of the noun is 3J"ft» 
In the absolute, both vowels are rounded to a, because of tonal 
influence, one being under the tone and the other in an open 
syl. before the tone. In the construct, the final a remains un- 
changed, being in a closed, unaccented syl. but the preceding a. 
is reduced to & e wa, being in an open unaccented syl. 
e. Cf. *"),*7^ abs., but *)ft% const.; t\}*} abs., but tlj^ const. 

214. K117CT-" ha(h)-hi' (no^ ha(h)-hiw')—the-that; cf.rt^'nn j 

a. tf)ft is archaic for tfft, § 50. 3. a; here used as a Demonstra* 
tive, § 52. 2. 

b. The Demonstrative follows its noun, and has the article. 

c. ft being a laryngeal implies the doubling; hence a of the article 
is only apparently in an open syl. 

215. ft^^ft—hkb^dd'-lah—the-bdellium. 

216. Di7t8ftl ?3K — 'e'-ven hag-so'-ham — stone-of the-onyx: 

a. Two Segolates, — one o-class, one u-class. 

b. Helping-vowel in first is — , in second, after ft,~, § 37. 2. a. 



3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



xv nrrKn n*n abs., but /yrr const. 

T V IT T - 

MD 3f7fl POrt abs. , but POrt const. 

•• — :i tt; - : • 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

101. The o of the Kal active Participle is 6, not 5. 

102. Note, in the words cited above, MeQeg written (1) on sec- 
ond syl. before the tone, (2) with a vowel before compound §"wa. 

103. The original fern, ending in Hebrew was J\_; but this 
has been weakened to ft , except where something closely follow- 



Lesson 22. 89 



ing protects it. On account of the following noun, it is preserved 
in the construct state. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 62. Table, General view of the Verb-stems. 

2. § 62. R's 1 — 4, Changes from original vowels. 

3. § 58. 2. a, b, c. Origin and use of the Nifal stem. 

4. § 58. 6. a, b, c. Origin and use of the HSfal stem. 

5. § 62. 1. a, c. Inflection of the Nifal and HSfal perfects. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 31 — 40. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 10 — 12. 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Thou (m.) wast caused 
to divide, I teas caused to kill, we were caused to kill; (2) He was 
killed, they were killed, she was killed; (3) Thou (m.) wast 
sanctified (Nif.), ye (f.) were sanctified, they were sanctified; (4) 
We were kept, thou (f.) wast kept, she was kept. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) (The) river of that land 
is (a) great river; (2) (The) name of that river is Euphrates; (3) 
The river which goes forth from Eden will be divided; (4) (The) 
gold of (the) land of Havilah is good gold; (5) Thou shalt call the 
river which surrounds (=zthe one surrounding) that land Pishon. 

3. To be translated into English: — (l) "Ultf ftX) 3313; (2) 

nay DiNrrnN rrw; (3) py mn nrr nw-, a) in} to 

T T T T IT V T :j~ T I VJ" I T - •• ▼ T T 

int Qw~\m pNirnN Mb; (5) -\m Diporr vurr tf? 

T T T v -: I VJT T V •• v -: I t - • : J-T 

py tfirr Dtf; (6) nratrrr DV3 'nzvn. 

4. To be written in English letters: — Verses 10 — 12 of chapter 
II., from the pointed text. 



90 Lesson 23. 



5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 10 — 12 of 
chapter II., from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written: — (1) The verbs "]Qt£f, *n£)> and *?£'0 in tne 

- T ~T ~ T 

perf. 3 m. sg. of the Nifal; (2) the verbs *)£$, Tl^D' and 1!2f? 
in the perf. 1st p. plur. of the HSfal. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Nouns formed by prefixing £. (2) Nouns which had original- 
ly two short vowels. (3) A-class, I-class and U-class Segolates. (4) 
The vowels of the Kal Part. act. (5) A comparison of fi'1p£%1 
with *yEJjf and pffl&JJi (6) The word meaning he-was-divided. 
(7) The construct state of nouns like *|f?}, ^ftf, etc. (8) The 

T T T T 

construct state of Segolates. (9) The two forms of the fern, ending 
Jl— , and fi— • (10) MeQeg. (11) The original forms of the various 
Perfect stems. 



LESSON XXIII.— GENESIS II. 13-14. 

1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) jnjtt? (202); (2) *?2Xti? (196); (3) HOP (173); (4) rfpjT 
(179); (5) riSitft (17D; (6) T]f>> (205). 

2. NOTES. 

217. ^h^lT — hid-de'-kel — Tigris. This name is -written I-dig-lat in 
the Assyrian inscriptions. 

218. Tl^hlT" -na(h)-h6-lex— the- (one) -going; cf. JgjpfM 

a. D. f. of article is implied in |-j, cf. JOJ7J7 (214), § 45. 2. 

b. Kal act. Part. (6, not o) of rftj-f he-went. 

219. ilDID — kid-maO — eastward-of; const, of HDIp J 

a. The original p_ is retained in the const, state, § 106. 2. a. (3) 



Lessort 23. 91 



&. A fem. form related to Qfp (190). 
220. fHD Nil!— is Euphrates. 

it : 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

nnrroc' nonp midh Kin 

t t- - :[• •• 

"XijO d#i V3TJ sfiflWJ win 

104. Note in words cited above, MeQeg written (1) with a tonal 
vowel in a closed syl. before Makkef, (2) with Kames before a vocal 
S'wa, (3) with a primary short vowel (a) before a laryngeal with 
doubling implied. 

105. Note that the participle often serves as the equivalent of 
a relative clause. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 
§ 63. Tabular View. Inflection of Kal Imperfect (active). 
§ 63. R. 1. Various prefixes and affixes used. 

§ 63. R. 2. Original Stem of the Kal Imperfect. 

§ 63. R. 3, 4. The terminations *__, ) and fi\ t 

T 

6. WORD-LESSON. 
Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II, 13-14. 

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.— THE PERSONAL PRONOUN 
DD1DH N1H He £° r IT ^ ( is ) tne (-° ne ') surrounding. 

won pwn Dnri And tne s° ld ° f that land - 

iV-^ N1H *tf t 3Tfl "H^rn And the fourth river is Euphrates. 

t : :it t t - : 

Principle 5. — The personal pronoun besides (1) its ordinary use 
as a personal pronoun, may have (2) the force of a remote demon- 
strative pronoun (that), and (3) the force of a copula, i. e., to mark 
the relation between the subject and the predicate. 



92 Lesson 23. 



8. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew:— (1) He will rest, I shall rest, 
we shall rest, they will rest, thou (f.) shaltrest; (2) They (m.) will 
swarm, he will swarm, she will swarm, they (f.) will swarm, ye 
(m.) shall swarm; (3) He will call, she will call, I shall call, we shall 
call, thou (m.) shalt call; (4) He will plant, I shall plant, thou (m.) 
shalt plant, she will plant, they will plant; (5) He will give, she 
will give, I shall give, we shall give, thou (m.) wilt give. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The river which surrounds 
(the) land-of Gush is Qihon; (2) The river which goes eastward-of 
Assyria is Euphrates; (3) (The) name-of the great river is Tigris; 
(4) She will rest in (the) land-of Havilah; (5) We shall give that 
land. 

3. To be translated into English: — (1) Dft'lp ^^ Y*l$tl 

WN; (2) e*d jnjj-^-h^ 33100 wnn *\mn-, (s) 
tfirrn di?3 mfi$ nzw; u> pgj jnt5> o;ai nritf! 
rrrr; (5) olefin nana 1 ? wn ■ji-uin in-n -nan 

t- • t tt:~: tt: t- tt- •• t ■ 

4. To be written in English letters: — Genesis II 13-14 from the 
pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis II, 13- 
14, from the unpointed Hebrew text. 

6. To be written:— The verbs Jljjgf and ^gf'O in tne K al Im " 
perfect tense throughout. 

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Inflection of the Kal Imperfect (active). (2) Prefixes of the 
Imperfect. (3) Affixes of the Imperfect as compared with those of 
the Perfect. (4) The difference in the stem-vowels of J"J2t^\ 
N«-|P>, and ygj , 



Lesson 24. 93 



LESSON XXIV.— GENESIS II. 15-16. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i) nsn< 184 >; c2)iQjjfr(ii5); (3) Dnj5p( 19 °)- < 4 >njnn 

(19S: ; (5) JH1 (199). 

2. NOTES. 

221. npM~ and " (he) '' ooA;; cf - y^v ns*)j 

a. For np^V but *7 is assimilated (like J>, § 89. 3. 

b. The laryngeal p| has "=" (a) before it, rather than o, § 42. 2. 6. 

222. !)nn3' , \ - ~ wa y' yan " nJ "k®" ll u — and-he-caused-to-rest-him : 

a. The ♦} is Waw Conver. ; !|J— f is the pron. suf. of 3 m. sg. 

fc. The root is |"j!)J to-rest; the form is an irreg. Hif'il. 

223. T\yyif7\ mai^"~ 1-ttv " dlUl ul'som-rah: 

t : t : t : t ; 

a. The translation of these words is: to-serve-her and-to-keep-her. 

b. The insep. prepositions are as usual; *) before ^ becomes *j ; 
§ 49. 2. 

c. The final p| is a consonant, as indicated by Mappik, § 16. 1. 

d. The "t" under J/ and £?', if it were a, would have Me6eg, § 18. 2. 

e. pj_ is a contraction of pj_; cf. •) for !|j"J_, § 108. 1. R. 1. 

f. These forms are Kal Infs const, (cf. hj^'Q), and without suffixes 
would read *j^y and l'Qt^ *§ 70# 2 )» but » Defore tne suffix, a 
different form is used. 

g. The syllables 6v- and sSm being unaccented and having short 
vowels must be closed. S'wa is therefore silent. The absence 
of d. 1. from *j is a survival from a period when there was a 
short vowel under ^ (cf. §§ 10. 2. d; 28. 4.). This survival was 
aided by the fact that the spirant letter 3 greatly facilitated the 
spirant articulation of the following 

224. W1 — and- (h.e) -commanded ; cf. *yy\ from ff^D J 
a. Long form ffWI' pi ' gl I m P f - of JT)¥ he-commanded. 



94 



Lesson 24. 



b. D. f. omitted (1) from t and (2) from \ § 14. 1, 2. 

c. The unfailing indication of the PPel is here, viz., ~ under 1st rad. 

d. ftljf, in Pi'el, = he-commanded; so ftS.^, in Pi'el, = he-finished. 

T T T T 

225. *?DN — 'a-X61 — to-eat, or eating: 

T 

a. Kal Inf. absolute of ^}$ he-ate; second rowel unchangeable. 

b. Cf. with this the form of the Inf. const.^J^ (cf. ^{jfQ) = ' a X61, 
the o being changeable, § 67. 1. &, 2. 

c. Cf. ^p (6) and «^'Q (5); -j£^ (6) and i^' (6). 

226. ^tffl— -td'-Xel— -taot^*ftatt-eat: 

o. n indicates the Impf. 2 m. sg. (thou), root ^J$ # 
6. Cf. with this "J£fr^ and-he-said, from IJDN , 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



nj?h 


^"1^1 


^B!L 


«g! 


tax 

T 


yes 


i¥H 


noV!l 


.. T . 


t : t 


nsn 


TS3 


Ktr'iri 


n*on 

V Tl" 


mm? 

t : t 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 

106. Verbs whose third radical is a laryngeal must have "=" for 
their stem-vowel in the Imperfect. 

107. The Pi'el Impf. may always be distinguished by the "=" (or, 
if the second radical is a laryngeal, the ~ ) which is under the first 
radical. 

108. The Hifil Impf. may be distinguished by the ~ which is 
under the personal preformative. 

109. The Nif'al Impf. may be distinguished by the D. f. in and 
the ~T under the first radical. 

110. The o of the Inf. abs. is 6 unchangeable; but the o of the 
Inf. const, is tonal 5, and varies with the position of the accent. 



Lesson 24. 95 



5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 65. 2. a, b, The stem and inflection of the Pi'el Impf. (cf. 

p. 195). 

2. § 65. 3, a, b, The stem and inflection of the HiOpa'el Impf. 

cf. p. 194). 

3. § 65. 5. a, b, The stem and inflection of the Hiftl Impf. (cf. 

p. 194). 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the "Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 41 — 50. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 15 — 16. 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will keep, they will 
keep, we shall keep, thou (f.) shalt keep. (2) She will sanctify, I 
shall sanctify, ye will sanctify, they (f.) will sanctify, we shall 
sanctify; (3) She will sanctify herself, you will sanctify yourselves ; 
(4) He will cause to divide, 1 they (m.) will cause to divide, we shall 
cause to divide, thou (f.) wilt cause to divide, ye (f.) shall cause to 
divide; (5) / shall rule, they (f.) will cause to rule. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Thou may est eat from all 
the fruit which God has given; (2) Thou shalt divide between the 
good and between the evil; (3) Thou may est not eat from the tree 

which is in the midst of the garden. 

3. To be translated into English: — (l) ^DKfi ^N; (2) TiEtP' 

T T 

istrn; (3) nm DWrntc dt^n b^; (4) &rf?x n&v 

• v - - v • v: •• r- : • v: t t 

4. To be written in English letters: — Verses 15 — 16 of chapter 
II., from the pointed text. 



Use the root b"l2 in Hif'il. 



96 Lesson 25. 



5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 15 — 16 of 
chapter II. , from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written: — (1) The verbs ^gfft, Tj^ft and ^^through- 
out the Imperfect of the Pi'el, HiQpa'el and Hifil stems. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Assimilation of ^j. (2) Dif. between the o of the Inf. abs. 
and the o of the Inf. const. (3) The Inf. const, before suffixes. (4) 
The words meaning being-of, to-serve-her. (5) Peculiarities of 
laryngeals. (6) Tonal vowels. (7) MeQeg, Mappik, Raf£ and 
Makkef. 



LESSON XXV.— GENESIS II 17-18. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 
(1) Hjyi (221); (2) ^n (158); (3) Yl3» (205); (4) &$N 
(162); (5) NVin (123). 

2. NOTES. 

227. Wifel"- and-from-tree-of: «|, § 49. 2; jp, § 48. 2. 
o. A new disjunctive accent, called r*vi(a)<; § 24. 5. b. 

228. ^PNH— 'Another spelling of to^fi ( 226 >« 

229. Dl*-3 *D 13£DO — from-him {— it) ; for, in-dayof: 

a. J£ takes a special form before suffixes, viz. Jjjpjp ; with !)j-j f 
^in^DD = 1JJQQ ' * n wn * cn tlle n * s ass ^ m « backwards and 
represented by D. f. in^, § 51. 5. b, and — is deflected to—. 

6. D. 1. in 3 and in £ because of prec. disj. accent, § 12. 3. 

230. ?f?DK — ' ftX61 - xa — thy-eating: 

a. The Inf." const, is ^N' but before Jt, ^8 (6) ' § 71, 3 ' a * (1) * 
&. Cf. (1) reg. form ^'{Ob* (2) form before ?T« *?Dp» (3) form be " 
fore ft_ (see Note 223 /), ^pp (8). 



Lesson 25. 97 

231. mOil nitD — m ^ t a ' mu — dying thou-shalt-dir : 

a. The Kal Inf. abs., and Impf. 2 m. sg. of j-flQ to-die. 

b. The explanation of these forms will be given later. 

232. fiiVT - h'yW—being-of ; cf. JT)b>]/ making-of: 

a. Kal Inf. const, of pp,*7 he-was, translated as a verbal noun. 
6. Under the laryngeal pj appears a compound §'wa. 

233. ill} 1 ? — t0 or inseparation-his : *j, prep.; -jj, noun; «j, suffix. 

234. i^Tfty^N — ' e '-"s^(h) 1-flo — I-will-make-\-for-him : 
a. V indicates the first pers. sg. ; root is jf^tt he-made, 

T T 

ft. The D. f. in ^ is conjunctive (cf. HATTfe^)* § 15 * 3 - 

c. cf. fc»yg (46), *\$y (71), njfc?#, a11 from tl'&V* 

235. ")ty — 'e-zer — (a.)help or helper; cf.*")W [3N Ebenezer: 
o. Like DjfW and |")V an i-class Segolate, § 89. 1. b. 

236. i^y^—as-over-against-him: 3, ■jJJ, «j # 



3. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 65. 1. a, 6. The stem and inflection of the Nif'al Impf. 

2. § 65. 4. The stems and inflections of the Pu'al and H6fal 

Impf. 

4. WORD-LESSON. 
1. Make out a list of the new words in G-enesis II 17-18. 

5. EXERCISES. 
1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will be divided? they 
will be divided, thou (f.) shalt be divided, we shall be divided; (2) 
Thou (f.) shalt be sanctified, I shall be sanctified, ye shall be 
sanctified, we shall be sanctified, she will be sanctified; (3) Thou 
(f.) shalt be divided, 2 we shall be divided, ye shall be divided; (4) 



1 Use -|^ In the Nif'al. » Use b^ in Hof «al. 



98 Lesson 26. 



I shall be ruled, thou (m.) shalt be ruled, we shall be ruled; (5) 
Thou (f.) shalt rule thyself, we shall rule ourselves, he will rule 
himself. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) In that day thou shalt 
die; (2) In the day of thy eating from the tree of fruit thou shalt 
surely die; (3) And the man was not alone in the midst of the 
garden; (4) And there was a helper over-against-him. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) TS\OT\ iTlO; (2) B^pTlT? 

t ••(- : • 

T5*l(? Di*5; (3) 1# D"!$? DTfrg feWl; (4) UDD Hj^J 

irwo 1 ? na (5) rtfr dikh nwi mo rf?. 

j" • : • : - : tt it v: 

4. To be written in English letters: — Genesis II, 17-18 from the 
pointed text. 

5. To be "written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis II, 17-18 
from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written: — The verbs '^'ft and £f-jp throughout the 
Imperfect of the Pi'el, HiOpa'el and Hif II stems. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The characteristics distinguishing the various Imperfects. 
(2) The stems of the various Imperfects. (3) The inflection of the 
various Imperfects. (4) The use of the Infinitive Absolute. (5) The 
use of the Infinitive Construct. 



LESSON XXVI— GENESIS II. 19-21. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i) nnnxn (129); (2) rm (12s); o) ni&n cm); (4) *npn 
(29); (5) nnnz (125); ce) yixq tw (235,236); (?) r?p^ (221). 



Lesson 26. 99 



2. NOTES. 

237. "")¥*1 — a defectIve writing of "W^ (182). 

238. JO*1 — and-he-caused-to-come ; cf. '/-lyij 

•• i .. : -- 

a. Clearly a Hif'Il Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root J^j*) to-come-in. 

b. Instead of ■*-, the preformatlve t has -r in an open syllable. 

239. r)iNn l 7- lir - ,6 9- io - see ^ cf - ^'p 1 ?, mtw£? : 

a. JTjfcn is * ne Inf - const - of tne verb UNI he-saw. 

b. ^, before a letter with §'w&, takes — , § 47. 2. 

240. fTVHl!y im tVSr m ma(h)y-f-yik-rft'-|-16— wfco^+Ae-wilNcoM-fto-it : 

a. The Interrogative wTia*.* pointed like the article, § 54. 2. a. 

b. "j^ z= to-him, just as "j^ = in-him. 

241. JOn~~ literalI y ^ e » = *•* cf - Principle 5 (3). 

242. HiDtif iOtT — his-name names: 

a. Before the suffix •) the — of Q£? becomes t ; but 

b. The — is retained before the fern. plur. affix oth. 

c. R*vi(a)' (_!_) over JTJgg?, S 24 * 5 - 6 '' < cf - 227 » and 229 >- 

243. NVD~ he-found; cf. |fTpi fr^D • 

T T T | T T T 

a. —, instead of ^-as in ft^f* because^ is silent. 

- T 

b. Lit., he-found; here impersonal, = there-was-found; cf. French 
on dit — it is said, and German man sagt. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



ntrntfrp 

t T-: it » • 


T T IT 


MD#n (v. 20) 


fw 


nnnp 


T T 1 


on^i (v. 20) 

t t : 


n@3 


typ 


VT ~ 


mot? (v. 20) 


*&?5 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 



109. The preposition ftj /rowi is written separately chiefly before 
the article; elsewhere it is joined to the following word, the J euf- 



100 Lesson 26. 



fering assimilation; but, if the following word begins with a laryn- 
geal, the D. f. is rejected and the preceding— becomes — . 

110. The syl. standing second before the tone receives MeQeg, 
If it is an open syllable. 

111. Three accents of high rank are _L Zakef katon, 2L Zakef 
gadol, jl R'vt (a)', § 24. 4, 5. a, b. 

112. Verbs whose first radical is ^ assimilate the ^ whenever it 
would stand at the close of a syllable. It is then represented by D. 
1 in the second radical. Such forms are liable to be confused with 
Pi'el forms. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 66. 1. a — c, The stem of Imperatives. 

2. § 66. 2. a, b, and N. 1, The inflection of Imperatives. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List V., nouns numbered 1 — 15. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II., 19-20. 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Rule thou (m.), keep ye 
(f.), sanctify thou (t), divide ye (m.), fill ye, subdue ye, be thou (f.) 
separated, sanctify yourselves, swarm ye. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) What will God call the 
great luminary? (2) Who formed every fowl of the heaven? (3) 
Who gave (Heb., called) names to the fowl of the heaven, and to the 
beast of the earth? (4) Flesh, the flesh, to the flesh, in the flesh, 
and in the flesh; (5) He found the fruit in the garden. 

3. To be translated into English : — (l) ^W'tlQl (2) iDI^TTO; 

(3) nahshr*Kf? tmn *op*-rrD; (4) ntft *t£>; (5) ww 

t •• : - t : t t it t| : • - • : • :*-y 

im (e) rink irw; (7) d*h riroi Y^n rvrai nnnn 

: v : VJ" t t : t : • m- t" I " : 



Lesson 27. 101 



4. To be written in English letters: — Verses 19-20 of chapter 
II., from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 19-20 of 
chapter II., from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written: — The verbs *|££% ^$12 and "lp£) in tne Imv - 
of all the stems. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The Interrogative Pronouns. (2) Verbs with j^ as their third 
radical. (3) Verbs with J as their first radical. (4) Nouns which had 
originally two short vowels. (5) Preposition |q. (6) The accents 
Zakef katon, Zakef gadol, and R*vt(a)\ (7) The stems and inflection 
of the various Imperatives. 



LESSON XXVIL— GENESIS II. 21, 22. 
1, NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) DTK (13D; (2) ntTD (250); (3) in &*$0 (202); (4) VH1 

TT T T ..... T . 

(so); (5) nrrN (37); (6) tf? (174). 

T V 

2. NOTES. 

244. ^B^ — way-yap-pel — and(he) -caused-to-fall : 

a. This form is for ^Q^\ , which is, like ^y) , in Hiftl. 

b. Root ^£}, of which j is assimilated and represented by D. f. 

°- trU> VIDl nfiJ. ^7^ a11 nave 3 for tneir first radical; the old 
Jewish paradigm-word was S]7£, the first radical of which is Q • 
hence, technically, these verbs are called J"£}, i- e., Pe Nun, 
§ 77. 1. 

245. HD^Tin — (a.) -deep-sleep: on formation see § 98. and R. 

246. 10**\ — way-yi-san — and-he-slept ; cf. *\\^ J 

a. The — is pausal for — , § 38. 2. 

b. The radical • becomes silent after the preceding ~r. 



102 Lesson 27. 



247. nnN— ' a <w^-- one; fem - ot nnK ( 37 >- 

- - TV 

a. A d. f. is implied in ft, hence a is really in a closed syllable. 

248. Vny { 7Vp~~ mi ?"§ al "' 6 "Q^ w "~^ r07?M ' ibs -' lis •* 

a. The JQ with j assimilated, § 48. 1. 

b. fij^Jf is P lur - const, of )fj<g (v. 22), a feminine noun. 

c. y_ is the same as in V3N» see Note 185. b. 

249. 1*^0*1-— w&y-yls-gor— and-he-closed; cf. fJ3t^*J » 

a. Perfects: ^ *>|p|, -,J0, VJOft. 

6. Imperfects: TJ!^, ^D', "Up?, S\JD? ♦ 

c. The o is 6, not 6; as it always is in Kal Impf. 

250. Sm-fleah; cf. D -j£, ^ ini TO lEftf. § »<>• 1. a. 

251 . n^/HTH — tah-te'n-na(h) — instead-of-her : 

t i v ; - 

a. Prep. J^ffM' see 49 > a connecting syllable, ^_; the fern, suf., fj, 
6. |-j is assim. backwards, so that niftPm becomes ^flnfi' tnen 
the vowel-letter J-| is added, § 6. 1. N. 1. 

252. \y) — way-yi'-ven— and- (he) -built; cf. y-\i I 

a. Long form *yy (root HJ3),as yy and m (root ?"ft*V* 

v : • t t vj« v :• t t 

6. The ending j-j_ is always lacking in verbal forms with Waw 
Conversive; so ifj% not HWV b>lT1> not nfe^l • 

c. Wis difficult to pronounce, so— is inserted under ^, § 82. 5. 6. (3). 

d. From the root fly% build, come J^j so?t, J-Q daughter. 

253. l^Vil — the-rib; cf. the form before suf. fi}^?¥ (248). 

254. ftrfr— he-took; cf. the I£al Impf. |-f£t (221). 

255. nt^'N l 7~" 1 * iS - §a ( n )~^ or * womon ' cf - fc^'N (v. 23). 

256. niO*1 — way-vl-'e'-ha — and-he-oaused-to-come-her : 

a. Root j^'; cf. $y) (238); D. f. omitted from t, 

6. Tfce ft is 3 f. sg. suffix her. 

c. The t is I, though written defectively. 



Lesson 27. lOii 



d. In &y a nas become & before the tone; but in HfcO* » tnis 
original a has become — , because of the removal of the tone, 
§ 32. 1. c. 

e. The connecting element before the suffix is e, a short vowel In an 
open syl., but under the tone; § 28. 5. Cf. similar forms In 252, 
172, 176 and *$Vl&i) (330) and nn^'X(351). 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

yvtor nsv niNo &«* rnfco y\v 

\ytor n?y Taps** nfco jnr 

fe^Mrnmc Nat 6 "* 7£3 f flOf 1 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

113. The ending p|_with which all Imperfects of verbs having 
p| for the third radical end, is lacking with Waw Conversive. 

114. Two consonants with £*wa seldom stand at the end of a 
word; a helping vowel (— or — ) is generally inserted for euphony. 

115. A primary short vowel in an open syl. is dependent upon 
the position of the tone for its form; when pretonic, it modifies its 
quality (e. g. a becomes a, i becomes e, and u becomes o), but 
when the tone moves away, it is reduced to S'wa. 

116. Some Segolates have two S e gols; others, those with a laryn- 
geal for the third radical, have one S"g61 and one Pa0ah; still 
others, those with a laryngeal for the second radical, have two 
PaGahs. 



10* 



Lesson 27. 



5. PRONOUNS, PERSONAL TERMINATIONS, PRONOMINAL 
SUFFIXES. 



unfc 


not? 


tfin 


UTe fcep£ or Tias kept us. 


Tjljk 


n *W 


*rn 


She has kept thee (f.)- 


inx 


t :-- t 


row 

T - 


Thou (m.) Tias kept hint. 


rink 

T 


trpg 


Jjtt 


Thou (f.) ftas kept her. 


r\m 


ww' 


IT 


I have kept thee (m.). 


♦iifc 


vqff 


on 


They (m.) fta-pe kept me. 


pJi^ 


rmxf 

: it 


IP 


They (f.) ftave kept you (f.). 


t ••*:-: 


oriK 


Ye (m.) have kept them (m.). 


jm 


fffW 


J#n 


Ye (f.) have kept them (f.). 


D ? ; ?^ 


uhotf uijm 


We have kept you (m.). 



[Note. — Let this exercise be thoroughly mastered; it will be found a 
most helpful acquisition.] 

6. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 67. 1. a, b, The Infinitive Absolute. 

2. § 67. 2. a, &, The Infinitive Construct. 

3. § 30. 6. a, The 6 that comes by rounding from a* 

4. § 30. 7. c, 6, The 6 that comes by contraction of au or au>. 

7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) £o n*Ze (abs.), *o cause to 
rule <abs.), to keep (const.), to sanctify (const.), to sanctify oneself; 
(2) to be kept (abs.), to be created (const), to be called (const.), 
to cause a division (const), to rule (const), to be ruled (abs.). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) This (is) the woman whom 
God created from the man; (2)1 will close my flesh; (3) God caused 



Lesson 28. 105 



a deep sleep to fall upon the man; (4) Bone from his bone and flesh 
from his flesh; (5) The waters shall be called seas. 

3. To be translated into English: — (1) ^flN 0)tV; (2) iOVtf 

irwrr; ro ^fiwrfa b*kh rt$f?i (4) owrfo wrja 1 ?; (v 

dv *op* ni^; (6) pro nv* van; (7) nm nion pwt 
(s) iiNTn roitsn roston. 

T - T • T 

4. To be written in English letters: — Verses 21, 22 of chapter II., 
from the pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Verses 21, 22 of 
chapter II h from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written: — (1) The verb IDS in tne Infin itive Absol. 
and Infinitive Construct of all stems; (2) the verb ^£?Q in the 

- T 

Imperative 2 m. pi. of all stems. 

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Absence of j"j . (2) Insertion of — and— . (3) The demon- 
strative pronoun. (4) The personal pronoun. (5) The pronominal 
suffixes with the sign of the definite object. (6) The personal termi- 
nations of the Perfect. (7) D. f. conjunc. (8) D. f. omitted. (9) 
Pii'al stem. (10) Reduction. (11) The vowels of Segolates. 



LESSON XXVIII.— GENESIS II. 23. 

1. NOTE— REVIEW. 
(1) ^gn (244); (2) J-NOn (256); (3) W1 (224); (4) HSfl 
(184); (5) rhlNO*? (85). 



*See 6 45. 4. 



106 Lesson 28. 



2. NOTES. 

257. n*tf— z6(')0— this (f.); cf. jY?N (165), § 52. 1. C 
a. ft is silent here after the vowel 6. 

258. OVbil — hap-pa'-'am — the-stroke, = now: 

a. An o-class Segolate, original a retained, § 89. 2. a. 
o. —used as a helping-vowel instead of — , § 42. 2. a. 
c. Article has here its original demonstrative force, this, 1. e., *7i4s 
stroke or tame, meaning wow). 

259. *E)¥170 — me-' a sa-may — from-oones-my : 

a - d for }6> cf - ^yo and t^wo < v - 23 >» § 48 « 2 - 

6. »QW is the form taken by D¥# in tlie P* wra * wita tne suffix 
meaning m^/; §§ 108. 3. a. (1) ; 109. 4. c. 

260. HkOD— from-flesh-my; cf. D^Tf JTIN^ .* 
a. Not Hfc^)' but ^*lt^3' cf - 256 - *» § 32 - L c - 

• T T • T : 

3!). A singular noun with suffix of 1 person sg. 

261. N*")D* — yik-ka-re< — he-(i. e., it) -shall- oe-called: 

a. Nif. Impf. 3 m. sg. of the verb JOD can ° 

T I T 
6. Note the D. f. in, and pretonic — under the first radical. 

262. H^rnnp 1 ? — luk- ha(h)z-fz6OQ— was-taken-\-this : 

a. —indicates Pu'al; comp'd S e wa under p, though not a laryngeal. 

0. rt__ indicates Perf. 3 fern, sg., cf. jfj"yp[ t 

T T : T 

c. D. f. conjunctive in J, § 15. 3; MeQeg before comp'd §*wa. 

d. D. f. omitted from [} and the line Rdfe placed over p to call 
attention to the absence of d. f. §§ 14. 2; 32. 3. 6. 

e. Compound §"wa of the u-class to agree with the preceding u. 

3. GRAMMAR-LESSON, 

1. § 68. 1. a, c, The Kal active and passive Participles. 

2. § 68. 2, 3, The Nif al and remaining Participles 

3. § 61. 1—3, Inflection of Kal Perfect Statives. 

4. § 64. 1 — 3 and Notes, Inflection of Kal Imperfect Statives. 



Lessor 28. 107 



4. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List V., nouns numbered 16 — 30. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 23. 

4. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Ruling, ruled, causing to 
rule, ruling oneself, being caused to rule; (2) Resting, causing to 
to rest, closing, closed, caused to close; (3) Eating, causing to rain, 
finding, serving, sanctifying (Pi'el), sanctified (Pu'al), keeping one- 
self. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) This woman was taken 
from this man; (2) Thou (m.) art old, he is heavy, thou (f.) art 
small, he loves; (3) He will be heavy, she will be holy, we shall be 
old; (4) From my flesh, she will keep her, they will keep us; (5) 
We shall keep the garden in the midst of the rivers. 

3. To be translated into English: — (1) B*NiTTlN DTfrtf N*tt 

• T v • v: TT 

r\wn nmrrnm nia- (2) -^p n\:v t^ari rrjpn 
rucniw naran-, (3) o-wn nfctto nmn nnp*?; w 

I V-T T - T •• : - T T it - : • T • tT T I t: I \ 

T3M. jbp, BHp, pr, -d:>'; (5) mnn Di>3 ink trrpn. 

4. To be written in English letters: — Genesis II, 23 from the 
pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis II, 23 
from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written: — (1) The verbs |pf and Mp throughout 
the Kal Perfect; (2) The verbs -Q£ and ^JJ throughout the 
Kal Imperfect. 

5. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Kal Participles; (2) Other Participles; (3) Stative Verbs; 
(4) Kal Perfect (stative); (5) Kal Imperfect (stative). 



108 Lesson 29. 

LESSON XXIX.— GENESIS II. 24, 25. 
1. NOTE 8. 

263. f3 _t 7r — uvon-\-so, = therefore; cf. e of j^ and § of J*rj # 

264. ^W — ya'-'zov-f- — he-will-forsake^. : 

a. For ^y*> Dut before Makkef 6 instead of 6; root %W, 

6. ^^ instead of ^Jj;* (cf. ^JOp*), because the laryngeal prefers 

(1) — to— , and (2) — to— , §§ 42. 2. a. 3. 6. 
a Kal Impf. 3 m. sg. of the laryngeal verb ^ttf ; synopsis in Kal, 

- T 

aw, aty\ aw, airy, aty, a«r, airy. 

265. VaK — '&- yiw — father-his: 

• T 

a. ^^ father; t_ appears in its construct form and before suffixes. 

b. ) is all that is left of !|fj his or him; cf. ^ in V9K ♦ 

266. iDN — 'ini-m6 — mother-his : 

a. QJ$ mother; '), the suffix of the 3 masc. sg, 

o. In Qj$ d. f. is lacking from Q, because it is final, and under 
the tone an original i becomes e; but in ■jj^ d. f. is present 
and original i is retained in an unaccented syllable before a 
doubled consonant. 

267. pail — and-shall-cleave ; cf. *jtj-fl ♦ 

a. Synopsis in Kal, p$% pgpy, p3fy pfity j^], pjl, pfcX 

b. ■) with the Perf. is Waw Conversive; cf. ♦*) with the Imperfect. 

268 . iht^Na — b e 'Is-to— in-wife-his : 

a. An irregular form of |7{£?X » before the suffix. 

T • 

269. Vtl >f ) — way-yih-yu — and-they-were ; cf. fjtffl • 
a. S e wa under j-| is silent. 

6. MeQeg with _r , to facilitate the pronunciation of the fol. tl ♦ 

c. Kal Impf. 3 m. pi. of the verb f]?jf, with Waw Conversive. 

T T 

270. Di"Mt^~ (the ) two-of-them, = they-two; cf. Vjg?', Qff^ • 
a. ^t£/is the construct state of the dual JQiffif two. 



Lesson 29. 109 



b. QJ-f is the pronominal suffix of the 3 plur. masc. 

271. D'O'Hy— "rum-mim— naked: 

a. The s'wa under y, because of distance from the tone. 
6. The !| must here be regarded as a short vowel (i. e., an incorrect 
full writing of ii), on account of the D. f. following. 

272. 1&W2;Y — yi6-bo-sa'-su— they-vHll-be-ashamed: 
a. A formation after the manner of the HiQpa'el. 

6. Imperfect 3 masc. plur. of the root ^vj^ ( 
c. The — in pause for — f 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



rf?i£ vny -j-ik idn vw us 



2. OBSERVATIONS. 

117. The — which is seen in ^fcp* was originally a PaQah; this 
original PaOah is retained before laryngeals. 

118. Waw Conversive with the Impf. is ♦«); with the Perfect, it 
to). 

119. An original I is deflected in a closed unaccented syl. to — 

120. An original I is retained unchanged in an unaccented 
sharpened syllable. 

121. The plur. ending q*_ becomes in the construct i_ 

122. The dual ending Q»_ also becomes in the construct ♦_ 



110 



Lesson 29 



3. PRONOUNS, PERSONAL PREFIXES AND TERMINATIONS, 
PRONOMINAL SUFFIXES. 



JT 

f? 

♦•? 

oti? 

DD 1 ? 



ir\y 


Kin 


insn 


wrj 


von 


rrfiK 

T — 


♦iron 


ng 


in?** 


IT 


1DPD! 


on 


t : J : • 


10 


OTn 


DHN 


rtarnn 

t : j : • 


n» 


riroj 


wmx 



Ue w?iM write to us. 
&7ie totH torite to tftee (f.). 
IFTiott (m.) wilt write to him. 
Thou (f.) wilt write to her. 
I will write to thee (m.). 
They (m.) will write to me. 
They (f.) will write to you (£.). 
Ye (m.) will write to them (m.). 
Ye (f.) wiZZ wife to them (f.). 
We «nZZ write to you (m.). 



5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 72. General View of the Strong Verb. 

2. § 72. R's 1 — 7, Characteristics of Stems. 

Note 1.— The synopsis of a stem includes (1) the Perf. 3 m. sg., 
(2) the Impf. 3 m. sg., (3) the Imv. 2 m. sg., (4) the two Infinitives, 
(5) the Participle or Participles. 

Note 2. — In this general review of the strong verb, master the 
synopsis of each stem, so that it can be pronounced without hesita- 
tion, and written with perfect accuracy. 

Note 3. — In this work use the following verbs in addition to the 
paradigm word : (1) ^gfQ rule, (2) 3J13 write, (3) -j^fr capture. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, Lists V. and VI., nouns numbered 31 — 45. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 24, 25. 



Lesson 29. Ill 



7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will rule, he ruled 
himself, he will be caused to rule, be thou (m.) ruled; (2) He will 
be kept, keep thyself (Nif.), he caused to keep, to be caused to keep; 
(3) He was holy, he will be sanctified, sanctify thou (Pi'el and 
Hiffl), it will be sanctified; (4) To be created, being created, 
causing to divide, to cause to call, ruled, being caused to keep. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) God will not forsake me; 
(2) My mother will write to me; (3) The man and the woman 
became (Heb., were for) one flesh; (4) The man was called Adam; 
(5) The woman forsook her mother, and clave to her husband. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) ♦fcf'fij 2WH $??'> (2) tffr 

nnpfc D'wn; (3) ne**roN nmn irrn tf?; (4) orw vn 

) : : • -: 1- t V t * t -: I- v " : t 

m*3; (5) bweft pn* D f if?N n&p Di*a j$ din . 

4. To be written in English letters: — Genesis II 24, 25 from the 
pointed text. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis II 24, 25 
from the unpointed text. 

6. Synopses to be written: — (1) Of ^"O *n NI. and Hi.; (2) of 
K?p2 in Pi an< * Pti-; ^ 3) °^ ^3 irl Kal, Pi., Pii. and Hi.; (4) of 
*£)t * w Kai » Ni - ona " HL; (5) °/ 1p£) * n *B seven stems; (6) of -7^3 
(which has a in Kal Impf. and Imv.) in Kal, NL, PL, Pu., Hi., 

Hi8p. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Attenuation of a. to i in the preformatives of the Kal Impf. 
(2) The occurrence of an original a before laryngeals in the pre- 
formatives of the Kal Impf. (3) Waw Conversive, with the Perf., 
with the Impf. (4) The words for man, woman, his-wife, her-husband. 
(5) Dual ending in absolute and construct. (6) Changes of the 
vowel 1. (7) Synopses in various stems. (8) Characteristics of 
various stems. (9) Classes of weak verbs. 



112 



Lesson 30. 



LESSON XXX— REVIEW. 

1. WORD-REVIEW. 

[In this llct of words, the superior figures indicate the verse in which 
the word, or its derivative, is found. In the case of nouns, the singular 
absolute is given, in the case of verbs, the root. The student is expected to 
compare with each word as here given, the various forms of that word which 
occur in the chapter, e. g., with T)T>fi T he will compare Hp$fl he-caused- 
to-drink, rVip$n^ to-cause-to-drink.] 

1. VERBS. 



trip 3 


1W U 

— T 


nap 

~ T 


niD 17 


nor? 9 

~ T 




D1k> 8 


T T 


_ T 


- T 


yT 9 


N'n 19 


roc' 2 

- T 


-T 


MD 11 

_ T 


N¥D 20 

T T 


^♦7 


cto 25 


- T 


mv i6 

TT 


-UD 21 

- T 


TO 15 


fBf'wi 


run 22 

TT 


■W 6 


nm 5 

— T 


- T 


r^ 8 

- T 


T T 


P3T 




2. NOUNS, PARTICLES, ETC. 




rrir 5 


T T 


1^ 18 


over 


nc'N 22 

T 


3N 2 * 

T 


wots? 2 


jtor 


T T 


D !9 5 


n? 18 


\w z 


one 12 


D ii? 8 




T • 


rfro 12 


iw 


DC' 8 

T 


*9T? H 


T^" 


N 1 ? 5 


nfeo 21 

T T 


if 


DC 11 


Ctf") 10 


nay 

T T 


^ND 9 


r* 


{^>N 23 


T " | 


jry 


DW 23 


HD 19 

T 


NW 1 


DN 24 


t ■• ; - 


mc 5 

V T 


Oil^ 25 


t t : 


n r 


rjN 7 






D#2 23 


nano 9 


arrr 11 


ni/rw 10 



2. VERSE-REVIEW. 

1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 



Lesson 30. 



113 



2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
pointed text, and note the mistakes; repeat the exercise till each 
verse can be pointed without mistake. 

3. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only 
the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result 
each time by the pointed text. 

4. Write out the transliteration of each verse, referring in 
doubtful cases to the transliteration of particular words given in 
the Notes from time to time. 



3. GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 



1. Long 6 = a, § 30. 6. 

2. Long 6 — aw, § 30. 7. 

3. Changes of a, i, u, § 31. 2. 3. 

4. Reduction, § 36. 2. a, b, and 

N. 1—4. 

5. Attenuation, § 36. 3. a, b, c. 

6. Simple verb-stem (Kal), § 58. 

1. 

7. Formation and force of the 

Pi'el stem, § 58. 3. a, b, c. 

8. Formation and force of the 

Pu'al stem, § 58. 4. a, b, c. 

9. Formation and force of the 

HIQpa'el stem, § 58. 7. a, b, c. 

10. Formation and force of Hif. 
and HSf. stems, § 58. 5. a, 
b, c, 6. a, b, c. 

11. Formation and force of the 

Nif'al stem, § 58. 2. a, b, c. 

12. General vie\* of the verb- 
stems, § 59. R's 1—4. 



13 



(act- 



15 



16. 



Inflection of Kal Perf. 
ive), § 60. R's 1—3. 
14. Inflection of Kal Perf. (sta- 
tive), § 61. 1—3. 
Inflection of remaining Per- 
fects, § 62. 1, 2. 
Inflection of Kal Imperfect 
(active) § 63. R's 1—4. 

17. Inflection of Kal Imperfect 

(stative), § 64. 1—3. 

18. Inflection of remaining Im- 
perfects, § 65. 1 — 5. 

19. Inflection of the various Im- 
peratives, § 66. 1, 2. 

20. The various Infinitives (abs. 
and const), § 67. 1, 2. 

21. The various Participles, § 68. 

1—3. 

22. General view of the strong 
verb, § 72. R's 1—7. 

23. Classification of weak verbs, 

§ 77. 1-6. 

24. Segolate nouns, § 89. 1. 



114 Lesson 31. 



4. A REVIEW EXERCISE ON THE STRONG VERBl 

[Supply in each case the vowel-points, etc. ; the superior figures denote 
the number of places in the paradigm represented by the accompanying 
form, e. g., ^ttps - )$&$, ]fl^p, ]^K' ] 

(i) jn^top 3 , (2) ^topn 5 , (3) nfrtDp 2 , w ori?®pi, (5) 
t>®pn\ (6) rbvprw (7) ^op*, («) i^Dpnn, (9) rr^copnn, 
do) n^copnrr 2 , (id ^iDp 2 , (12) rfrtopn, (13) ytopN, (u) 
orfrapn 2 , (15) ^topn 7 , (i6) 'jtopjv, en) 'jtDprirr 3 , (is) 
■frDpv (19) rfMDprr, (20) ^topn, (21) n^tDpn 12 , (22) 
ij^top 3 , (23) *?Dpn 10 , (24) ^topD 3 , (25) Y?>opn 2 , (26) n^pnn, 
(27) ^Dpi (28) 'poprin 2 , (29) v»pnn, (30) ytopD, (3D 

^pTT", (32) jYrapi (33) l^tOp 5 , (34) ^DpN 5 , (35) ^tSpJIN, 

(36) ^bpn, (37) n^top^ 2 , (38) V?Dpn 5 , (39) fapra (40) 
*7copnD, (41) fwapn, (42) Drfoopnrr, (43) njf»pn». (44) 

V?BpJ, (45) TfrtDp 3 , (46) «X)p*, (47) ^tDpy, (48) rtfTDpfW, 

(49) V?ropnrr 2 , (50) tfjbpn 1 , (51) *rf?Dpx (52) ^top 2 , (53) 
jrtepj, (54) rtDp 6 , (55) y^p*. (se) ^nsprr, (57) jn^topn 2 , 

(58) YjDprV, (59) ^Dp 10 , (60) H^tOp 3 , (61) I^Dpl (62) 

*rt?Dpn\ (63) on^tDp 3 , (64) Ttepnn, (65) ^copnn, (66) 
yopn 1 , (67) fr^Dpnrr, (es) •topnn. 



LESSON XXXI.— GENESIS III. 1-2. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) .9 (49); (2) % (108); (3> HT? (128); (4) iTj^O (171); (5) 
fTOfc (255); (6) fy (70); (7) }JH (189); (8) ?]irD (41); (9) UDO 
(229) . 



Lesson 31. 115 



2. NOTES. 

273. IT'n^m — and-the-serpent : §§ 49. 1; 45. 1; 90. 1. o. 

274. iTn -1 ^! Perf. 3 m. sg. of the '£ laryng. and pf //V p verb j-|tj-j 
be; meaning, he-was j corresponding form of the strong verb, ^JJp, 
§ 82. 1. a. 

275. D*nV — cunning: a passive formation, § 91. 1. c. 

276. niyj/— K&1 Perf. 3 m. sg. of the '£ laryng. and n'^^H^lf 
make; meaning, he-made; corresponding form of the strong verb, 
S^p, § 82. 1. a. 

277. ^1N — '^ — a ^ ' even; an adverb. 

278. "ION— S al Perf - 3 m - S S- of tn e N"£ verb ION' meaning, 

~ T - T 

he-said; cor. form of strong verb, ^^H , § 77. 2. 

279. I^JKri"" 66'-X'lu— ye-shall-eat ; cf. -|ft}$*1j 

a. j-^= you, and with the affix ?) (plur.) indicates Impf. 2 pi. m. 
0.. The £$, as in ^ftfr^V loses its force, and preform, has 6, § 79. 1. 
c. The — under 3 is for— or — , §§ 79. 2; 63. R. 3. 

280. "^J^m — wat-to''-mer — and-she-said : 

a. On the form of Waw Conversive with Impf. see § 70. 2. a. 
6. On the retrocession of the accent, § 70. 3. a. (3). 

c. On the vowel after ^ (6), and the vowel under q (e), § 79. 1, 2. 

d. Kal Impf. 3 f. sg. of the K"£ verb "JQM say; meaning, she-will- 

- T 

say; corresponding form of the strong verb, *^Hfl t 

281. ^DfcO — n6 '-Xel — we-mayeat; cf. IftJ^ ♦ 

a. 3, as jn ffj^J (130), is connected -with ^p^N . 
&. £$ loses its force, and the preformative has 6, § 79. 1, 2. 
c. Ka.1 Impf. 1 pi. com., of the ^«tj verb ^Jj^ ; meaning, we may- 
eat; corresponding form of strong verb ^^pj, § 63. 10. 



116 Lesson 31. 



3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 

123. In verbs X"£3» the K» in ^ ai Im P f -» loses its consonantal 
force, and the preceding vowel is always 6. 

124. In verbs H" 1 ?, where the j-j is merely a vowel-letter, and in 
verbs J^"^ , where the ^ has lost its consonantal force, the ultimate 
— of the root form (cf. ^Dp) * s rounded in the open syllable 
to -, 

125. The prefix f) with the affix *\ indicates an Impf. 2 m. pi. 

126. MeQeg is found with a long vowel in a closed syllable before 
Makk:ef, and especially with an unchangeable long vowel. 

127. Waw Conversive with the Imperfect draws the accent from 
the ultima to the penult, provided the penult is not a closed 
syllable. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 70. 1. a. &, Use of Impf. and Perf. with Waw Conv. 

2. § 70. 2. a. &, The form of the Conjunction. 

3. § 70. 3. a. b, The verbal form employed. 

1, 2, 

4. § 70. 3. R. and Note. Special cases. 

5. § 73. 1—3. R. and Laryngeal Verbs. 

Note. 

6. § 84. 1, 2, Bi-literal Verbs. 



Lesson 31. 117 



6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VI., nouns numbered 46 — 60. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 1 — 2. 

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.— COMPARISON. 

rnirrr nitJ ^9 ony hjjj wmn)—And the serpent was 

cunning from every (= more cunning than any) beast of the field. 
Principle 6. — Comparison is expressed by means of the prep. ?q , 

8. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The sun is larger than 
(Heb., great from) the moon; (2) The man is better than the wo- 
man; (3) The woman is better than the man; (4) We may eat of all 
good fruit; (5) She may eat from the fruit of the tree which is in 
the midst of the garden; (6) We may say, ye (m.) may say, she will 
say, I will say. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) God created the heavens, 
and made the luminaries; (2) He made (the) man in the sixth 
day, and rested in the seventh day; (3) He will sanctify the 
seventh day, and will rest in it; (4) The man will give food to the 
cattle, and fa the fowl of the heavens, and will give (Heb., call) to 
them names. 

3. To be translated into English:— (l) ffofc^l tV&$\ (2) J"Q# 

T T - T 

moan; (6) aftoi nB»s (7) nwitf? rwn T)& ima 

jt:-t: :it :• tt:-: tt: "T ■ tt- 

t T 

4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III. 1—2. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs:— Genesis III. 1, 2. 
from the unpointed text. 



118 Lesson 32. 



6. To be described: 1 — The forms 1^B> (l:21), 2 ij|D> (2:21), 7JT 

:rr : ' I •• ' 

(1:17), *p|^ (2:23), ■fig* (1:4), B^j3» (2:3). 

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Waw Conversive with the Impf. (2) Waw Conversive with 
the Perfect. (3) First radical of verbs J"£) t (4) Hifil Impf. with 
Waw Conversive. (5) The J-j_ of j-j*^ Impfs with Waw Con- 
versive. (6) Change of accent with Waw Conversive. (7) D. 1. after 
a disjunctive accent. (8) The use of MeOeg before Makkef. 



LESSON XXXII. GENESIS III. 3-5. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) HID (231); (2) finnn (284); (3) tfDD (229); (4) JTJ1 (199); 

(5) fcfln (Principle 5). 

2. NOTES. 

282. i|^n— Oig-g"u— ye-shall-touch, for ^jjf} J 

a. J^, with «|, indicates Impf. 2 m. pi. 

o. 3, the first radical, is assimilated, §§ 78. 2. a. 

c. A new disjunctive accent called Tifha; §§ 22. 10; 24. 6. 

d. Kal Impf. 2 m. pi. of the 7"£ and *J laryng. verb y^ touch; 
meaning, ye-shall-touch; corresponding form of strong verb, 



lf rhe description of a verb includes a statement of (1) the stem, (2) 
tense, (3) pers., gen., num., (4) class, (5) root, with its meaning, (6) mean- 
ing of the form, (7) corresponding form of ^u!p T ; this order is to be fol- 
lowed rigidly. 

2 These figures refer to the chapter and verse of the text in which the 
form occurs. 



Lesson 32. 1U 



283. \$ ID l^jn-T^e D. 1. in 3 and pj, § 12. 3. 

284. pnt2ri"~ t ' mQ " 0Qn— ve-sliall-die ; cf. ty}F\ J 

a. ;r), with ) (j«| archaic § 63. R. 3). indicates Impf. 2 m. pi. 
6. The root is J-|!|£ die; — is defective for } , § 6. 4. N. 2. 

285. V"T' — y°- d e(a)' — knowing, — knows; c£ ty-jj • 

a. Kal act. part. sg. anasc. of the •}"£ and ^ laryngeal verb V"]*, 
fcnoi^ meaning, knowing; corresponding form, ^^jp , 

b. The— under y is Pa.Qa.h-furtive, §§ 76. 1. c. (3). 

286. 05 t ?pjK-- ,a X61-Xem— your-eating; cf. Tj'ppN J 

a. The — under ^ is 6 deflected from original u, § 71. 3. a. (1) 
&. Kal Inf. const., with pronominal suffix Q^ , 

287. ^np^JI — and-will-be-opened : 

a. The ^ is Waw Conversive with the Perfect, § 70. 2. 6. 

b. The } is tht characteristic of the Nif'al, § 59. 2. 

c. Nif'al Perf. 3 c. plur. of the ^ laryng. verb pfpQ open; meaning, 
they-were-opened; corresponding form, ^^pj , 

288. DD\T1^ — 'e-ne-Xem — your eyes: 

a. Eye py Itwol eyes &$$'> [two] eyes-ofiyy, § 107. 6. 

b. The grave suffix Q^, always accented, § 51. 1. a. 

289. DJT'ni — wih-yi-Oem — and-ye-shall-be: 

a. V so written before a consonant with §*wa, is Waw Conversive. 

b. QJ-J is the personal termination of the Perf. 2 m. plur. 

c. First radical j-|, second t, third * ; —under j-j silent. 

290. D^H^iO — ke'-16-him — like-God : 

a. For D^pi^ND according to § 47. 3 ; but ^ is weak and loses its 
consonantal force, and § e wa disappears with it. The vowel under 
^ then becomes — in compensation for the quiescent V § 47. R. l. 

291. *Vi* — yo-d"e — knowers-of; cf. y-j» (285): 
a. The m. plur. const, of y*"j*; note the ending t 



120 


Lesson 32. 




3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 




... : ,. T | : . 


10! 
100 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 

128. The ending ♦__ is the construct ending of dual as well as of 
plural nouns. 

129. The letter j-j, of j-ppf be, always takes simple (silent) 
S e wa, unless it is initial. 

130. The NIf'al Perfect and Participle have the prefix J 

131. When a consonant is elided after a short vowel, that vowel 
is strengthened in compensation and becomes unchangeable. 

132. Any 3 masc. sg. verbal form of the Imperfect may be made 
3 fern. sg. by change of * to fl # 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 74. Tabular view, Inflection of ^y in Kal, NIfal and Hif'il 

stems. 

2. § 74. 1, Rejection of B. f. by the laryngeal. 

3. § 74. 2. a, b, Preference of laryngeals for o-class vowels. 

4. § 74. 3. a — d, Preference of laryngeals for comp'd § e wa. 

5. § 42. 1 — 3, Peculiarities of laryngeals (to be read). 

Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs, (1) examine closely 
the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) ana- 
lyze exhaustively all forms given under § 74. with which you are 
familiar, (3) master thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, 
(4) write without help a complete paradigm of the Kal, NIf'al and 
Hifil stems, (5) compare the result with the paradigm given in the 
grammar. 



Lesson 32. 121 



Note 2.— In the study of '£ laryng. verbs use for practice (1) 
-fljy stand, (2) -jjy serve, (3) p]n oe s'ronp. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VI., nouns numbered 61-76. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 3—5. 

7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
O^ii^N IPi* '%—For God (is) knoicing=For God knows. 
D?W VTpSffl ^00 D? 1 ?^ 0V2- In the day of your eating 
from it, then wnZZ be opened your eyes. 

Principle 7. — The participle is often used for the present tense. 
Principle 8.— The conjunction ^ is frequently used "to connect 
a statement of time with the clause to which it relates." 

8. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) She caused to serve; (2) 
He will be strong; (3) She was served; (4) I caused to stand; (5) 
They will cause to stand; (6) Thou (f.) wilt be served; (7) It will 
be said; (8) She will abandon; (9) Ye (an.) did abandon; (10) I 
shall be served; (11) Be thou served; (12) To be abandoned; (13) 
We shall serve; (14) Ye (m.) shall stand; (15) Be strong. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Serving thou shalt serve 
God; (2) And the man saw the good fruit; (3) And the woman saw 
that the fruit was good; (4) Their eyes were opened; (5) In the 
day of your ruling the earth; (6) The woman will eat the fruit, and 
of (= from) it she will give to her husband, who will eat with her. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) nBiTflK Tl&tfft tlHtf? 

• : - v t • t t I : it 

&if? fWl; (2) fMD nmb npi nsrrrv* fjr ♦?; o) 
\n &wn loin; (4) yyn ns-na ■»# trwi; (5) 



122 Lesson 33. 



4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III. 3—5. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis III. 3-5, 
from the unpointed text. 

6. To be described:— The forms rWTUl, *!*?&> "2M£' riSWV, 

lay, rrtm rrtWK* 

-: v -:i- v v: iv 

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Dual abs. affix. (2) Dual const, affix. (3) ft with — . (4) 
And-he-saw, and-she-saw. (5) Formation of feminine nouns. (6) 
Synopsis in Hif. of ^gf. (7) The £$ of verbs $$"£. (8) The 

- T 

vowel of the Preformative in Kal Impf. of verbs $<*£) • (9) The 

stem-vowel of verbs tf"Q in the Kal Impf. 



LESSON XXXIII. GENESIS III. 6-8. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i) rvri (274); (2) y^n (282); o) vrn (269),- (4) &in car); 

(5) TO*! (114); (6) ftfW» (179); (7) HDEO (186). 

I vjt : - v -: i- - : • 

2. NOTES. 

292. iOJll — wat-te'-re' — and- (she) -saw; cf. $$•")**) ana"- (he) -saw: 

a. Full form fifcOJl ( cf - iTn*)» but tl— never stands with Waw 

conversive (§ 82. 5. &); — standing under the tone, becomes 

(§ 82. 5. &. (4) ) ; and a helping — is inserted after *\ (§ 29. 4. 6.) 

293. {lINfi — ( a ^ delight: a noun formed by prefix J-j, § 98. 
294 &\*Vh—to-the-[twoheyes: §§ 45. R. 3; 106. 5. a. 

• . - .. , T 

295. *10n3 — n eh-mad — desirable: 
a. Nif. part, of the ♦£ laryng. verb -jftn desire; meaning, desired 



Lesson 33. 123 



or desirable; corresponding form *^pj» but the — has become- 
before |-[, § 74. 2. b. 
6v The strong laryngeal |-j has simple (silent) g'wH, § 74. 3. 6. 

296. t ?*3C!< , n t ? — l'bas-kil — to-make-unse : 

a. Hlf. Inf. const, of ^^ &e wise; corresponding form ^J^ppf ♦ 
&. Synopsis: ^J^H, ^9fr!# ^S$ft* ^fr ^3^5/ ^3^0 i 
— note the "=" under preformative, except in Perfect. 

297. iHQ.p— from-its-fruit: (1) jft, (2) **)£), (3) «j # 

298. 7nni — and-sTie-^rave .• feminine of m^ (94). 

299. HOV - <Jm ' mal1 — rt**^* preposition Qy ♦ 
c p|__, arising from j"| , is ah, not ah. 

T T JT 

300. nJPTpjDfll - and- (they, f.)-were-opened; cf. fljjt • 

a. Nifal (note D. f. in and — under £)), Impf. 3 fern. ( J"f jj> P lur - of 

T 

the *} laryngeal root Hp3» corresponding form n^tDpD ♦ 

301. VJf" <g " n§— eyes-of; cf. Dp»j»tf (288), Q^y (294). 

302 . lin*1 — way-y e-d e,, u — and-they-knew : 

a. Kal Impf. 3 m. plur. of the y'£} and /l ^ laryng. verb yjt fcnow?. 
&. Corresponding form, V?Dp*» ^he ** rst ra< iical *\, being weak, 

drops out, and — now standing in an open syl., becomes ~ 

§ 80. 2. a. (1). 

c. MeQeg with long vowel before vocal § e wa pretonic, § 18. 2. 

303. Q*12HPy — •S-rfim-mlm — naked: irregular plural of Q'^tf, 

304. on — ^em — the v ( m -) : cf - tne ° ther form piDn» p ron - suf -Drr« 

305. 1*13 jTl — way-yi6-P e ru — and-they-sewed : 

a. Kal Impf. 3 m. sg. of ^ff)f) sew; cor. form, tfjffiV; 3 m. Sflr.*j£/V, 
6. Synopsis: -£fl, •faff, -fofl, -flflp, -jflfl, *ftfl, ^fl , 

- t : • : t : t 

306. ti?]?— -M(h)— *e<tf-<tf; abs. sg. f^tf. 

307. ni^H ~9 e 'e-na(h)— fig-tree: note the Zakef-katon. 



124 Lesson 33. 



308. !)J£?T^— way-ya'-'su — and-they-made ; cf. fa W}and-he-made. 

309. tyfiVfij—vna-tKey-heord; cf. VlipJT} ( 305 >- 

310. ^p — k51 — voice; cf. ^ (kol) all. 

311. Tl^nriD — walking: HI0pa'el participle of ^H wa ^- 

312. K30ri*l~ and-(he)-hid-himself; cf. ^H^O ♦ 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

woft ner» f . wry vw* 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

133. Of two § e was in the middle of a word the first is silent, the 
second is vocalized. 

134. Where a closed syllable would have i, an open syllable has e. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 74. Tabular View, Synopses of ^oy in Pi'el, Ptt'al, Hi0pa'el, 

and H5f al. 

2. § 74. 2. o — 6. Preference of the laryngeal for a. 

3. § 74. 3. a — d. Preference of the laryng. for comp'd S e wa. 

4. § 42. 1 — 3, Peculiarities of laryngeals (to be read). 

Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs (1) examine closely 
the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) analyze 
exhaustively all familiar forms given under § 74. 1-3, (3) master 
thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, (4) write without 
help a complete paradigm of the verb, and (5) compare the result 
with the paradigm given in the grammar. 

Note 2. — In this study of '£) laryng. verbs, use for practice (1) 
1011 desire, (2) Jjp forsake, (3) Q^y conceal, (4) ri^ff turn - 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., the nouns numbered 77 — 84. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 6—8. 



Ld sson 33. 125 



7. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will desire; (2) He 
iras caused to turn; (3) She was abandoned (Pu'al ^V) \ (4) 
She uill conceal herself (HiQp.) ; (5) They will be caused to stand; 
(6)irc shall be forsaken (Nif.) ; (7) Thou (f.) wilt be desired 
(Nit) (8) She will be caused to turn; (9) Be thou (f.) desirable 
(Nif.); (10) Cause ye (m.) to forsake; (11) Be ye (m.) caused to 
forsake. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The woman saw that the 
fruit was good and she desired it; (2) She took the fruit and gave 
it to the man; (3) / caused the man to serve God; (4) The man 
was forsaken in the garden; (5) The woman turned herself and 
saw the man tcho was standing under the tree. 

3. To be translated into English: — (1) H5D WNH ilH^ 

• : • t • it t J-:it 

1330 tarirn mo >:> tnry\ pyrn (2) vix &>xn :ir}£ 
intpxa paii lams (3) naiNrrriN -or*? pwrr na* rm 

: • : I - t : • : t t _ : it •« -: i- • t » •■ •- 

(4) ^aferrfr n|n noro; 0) faa D*rfw Tj^nrnp; (6) 
mi:n n 1 ? bwni n^Nn frorrnm. 

t -: T ~ ' T • iT .._.._ 

4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III. 6—8. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis III. 
G— 8. 

6. To be written out: — Synopses of "fQW and "JjQd in all stems. 

7. To be described : — The forms "IDfl! iltyW; RTWIi 

iorr, rprr. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The peculiarities of laryngeals as seen in verbs £3 laryng. 
(2) The meanings of Nifal and HiQpa/el stems. (3) The two ways 
of vocalizing Imperfect Kal in Q laryng. verbs. (4) The differing 
grades of strength in the various laryngeals. (5) Compensation for 
the failure to double a laryngeal. (6) The common element in the 
Imperfect, Imperative and Infinitive Construct. 



126 Lessor 34. 



LESSON XXXIV. GENESIS III. 9-11. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) OH *& (88,270); (2) fiTl (15); (3) 1flB>N (268); (4) '& (13); 

(5) rprn (4d ; (6) [in usso; (7) *opn (29); m din (131). 

2. NOTES. 

313. JT3*N — 'ay-ye'k-ka ( h) — where- ( art ) -thou? : 

a. ift where, with union syllable ^ , § 71. 2. c. (3). 

ft. j-j^, a fuller writing for a, the pronominal suffix. 

314. ^yjO^"— ^-^eord; corresponding form ^ L ?tOD ; cf - WO* 

• :i~t •; J -)r • - t 

315. KTJO — wa -'i- ra ' — and-I-was-afraid : 

■JT -IT 

«.♦•), the Waw Con vers., before a laryngeal, loses D. f. and becomes \ 
j,, j^ indicates the first person I; the root is ft"y he-afraid, 
c. The accent T e vir ( ,), and that under ifijfffltf, Tifha (J, are 
disjunctives of the third class, § 22. 10, 11. 

316. frOHfrO — wa-'e-ha-ve' — and-I-hid-myself : 

I" T I" T 

o. On *) and £$ see preceding note (315. a). 

T 

o. Nifal Impf. 1 c. sg. of the '£ laryng. and ft"*j verb ft^H hide. 

T T 

c. D. f. rejected from |-j, and preceding vowel lowered, § 74. 1. 

317. Tin*"" (ne) made-known; cf. TtpOiT #©!/ HS* J 

a. Hifil (pf) Perfect 3 sg. m. of the |"£ verb -j^ make known. 
6. Cor. form, ^tOpH^ BynopuU, y^, TJI\ ^fl, ITf, "WiT 
TilO' tne D * f> in 3 is for the assimilate(i 3> § 7S * 2 - &• 
318# Tl 1 ? — preposition ^, with suffix ^|, § 51. 3. 

319, nnN— p ausal for nnN- §§ 50 - 2 » 38 - 2 - 

320. IDJl — n * min — f-from, §§ 46, 1; 48. 

321. ^l^n^lV — si'W-wt-OP-xa — I-commanded-thee ; cf. }\p*\ ♦ 
a. Pi'el Perf. 1 sg. of the V'S verb pfl\£ command, § 82. 



Lesson 34. 127 



b. Cor. form, ^ri^tSp' Dut mstead of *?__> ^ e nave '_ = U § 82. 

3. 6. 
c> ^ = /; H = ^^ee; D. f. in *\, characteristic of PTel. 

322. *ri?^? — to-not: prep. ^, and ift 1 }^, the neg. used with Inf's. 

323. "^Dtf" - ''X514-— (to)-eof: Ital Inf. const, before Makkef, 
§ 17. 2. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

*nw m »niW ion;v 

T • IT Iat- • : »- T .. _ . . 

.. T ,.. T iT • IT " T I" 

4. OBSERVATIONS. 

135. »y before the first person (^), becomes \ 

T 

136. A dag. 1. in an initial spirant will stand even when the 
preceding word closes with a vowel, if that word carries a disjunc- 
tive accent. 

137. The HiOpa'el is generally reflexive; the Nifal was orig- 
inally reflexive, and in common usage frequently has this force. 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 75. Tabular View, Synopses of ^jtfp in Kal, Nifal, Hif'Il, 

and HSfal stems. 

2. § 75. 1. a, b, and N. 1-3, Rejection of D. f. by the laryngeal. 

3. § 75.2. a-c, Preference of the laryngeal for a. 

4. § 75. 3, Preference of the laryngeal for comp'd 

§*wft. 

5. § 42. 1-3, Peculiarities of laryngeals {to be read). 

6. WORD-LESSON. 
1. Make out a list of the new morris in Genesis III. 9 — 11. 



128 Lesson 34. 



7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
D'ftt&tl DK D*rf?K N*"D — ^ 0< * created ^ e heavens. 

•j- t - " • v: TT 

D*rf?K DDK TpD'*)— '^- nd Goc * Messed them. 

fJQ ♦Jltf/DtP ^frp'fiN" -27 ^ voice J ftearc? iw ^ e Garden. 

Principle 9. — The object of the verb generally stands after both 
predicate and subject; but if the object is pronominal it stands be- 
tween the predicate and subject; or, if the object is to be emphas- 
ized, it stands before both predicate and subject. 

8. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will redeem; (2) Re- 
deem thou (f.); (3) They (m.) will redeem; (4) Thou (f.) wilt oe 
redeemed; (5) We were redeemed; (6) 7 shall cause to redeem; (7) 
They caused to redeem; (8) He was caused to redeem; (9) Being 
caused to redeem; (10) To cause to redeem. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Thou didst hear the voice 
of God from the heavens; (2) Let us make for ourselves large 
girdles; (3) They will hide themselves (Nif. or HIQp.) in the garden; 
(4) This is the day in which God spoke to the man in the midst of 
the garden of Eden; (5) God will redeem the man and his seed; 
(6) The man will oe redeemed in that day. 

1. To be translated into English: — {!) D*rf?K *?ip tyfapS 

parrty; (2) dtt 1 ?** *iso ran >p; o) rt% rjna 

D'Dfrn; (4) D1NH ^'OH pNrrtoa; (5) pKH rtTOTO 

•*- T - t t it - : t I v-t 7 t : I \vt t t : : V 

T t - T " " : 

4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III., 9—11. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis III., 9 — 11 
from the unpointed text. 



Lessox 35. 12y 



6. To be written out: — Synopses in Kal, Nif. Hit and H6f. of 

*?$} and nntf, 

7. To be described: -npr3V *%& DTl^CDi rf?>NJIi> faW. 

9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Waw Conversive before j$. (2) Cases of Nif. and Hi0p. 
stems in Gen. III. 7 — 11; (3) Synopses of the strong verb ^fcOp I 
(4) The personal pronoun; (5) The inseparable prepositions; (6) 
Waw Conversive with Perfect and Imperfect; (7) Synopses of 
*Vf laryng. verb in Kal, Nif. Hif. and H5f. stems. 



LESSON XXXV. GENESIS III. 12-14. 
1. NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1) UDO (229); (2) D"]Xn (131); (3) T1WX (255); (4) JQ (49); 
(5) n£N'rVl (280); (6) &mn (273); (7) HpH? (125); (8) JTD 

(128); (9) nit^rr; do) ^jtfn (228). 

2. NOTES. 

324. HAfti— na-Oat-ta(h)— thou-gavest; cf. n^DP J 

a. Kal Perf. 2 sg. m. of the |"£ verb mj, § 78. 2. R. 3. 

b. The vowel-letter j^ at the end is not usual; the ending is gen- 
erally fl , 

T 

325. *-|£^— 'Im-ma-di — icith-me: note Zakef katon, § 24. 4. 

326. ^"rOJlJ NIH - hr n ^-0' n& ( h ) 1 + 11 — she gave+to-me, § 15. 
3: 

a. The pronoun used as subject of a verb is expressed whenever, 
as here, it is emphatic. 



130 Lesson 35. 



327. *?2XJ— wa-'6-Xel— and-I-ate; cf. SOUfctt , X1W J 

)" T •• T I" T T "OT 

a - ^DN is for ^DNK' of wnicn tne radical ^ is lost, § 79. 1. N. 
&. t «|, the form of Waw Conversive with the Impf., becomes > be- 
fore tf, § 70. 2. a. (3). 

328. fi^rilD - ma(h)z+z6(')e— w^ot+*7ii«f §§ 54. 2. a; 52. 1. b. 

329. JViW — thou-(f.)-hast-done; f\=thou (f.) ; on *_ see § 82. 
3. 6. 

330. >}W1ffil— his-si-'a-ni— (he) deceived-me ; cf. TJIH J 

a. t^ is the pron. suf. of 1st pers., — the so-called connecting vowel, 
6. ^^'n Hif. Perf. 3 m. sg. of tfiSM 3 bein S assim., § 78. 2. b. 

331. il^t ]Tt5^ — 'a-si-Qa-z6(')0 — thou-(m.)-hast-done this: 

T *• T 

a. Jl^I^— ^ ow *(f-)-?iGw^one; ^^W = *7iow-(m.)-7iast-done. 
6. D. f. in t is conj., § 15. 3; accent over HNf » S'golta, § 24, 3. 

332. THN - '&- rur — cursed; Kal Part. Pass, of ^H^' § 68. 1. c. 

T ~ T 

333. ^m-^r&ezzy; cf. D^-if rhfco : 

a. The absolute form is ^(-jji but with suffix J"jj-jj| § 109. 1. a. 

b. The 6 is here written defectively; the suffix is *n with — , 

334. Tl^il — Oe-leX — thou-shalt-go : 

a. The root is *rhft* or tf? 1 !, § 80 - 2 - R - 3 - 

&. The prefix j-j = Jftow (m.) ; cor. form of ^ftp is ^Opfi ♦ 

335. W—days-of; sg. Q^, plur. Qtj^, plur. const, iff , 

336. ?! w n"~ hay-y#-Xa — t%y-lives; from the plur. QV>|-j • 
a. On the vowel t__ (e) see § 30. 5 and b. 

3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

■TO »o ijW •y-nyu rtoN rmx 

T J- T T ; IT T ; |- T TAT 



Lesson 35. 131 



4. OBSERVATIONS. 

138. The radical ^ , when it would stand at the end of a syllable, 
and before a dental consonant is assimilated. 

139. The Interrog. pronouns are *£ who?, and ♦ JfQ what?. 

140. n = thou (m.),j-) = thou (f.), but both have their soft 
sound (0) when a vowel precedes. 

141. D. f. conj. may or may not be accompanied by Makkef. 

142. The personal termination JT) thou (m.) is generally written 
without, though sometimes with, the vowel-letter j-j , 

5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 76. Tabular View, Synopses of f"JDp in £**» NIf - Hif - and 

HSf. stems. 

2. § 76. 1. a, 6, Preference of the laryngeal for a. 

3. § 76. 1. c, Insertion of Pa0ah-furtive. 

4. § 76. 1. d, Insertion of — in Perfects 2 f. sg. 

5. § 76. 2, Preference of the laryng. for comp'd S'wft. 

6. 42.1 — 3, Peculiarities of laryngeals (to be learned). 

Note 1. — Treat as directed in former Lessons the familiar forms 
in § 76. 1, 2. 

Note 2. — In the study of '^ laryngeal verbs use for practice (1) 
|-jg>3 anoint, (2) pfytf/ send, (3) y^W swear, (4) yiyy hear. 

6. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., nouns numbered 85 — 94. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 12 — 14. 

7. EXERCISES. 
1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) / will anoint; (2) He will 
cause to anoint; (3) Sending, sent; (4) Thou (f.) didst hear; (5) 
He will send; (6)7 swore (Nit.) ; (7) I will swear; (8) She caused 
to send; (9) To anoint; (10) Cause thou (m.) to send; (11) To 
be sent. 



132 Lesson 36. 



2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He told the man that he 
was good; (2) Hast thou eaten fruit from the tree of lives? (3) 
Who gave the woman to the man? (4) He gave me fruit and I ate; 
(5) She gave him fruit and he ate; (6) I gave her fruit and we ate. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) WfiVjO ^DNjl HID*; 

(2) JlN'r flfeW »D; (3) ^NDI fTOfciTTttt OTH JWH; (4) 

TT ' ~ ~ T " T V T T ~ 

nm 1 ? D!prr"prr; (5) udd rrna "rtirr; (6) ronrnb 

t : J j-t ** I • - s jv • t - t -: t : it 

T T • «T 

4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III. 12— 14. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis III. 
12 — 14 from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out: — Synopses of f|B^O» fTM' and l?Ot^ in 
Kal, Nif., Hif. and Hof. stems. 

7. To be described:— The forms fTO^, H3% 1^3% H^IT, Tit* 

at : ■ - ■'• ^ - * - ; - - •• 

rft n[0' n^n, ribfr flinv j$p&&. 

8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The J of verbs V'£) in the Hif. (2) He Interrogative. (3) 
The negative used with the Infinitive. (4) The peculiarities of the 
verb |py (5) ♦•) before $$. (6) D. f. conjunctive. (7) The Interrog- 
ative pronouns. (8) Jrj and j-jf) (9) PaQah-furtive. (10) The help- 

T T 

ing-vowel — in Perfects 2 f. sg. (11) Synopses of the strong verb. 



LESSON XXXVI.— GENESIS III. 15-17. 
1. NOTES. 

337. rO*£0 — w "'eva(h) — and-enmity: a fern, noun, from root y>tf t 

T •• ; - T 

338. TV&H — I-will-put; tf = I, the root being ftiyj 'f*W) put: 

T * 

a. Observe the R«vi(a)<, § 24. 5. b. 



Lesson 36. 133 



339. TllHf - thy-seed; ?)]}*){ her-seed; cf. "j^HJ his-seed. 

340. ^T^^^^y^ — he-shall-bruise-thee ; l^lflJPf) thou-shalt-bruise-him . 
a. Tlie Kal impf. of tftty is fpgf> (3 m. sg.), ftt^'fl (2 m. sg.). 

Z>. When the tone is shifted the a under * and ^ becomes ~ # 
c. ^» with T" = (m.) ; !|JJ is the pron. suffix ?|pj him, with the con- 
necting syllable }_; § 71. 2. c. (3) and Note 1. 

341. t^'iO — ^ ead » an( * 2pl^ ^ eeZ are accusative of specification. 

342. il!inn — causing-to-be-great : irreg. for Jl^Tf' ^ if - Inf- 
Abs. of l^y\ multiply. 

343. PQIN — I-unll-cause-to-be-great : Hif. Impf. 1 sg. of |~Q"), 
§ 82. 1. b. 

344. Tpi2¥^ — 'is-s'vo-neX — thy- ( f . ) -sorrow : 

a. T'Qytf (root ^J>V» formative addition fj, § 103. 3) becomes 
JiDVy wnen tne tone is shifted, as before the pron. suffix, 
§ 109. 1. a. 

b. The 2 fern. pron. suf. is 71 ;~ is tne so-called connecting vowel. 

345. Tfji*in — thy-conception: fnpj "with *-| and — , see 344. b. 
a. Note that — in the first syl. is away from the tone and in an 

apparently open syl. In reality, dag. f. has been rejected from *) ; 
hence an original — has become — in compensation for the loss 
of doubling. 

346. 25W — sorrow: an a-class Segolate, § 89. 1. 

347. f^fl— te-l'dl — thou-(f.)-shalt-bring-forth : 

a. For H^n (cf - tl ?ppf))' but V being weak, drops out and 

-*-, in an open syllable, becomes — , § 80. 2. a. 

b. Root-f^ — -f7V Impf. 3 m. sg. -jh* f for "fw, 

- t - t •• •• •• : • 

c. f) and »__ are fragments of >£]$, the older form of jtjj^, § 50. 
3. c. 

348. D\3!3 — va - nIn i — sons: irreg. plur. of ?*} son. 



134 Lesson 36. 



349. Tlhp^'ri— t*su-ka-0eX— thy- ( f . ) -desire : 

a. Abs. njTJW'n, a feminine formation, § 98. R. 

b. Const. rOWft, suf. ^ with — ; cf. TijIT] ( 345 >« TpiSVy (344) ' 

c. Before^?, — in an open syllable becomes — , § 108. 2. 

350. ^2~b&W~ Jim -s 6l + h&x ~ he - shall ' rule + in - thee ( f -> : 

•J.t t : • 

a. -^'jp' for ^jyjp* before Makkef, § 17. 2; cf. ^*), -^ , 
6. rp = in-taee (f.) ; cf. ^n in-tftee (m.), § 51. 3. 

351. ?jrit?K--' i§ " t§ '" xa — thywife; pausal for irjfitrK, § 38. 1. N.: 
a. ft indicates the feminine, here attached to tytf; cf. const pjgf'ft, 

&. S'golta repeated according to § 23. 6. 

c. Another case of a short-vowel (e) in an open syl. under the tone; 

cf - ii#y\ (256) and ^*wn < 33 °)- 

352. mTiN- fem - sg - of THN (332) > ^ al Part p ass - of tin 

t -: T - T 

curse. 

353. rfTQl© — ba'- a vu-re-xa — on-account-of-thee : 

a. A compound preposition, *VQ jj = on-account-of, for-the-sake-of. 
0. <n with the preceding — changed to — as in l^nt^N' § 38 - 1- N - 
c. D. 1. in ^ because of preceding disjunctive, Tifha (O, § 22. 10 

354. il^JNfri — t6'-X a len-na(h)— thou- ( m. ) -shalt-eat-it : 
a. ^Otf'fi is Kal Impf. 2 sg. masc. of ^^ eat, § 79. 1. 

&• H^_ is for Jl^» Just as !|jj__ (in ^g^fi) was for *i^_; 
note carefully § 71. 2. c. (3) and N. 1, 2. 

2. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 



Lesson 36. 135 



3. OBSERVATIONS. 

144. In pausal forms there stands between the verb and the 
pronominal suffix a syllable, }_; instead of }|"73— and H^_' we 
find !}j and |")j|__ , 

145. Between the usual form of the noun and the 2 fern. sing, 
pron. suffix *n there stands the vowel — .This may be called a con- 
necting vowel. 

146. The o of the Kal Impf. is changeable (o), and before Mak- 
kef 6 appears instead. 

147. The ~r which stands before the suffix n is a reduction of 
an original -=-, which in pause is restored, and deflected to e. 

148. The t which stands directly before the tone is from an 
original a; when the tone is shifted with affixes for gender and 
number, this a, if in an open syllable, is reduced to S'wa. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 78. Tabular View, Synopses of ^^3 in various stems. 

2. § 78. 1. a, b, Loss of } in Kal Inf. const, and Imv. 

3. § 78. 2. a, b, Assimilation of y t 

4. § 78. 2. N. 1, The preformative vowel in H6f al. 

5. § 78. 2. R's 2, 3, The verbs pfpS and ?j-|j , 

Note 1. — In the study of this class of verbs, follow the order in- 
dicated in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar 
forms given under § 78. 1, 2 and Remarks 1 — 3. 

Note 2.— Use for practice (1) ^y} in Hif— make known. (2) 
^£J fall, (3) £*'J3 approach. 

5. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII.. nouns numbered 95 — 104. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 15 — 17. 



136 Lesson 36. 



6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Approach thou, to ap- 
proach; (2) She will approach, I shall approach; (3) They made 
known (Hi.), thou (f.) wilt make known; (4) It will be made 
known; (5) 7 shall take, to take, take thou, taking; (6) Thou shalt 
give, I shall give, to give, give thou (m,); (7) He will fall, he will 
cause to fall. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Between thee and between 
me; (2) Between him and between her; (3) God made known to 
the woman that the man should rule over her; (4) Thou (f.) didst 
hear the voice of thy husband; (5) Cursed is the earth because thou 
didst eat from this tree; (6)7 will give thee food all the days of thy 
lives. 

3. To be translated into English:— (1) ^NH"^ VVWr); 

■ t • It i : 

(2) d^ ntsten -ftn 3¥M;. (3) *rn&& ^b rfi wi* 
(4) iDtr rpni nirr-'w iw ; (5) yp wn DTfrK 1 ? nrfo 

4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III. 15—17. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis III. 
15 — 17 from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out: — Synopses of the verb -j^ in the Hif. 
and HSf., and of *ift) in Kal, Nit, Pi'el, Hif., and Hof. 

7. To be described:— The forms flgty ■$}, flQ\ Jft3\ W$fii, 

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Form of the pronominal suffix «|*-| and of the pron. suf. j-j 
-with j_. (2) The pron. suf. of the 2 f. sg. (3) Thou (f.) sftaft 

tear. (4) The accent S 6 golta; its repetition. (5) Cursed (m.), Cursed 
(f.). (6) Change from —to e. (7) fj_ and j-)_. (8) Loss of ^» 



Lesson 37. 137 



(9) Assimilation of y (10) — in sharpened syllables. (11) Synopsis 
and peculiarities of ftT^} ', of If)}. (12) Synopses of ^QJ in 
various stems. 



LESSON XXXVII.— GENESIS III. 18-21. 

1. NOTES. 

355. n*JDVfl"" s ^ e "' MJ * K cause-to-spring-forth: Hif. of pfDV § 76, 
1. c. (l). 

356. H^ — P ausal for Vh 1° r -thee (m.); t|*7 = for-thee (f.). 

357. Fl^DfrO — Accent on ultima, because of the Waw Convers. 

jt j - it ; 

§§ 21. 4; 70. 3. Z>. 

358. nitfS — b e ze-'a8 — in-sweat-of ; const, of jfjft , 

359. ?P3tf — 'ap-pe'-Xa — thy-nostrils ; from £-i^ nose: 

a. Sg. tu£, dual Q'g)^, form before n (or p[) ♦£)£; cf. n^H , 

&. The Dages-f6rte in £ also serves as Dages-lene, § 13. 2. N. 1. 
c. On the disjunctive accent PaSta ( > ) see §§ 22. 8; 23. 5, 6. 

360. DH 1 ? — oread; cf. Qpf? j-p*j Bethlehem. 

361. TOIt^ — thy-returning ; Kal Inf. const, with pron. suffix: 
This is a bi-literal verb, with forms differing from the correspond- 
ing triliteral forms; § 55. 3. 

362. n^-f rom - her: for r\iDD' cf - ugp for ¥i$q* § si. 

5. 6. 

363. rHlD^ - luk-ka'h-ta— thou-icast-taken, § 38. 2. 

364. Mtf^J— thWretolUretwrn; cf. J"y|DJl(231) and TOE* < 361 ) : 

a. Kal Impf. 2 m. sg. of the biliteral verb *y\tf turn. 

b. *70pjl is for ^tOpri » tne ~ b ein S attenuated, and the — be- 
coming 6 under the tone. 



/ 



138 Lesson 37. 



c. Note that a in 2)tf/F) has been rounded to a in an open syl. be- 
fore the tone; and that — n a- s been lengthened to Q. 

365. mfi— Mw-wa(h)— Eve; cf. j-pf-j u f e - 

AT _ T _ 

366. JOJ7 ~~ she - Tllis is an exam Pte of the usage of K e §iv and 
K e ri; see § 19. The consonants here (i. e., the K e §iv) call for the 
pointing £$!)j"j ; the vowel (i. e., the K e ri) requires the reading J^pj, 
This is the regular way of writing she in the Pentateuch; § 50. 
3. a. 

367. niTf!"— na -y"0a(li)— she-was: 

t : it 

a. Kal Perf. 3 f. sg. of the '£ laryng., and pj"^ verb ft) ft be, 
§ 82. 4. 

b. MeOeg with a long vowel before vocal § 9 wa pretonic, § 18. 2. 

368. DN— but iDK ( 266 > : OK is for POK' § 10 °- 1 - °" 
369 ^(7 — Pausal for t|-j ; an adjective meaning living. 

• IT 

370. ilil'13~ k6Q " Il6 0— tunics-of; const, pi. of J"UTD ♦ 

371 . 0t^3h >> ) — way-yal-bi-sem — and-he-cause&them-to-put-on : 

a. Hif. Impf. 3 m. sg. of ty^J, with suffix Q joined by — , 

b. The — under *} is i, though written defectively. 

2. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

1. Verbal Forms: -n^Vn, fl^tf)' ^HD, ?p|#, fiHp 1 ?, 

• : - jt : - it : - I : i t : Fat \ 

sitfn, rrjrn, few, Dj^pn. 

2. Nominal Forms:-^^ OH 1 ?, IStf, DIN/ MP' 11^. 

V J" V JV T T T T I f 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

on 5 ? ^D^n tI^dn nyo — In > or af *^ e cos * °f> the sweat °f tn v 

nostrils deface) thou shalt eat bread. 

Principle 10. — The preposition 3 may denote the condition in 



Lesson 37. 139 



which, or the cost at which a thing may be done, i. e., the manner 
or the price. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 79. 1, 2, The peculiarities of verba tf"Q , 

2. § 83. Tabular View, Synopses of J^tDp in various stemc. 

3. § 83. 1, Final j$ in verbs tf" 1 ?, 

4. § 83. 2. a, b, 3. a—c, Medial ft in verbs tf" 1 ?. 

Note 1. — In the study of verbs £$"£ and ft"*? » follow the order 
indicated in previous lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar 
forms given under §§ 79. 1, 2 and 83. 1 — 3, and Remarks. 

Note 2.— Use for practice (l)~)f2Hsay, (2)tfyo/2nd, (3)JOD 
call. 

5. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., nouns numbered 105 — 115. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III., 11 — 21. 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Ye will say, I shall say, 
she will say, thou (f.) wilt say; (2) I shall eat, we shall eat, they 
will eat; (3) He will be created, he will cause to call, he was 
created, he will be caused to call; (4) They called, she caused to 
find, thou (f.) wilt find; (5) I created, ye were created, thou wast 
caused to call, we filled (Pi'el); (6) They (f.) will call, ye (f.) 
will be created, call ye (f.). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The earth caused to sprout 
forth for man grass and herbs and thorns and thistles; (2) We 
found in the field the fruit ichich Ood commanded ( ffly ) not to 
eat; (3) The man shall die, and unto the dust he shall return; (4) 
I shall call the name of my wife Eve; (5) / have found my mother; 
(6) Eve was the wife Of (/"IC^N ) Adam, and the mother of all liv- 
ing; (7) Adam icas Eve's husband. 



140 Lesson 38. 



3. To be translated into English:— (1) HIH tP'N iTil *D; (2) 

T - TT 

db^i in^'ao D-ran-nt* mfw ma (3) on^n np 1 ? 

" • : — : ' : t t it v v: tt tt it |- \ 

ibvrrto; (4) y\wx iwr'ari vm nsv; (5) ivxVz mo* 

T T IV I * T T T V : * IT T T V ™ T 

4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III. 18—21. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis III. 18 — 
21 from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out: — Synopses of *)fttf in the Kal and Hif. 
stems, of N"D in Kal and Nit, and of $<¥D in pigl and Hif - 

T T T T 

7. To be described:— The Forms 112$% ^DKJl, %&3, N"D, 

J- •• TT 

aopv K^'irv *op>, Nto, sNko, wra hn^d, nam 

t| : : - "It * : ' I _ : it : jtt t J" t t J" •■ 

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The primary form of ^JDp- ( 2 ) Tne form y\W • ( 3 > DK/ 
iJSX- ( 4 ) Peculiarities of verbs £$"£♦ (5) Inflection of *7£^ in 
Kal Impf. (6) Peculiarities of verbs ^"^j, (7) Synopses of ^£p 
in various stems. (8) Inflection of {^p in Kal Perf., in other 
Perfects, in Impf's and Imv's. 



LESSON XXXVIIL— GENESIS III. 22-24. 
1. NOTES. 
372. ??7 — ngn — behold: same as p|^H ^^5). 

373. U/b/3 irrK5~ H7be - one -°/ ![ / :rom] - i * s * 

-]p7^ is the construct of "]nK> nere followed by a preposition. 
o. ^J3Q is the form of jp with ^ #s, § 51. 5. a; cf. !|jJJ3Q for 



Lesson 38. 141 



374. j"ll?l'? — to-know: Kal Inf. const, of T^t know, § 80. 2. 
(3); ^, §47. J 5. 

T 

375. *fTl — w &-hay — and- ( he-should ) -live : 

a. } is Waw Conversive with Perf., the ~ being pretonic, § 70. 2. o. 

T 

o. *f-j is Kal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the y 'jf verb "pj * ive ' § 85 - *• 

376. inrfrt^ — way-sal-l e he-hu — and-( = therefore) -(he) -sent- 
him: 

a. D. f. of Waw Convers. omitted from * because it has not a full 
vowel. 

b. Pi'el Impf. 3 m. sg. of the '^ laryngeal verb fY?^ send; corres- 
ponding form, ^n^COp^ . 

c. The pron. suffix f)j-f joined to the verb by the vowel ~ t 

377. ^^—to-till: Kal Inf. const., §§ 74. 3. a; 47. 3. 

378. Q&D *")CN — which from-there, = whence. 

379. CH3H — way-ga'-re§ — and-he-drove-out : 

a. This is for gH^V like gflp»V or ^Gi^V but 
b The v having only a S'wa, drops its D. f., while "-) rejects its 
D. f., and -=" under J becomes — in compensation. 

c. The accent being drawn to the penult by J) t — appears instead 
of -r t 

d. Pi'el Impf. 3 masc. sg. of the 'M laryngeal verb g^l drive out, 
§ 75. 1. a. 

380. JDC^I — way-ya§-ken — and-he-causrd-to-dwell ; cf. S*^]^ ♦ 

a. Hif. Impf. 3 m. sg. (with — , not »_J from pgf dweZJ, § 70. 3. R. 

381. D^^OH — hak-k'rti-vlm — the-chcrubim ; — for *) ; singular 

an? . 

382. n35nn?n — kam-miQ-hap-pe-XeQ— the-(one)-turning-itself : 

cf - nam!:. § io«. 2. &. 



142 Lesson 



383. iD^' 5 ?— lis-nior— to-keep; cff. pTip^ (223), and i^^ 
(377). 

2. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 

1. Verbal Formsc-fUn 1 ?, tf?(p*, »IU ^rfV^\ ft^, &*$% 

2. Nominal Forms:-nnN, D^ty, ^V, DO^?, toff?, rVT SpJ. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

- t - t : I~t: t - : • I v t - : 

pw£ for£7i his hand and take and eat and live. 
Principle 11. — In the narration of actions which are to occur in 
the future, or which can be only conditionally realized, the first 
verb is in the Imperfect while those that follow are in the Perfect 
and connected with the preceding verb by means of Waw Convers. 
(§ 70. 1. b.) 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 82. Tabular View, Synopses of f]£|n in Kal, Pi'el, HIQp. and 

T I T 
Hif. stems. 

2. § 82. 1. a — f, Treatment of the 3d radical when final. 

3. § 82. 2, Treatment of 3d rad. bef. vowel-additions. 

4. § 82. 3. a — e, Treatment of 3d rad. bef. cons.-additions. 

5. § 82. 4, The 3 sg. fern, of Perfects. 

6. § 82. 5.a,b(l) — (8), Short forms (to be read). 

Note 1. — In the study of verbs pf" 1 ?' foll °w the order indicated 
in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given 
under § 82. 1—5. 

Note 2.— Use for practice (1) ff^ reveal, (2) ftfo build, (3) 
rf?D complete. 



Lesson 38. 143 



5. WORD-LESSON. 

1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 51 — 60. 

2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 22 — 24. 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He built, he will build, 
building; (2) He commanded (Pi'el), he will command, commanding, 
command thou; (3) To command (abs.)> to build, to finish (Pi'el); 
(4)7 commanded (Pi'el), we biiilt, thou didst cause to reveal; (5) 
We finished (Pi'el), ye built, they (f.) will build; (6) Th n y built, 
they (m.) will command, they caused to build; (7) She was, she 
made, she will finish, they will cause to reveal, thou (f.) wilt build. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) I shall put forth my hand 
and take the fruit and eat; (2) The man knew good and evil; (3) 
God drove forth(PVel)the man from Eden because he did that which 
Ood had commanded him not to do; (4) The man will serve the 
ground whence he teas taken; (5) Behold the sword turning itself ; 
(6) The cherubim and the sword will keep the way of the tree of life. 

3. To be translated into English: — (1) D"TpQ D'H^N \*2&ft 

vyTgnrnt njTfA; (2) 3te 5 P3i rin p? crrftw y^T 
(3) iitf? Dixn nvn mo fa u> DiNrrnN tnita rrra 

- : t t it v: T T |T • •/: T • 

no-wrrnx inr 1 ?; (5) -n*n tp'wrnN pro ovfw tru 

t t~: it V -: 1- V i " t V ' v.-- " 

4. To be written in English letters: — The new words of Genesis 
III. 22—24. 

5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis 22 — 24 
from the unpointed text. 

6. To be written out: — Synopses of J733 • 



144 Lesson 39. 



7. To be described:— The Forma HD^'fT rf?lP, Hfcty/ JlD3/ 

It : • v-:i- v t 

rwif, ni*q, nb>]/, vrp, m vn, rwy, nyro, 
rrrvn, p-n, ton, wi. 

t : It Ivj- - : - - : - 

7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The Pi'el, Hifil, and HI0pa'el stems of HtOD • (2) The 

t I t 
defective writing of ?| . (3) Waw Conversive with, the Perfect. (4) 

Waw Conversive with the Imperfect. (5) The form j"!]/"]*?- ( 6 ) 
The third radical of verbs called pf"*?* ( 7 ) Tne treatment of 
this radical when final, before vowel-additions, and before consonant- 
additions. (8) The Perf. 3 sg. fern, (9) Short forms. (10) Synopses 
of p|tOD in #al» pi<§1 ' Hi 0P. and Hit stems. 



LESSON XXXIX.— GENESIS IV. 1-4. 
1. NEW WORDS* 
1. Hir?/ (2) mp, (3) DK (preposition), (4) fp^, (5) HN/ 

T T T|T " P " T T 

(6) ton, (7) mn, <s) jatt, o) pp, do) rrrop, (id rrvaa, 
(12) afrrr, d3) row. 

V J" T T 

2. NOTES. 

V. 1. nnril' for HTlfV §§ 74. 2. a; 74. 3. Z>, d; 82. I. & and 

5. &. (5). frflV §§ 80. 2. a (1); 70. 3. a. (3).— IJ-ftjn. § 82. 3. 

VJ .. - . ,.j T 

&. — '*-j"ltf' preposition with. 

V. 2. rphV for ^plfiV §§ 80 - 3 - &; 65 - 5. &. (I); 70. 3. a. 
(2) and (3). — m*?^ §§ 47 - 5 » 80 - 2 - °- < 3 >- — VHN» §§ 105 - 3 » 

V J V T • T 

108. 1. &. (2) ; 1 = ?)H W*» § 44 - 4 - c ~ toH' for toH' § S8, 2 "~ 
Hjh, aba. ftjh, §§ 82 - L c; 107. 3. 



Lesson 39. 145 



v. s. Qflpj, piur. of Dtv- K3J1 § 86 - L *■— niir^ t0 ** ™* d 

T 1N> § 47. R. 2. 

V. 4. K*3TJ» § 86 ' L <*> and 8 c ^niiD5P- § 48. 1; 106. 3; 
sg. rntt?' § 91 * L °' and 2 - — fn5 l 7n5 ! l (u-me-hel-v6-hen), 
§§ 40. 2; 48. 2; ^pf (6 defective), const, plur. of ^(T § 109 - 4 - 
e; § 51. 1. c.— yw\ for n^. § 82 - 5 - &• ( 5 )-— 1HI1J0 » from 

nru^ §§ 106 - 2 - °- < 2 > ' 108 - 2 - 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

V. 2.— nn 1 ? 1 ? f|D<ni^~' 4 - ntf 8he added t0 &ear— and again she bore. 

Principle 12. — when the second of two verbs expresses the 
principal idea, the first merely modifying it,, the second is often 
an infinitive depending upon the first. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 82. Tabular View, Synopses of nDD in Nif -' Pual aad HIjf ' 

stems. 
2. Paradigm K (pp. Inflection of JltOp in a11 stems. 
204, 205), 
Note: — In the study of these forms use for practice, pf3J£> change, 

pod turn , ro? wce p- 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — It (f.) ivas built; (2) She 
was caused to turn; (3) They were completed (Pu'al); (4) You 
(f.) were caused to weep; (5) Turning, finishing, being built, being 
caused to turn; (6) Turn ye (f.), be ye (m.) finished, cause ye 
(m.) to build. 



* Consult the Hebrew-English Vocabulary, or a Flebrew Lexicon. Be 
prepared to pronounce, transliterate, describe and define each word. Let 
this work be done before proceeding further in the study of the Lesson. 



146 Lesson 40. 



2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The woman conceived 
and bore a son; (2) And the woman spoke again; (3) Abel was a 
shepherd 'and Cain was a tiller of the ground; (4) Cain brought an 
offering to God; (5) Eve was the wife of Adam and the mother of 
Cain and Abel; (6) Abel gave to God from the firstlings of his flock. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Gen. IV. 1 — 4 
from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out:— (1) Synopses of J-j^ in $M, Nlf., Hif. 
and Hof. stems, and of Jf 1 ^ in Pi'el and Pu'dl stems. 

5. To be described:— The Forms fty, rfs??/ fiiJ3, tlZWD, 

uy, awMh, and ny». 
. - ...... T j v . 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Absence of j-j_ from j-j"^ forms. (2) The vowel of the 

perfect of ft" L } verbs before consonant-additions. (3) The JTJ— of 

Infin. est. of verbs Jf" 1 ?. ( 4 ) Tne * — of (IK before suffixes. (5) 

The f[_ and fj_ of verbs jf" 4 ?. (6) The preposition ^ before 

nin* and ovfw. 



LESSON XL.— GENESIS IV. 5-8. 

1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) mrr, (2) nt±>, m xt>n, u) d& (5) 2&, co xw, 

T T T JT -: ■• ~ T T T 

(?) npa, (8) nNDn» (9) yzfti ao Dip, (id jnrr. 

2. NOTES. 

' y - 5 - icpi- for rriD!' §§ 82, 5 - 6 - (5); 70 - 3 - (3) "np- 1 ?' 

on repeated accent, § 23. 6. — VTS^l. MeQeg with a sharpened syl- 



Lesson 40. * 14" 



lable; on assim. of ), § 78. 2. a.— y^jp (pa-naw), § 12. 3; on y_, 
§ 108. 3. d; cf. V£)N ( 185 >- 

T * 

V. 6. HO*? = HO with ^7' tb - e D * f * bein & firmative, § 15. 6. — 
iTin> witn accent on Penult, § 21. 1.— 7]^, pausal for rfp, § 51. 
3 (Tab. View).— nvj£ (fa-ne'-xa), on ♦__ (£), § 108. 3. c. 

V. 7. tfY^n ( h * 16 ') = wonne, § 46. 1; this 6 is for a, § 30. 6 — 
yfflft , for y\pfi (cf. 5 7^pn ) ' but — becomes e (♦__) §30. 
4. o; Hif. Impf. 2 m. sg. of ^V § 81. 2;— fltfb'' a seemingly 
irreg. Kal Inf. const, of tftSO' § 78 - L a ~ ^f!?NV § 23# 6; prep - 
*^ treated as a noun in plur. before the suffix 'n, cf. TV}Q in 
v. 6, § 108. 3. c; the — becomes — in an open syl. — inplCn , 
§§ 108. 2; 18. footnote.— i^-^Ori' §§ 17. 2; 51. 3. o. 

V. 8. ynN- see in v. 2.— Qj-yjipQ (bih-yo-6am), on — , 47. 2; 

• t t : i- 

on Me0eg, § 18. 5; on Hi. § 82. 1. e; D— , as in DNHJjn? (167). 
— Din (way-ya'-k6m), Kal Impf. 3 m. sg. of Qlp ; paradigm-form, 
Q*)H*. but see § 86. 1 e. Rm; the — under p, in an unaccented 
closed syl., must be 6. — inJHn^ < on ~ under ♦ , § 74. 2. a ; on 
- under pf , § 74. 3. d; on — , § 71. 2. 6 (1) ; on ~y , 16. 2; on — 
§ 71. 2. c. (2). 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

v - 7 -— fiNC? y&fi DX tffriT—** there not a Wing up, if 
thou doest well? 

Principle 13. — A question expecting an affirmative answer is 
introduced by {^JpJ (= nonnef). 



148 Lesson 40. 



4. GRAMMAR-LESSON 

1. § 84. Bi-literal verbs. 

2. § 85. Tabular View. Synopses of [3^p in Kal, Nif. and Hif. 

stems. 

3. § 85. 1—2. The doubling of the 2nd radical. 

4. § 85. 3. The separating vowels. 

5. § 85. 4. The changes in stem-vowels. 

6. § 85. 5. The Preformative vowels. 

7. Paradigm M. Inflection of ££3D in Kal, Nif, Hif and 

Hof. stems. 
Note 1. — Use for practice (1) ^ff 'begin, (2) 33D encompass, 
(3) y?p be light (i. e. not heavy). 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He began (Hif.), to begin, 
beginning; (2) Encompassing, he will encompass, he was caused to 
encompass, he will be encompassed; (3) He will be light, he will 
make light; (4) Cause to encompass, encompass thou, he caused to 
encompass, be thou encompassed. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The countenance of Cain 
fell, because God looked not with favor upon his offering; (2) 
Why was Cain angry (Heb., why was it kindled to Cain?) ; (3) Did 
not God say, let there be light? (4) Did not Abel bring to God 
from the firstlings of his flock t (5) Did not Cain kill Abel? (6) 
Why did Cain kill Abel? (7) God will bless him who shall do well. 

To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis IV. 5 — 8 
from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out: — Inflection of the Kal Perf. and Impf. of 
330 and Tl3 ; of the Nif. Perf. and Impf., of ~\~}fi , of the 
Hif. Perf., Impf. and Imv. of ^T) ', of the H6f. Perf. and Impf. 



<* Vm . 



Lesson 41. 149 



5. To be described:— The Forms V?p, tl^lin, *3D?T ! Ol/ 

|j- T J" " • J" T J T 

ri)?p, rjippj, napn, rwgpfy nrap, »rW?j. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Repetition of post-positive accents. (2) The ending y_. (3) 

D. f. firmative. (4) The ending ^ . (5) ^pf. (6) The ending 

j-j«j in H"^ Inf. construct. (7) change of ~ to — . (8) V"V stems 
before vowel-additions. (9) V"V stems before consonant-additions. 



LESSON XLI.— GENESIS IV. 9—12. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(1) 0% (2) DV¥/ (3) n¥£>, (4) H£>, (5) T» (6) fib, (7) yj 

T |-T TT T - ^ T 

(na-), (8) -]j (nad). 

2. NOTES. 

v. 9. iDK-n. § 79 - 2 — n*r?H« § 108 - !• b - (2)-— »nih*. a 

<- ) a • t . *r - T 

y/£ and /l ? laryng. verb, cf. •Jft^gpJ on the accent j_ , § 24. 4. — 

"V5i#T» §§ 46 - 1; 68, L °- 

v. 10. ly'wy no> §§ 54 - d >' 82 - 3 - & -— *5n. sg. abs., q-j, 

const. fjrj, plur. abs. Q»p*7 , const. >jJY"j i §§ 109. 2. b; 106. 4. &.— 
D'pl?V» §§ 68# 1 - a; 109 ' 3< Rm 3; plur - in agreement with ^jyi, 
not ^p,— ^jtf, cf - T^N in v - 7 » reall y a plural noun. 

v. ii. nnx Trw §§ es. 1. c; 38. 2, s.— njiyg . §§ 18 - 2 > 

82. 4. and N— pp£), from pjQ, §§ 105. 3; 108. 1. 6. (2).— Jinp^ 
§ 47. 5; Kal Inf. const, of |fpS, § 78 - 2. R. 2; on — under |-j in- 
stead of — , § 89. 2. a, ?TTjD« pausal for ^"t»p, §§ 38. 1. N.; 108. 
1. R. 2. 



150 Lesson 41. 



V. 12. "OVfl' corresponding to '^^T)y) ; on — , § 74. 2. a; on 
~, § 74. 3. b; on 5, § 64. 1.— npjl W-sef), for rjDlil • on 6 ' 
§ 80. 3. b; on" , § 65. 5. Z>. (1)— Hfl^iin, on MeOeg, § 18. 4; on 
— , lowered f rom -=- , § 78. 2. R. 3. (1); on fl__, § 51. 3. a — 
"01 W ( ntl< wa> - nad ') on the " (a) under ^ in each case, § 86. g; 
the roots are jflj and -jfj^ , and these forms, Kal Part's act— 

n f rrn> §§ 74 - 3 - N - 18 - 5 > 82 - L & - 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

V. 9. WjX *r?K IDt^n — ^ m ' keeping my brother, or, my broth- 
er's keeper? 

Principle 14. — A question asking for information, without neces- 
sarily implying the affirmative or negative character of the answer, 
is introduced by f| , 

4. GRAMMAR AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 85. 6 a — d. Intensive stems in yny verbs. 

2. Paradigm L. Inflection of Intensive stems in WW verbs. 

(p. 206). 

3. § 85. 7. Place of accent in W"» verbs. 

4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 61 — 70 in Lists II and III. 

Note: — After a study of the principles here given, write out a 
full paradigm of y20 in £ ai » N!f ' Hif - and P61§L 

5. EXERCISES. 
1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) She encompassed, they 
caused to encompass, thou (f.) wilt encompass, they will be encom- 
passed; (2) Thou didst encompass, I caused to encompass, we were 
encompassed, thou wast caused to encompass; (3) Thou wast light, 
thou shalt encompass, I have encompassed, I shall cause to encom- 
pass; (4) Cause ye to encompass, they (f.) will encompass, ye (f.) 
will cause to encompass, encompass ye (f.). 



Lesson 42. 151 



2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) / do not know the name 
of the man; (2) Am I a ruler? (3) Who did this (f.)? (4) Cursed 
am I from the ground; (5) The blood (pi.) of thy brother hath 
cried out to God; (6) Thou shalt not till the ground; (7) Cain was 
a wanderer and a fugitive. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis IV. 9 — 12 
from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out: — Synopses of 3DD in £^*» Nif - an( * ^ if, > 
of pp|-j in Kal and Polel, and of ^p in Nif. and Hif. 

5. To be described:— The forms *H, 310*1 DD' lfi\ DDH, ^jT, 

*?nn, spa ^tynn, dm. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The 6 in the Kal Impf. of verbs #"£. (2) The I of ^tf, (IN- 
and pff) before suf. (3) He Interrogative. (4) The I of pj"S Perf's. 
(5) The Perf. 3 f. sg. of verbs Jf" 1 ?. (6 > Kal Inf - const - of verbs 
?"£). (7) T in pause. (8) Kal Impf. of verbs £) laryngeal. (9) The 
o of y/£j Hif'Ils. 



LESSON XLIL— GENESIS IV. 13—17. 
1. tf.EW WORDS. 

(i) pr or piy, (2) nnp, (3) p^ (4) crnyaft (5) Dpi 

(6) roi (7) dlt\ (8) Ty, (9) ob>, 

T T ~ T 

2. NOTES. 

V. 13. ^ilj), pi. D^HJ ; on formation, § 91. 1. a.— »J^ j 
from J^tt, of same formation as ^"JIJ; before *_ f yields to _ 
§ 109. 1. a. — XitT^O' tne °" Dem S incorrectly written") ; ?£ indicates 
comparison. 



152 Lesson 42. 



V. 14. £]&"[$* for Jlgnjj, § 75. 1. a; synopsis ?-?7^£)p!|, §§ 49. 
2; 48.1; on *__, § 108. 3. c.— -^p^, §§ 72. 2; 65. 1. a; synopsis?— 
VVVlV § 82. 3. o; on ), § 70. 2. b.— tg^Q, part. ^tfb witht__; on 
change of _ to _, § 109. 3. R. 3.— ^jnft*, composed of Jnfp/— 
and *Jj on change of o to — , and on — , § 71. 2. &. (1), and c. 
( 2 ) ; on change of — to — , § 74. 3. c. 

V. 15. Opt, pausal for Qp>; on D. f. in p (for 3), § 78. 2. 6; 
on — in Hof., § 78. 2. N. 1.— Q^V for QjgpV), § 70. 3. a. (3); — 

V T _ J" T - 

for ♦_, § 86. 1. d; root, D't? (♦"#> ~ U"li*"iTi3D; on MeQeg.. § 18. 
4; on D. f. in 3 (for 3 ), § 78. 2. b; on j-j, § 58. 5. Z>; on ft], § 82. 
1. e; on ^, § 51. 2.— 1KV?' cf. fgyp in v. 14. 

V. 16. ^^^ (way-ye-se') ; for N^VV Dut 1 is dropped and i be- 
comes §, § 80. 2. o. (1); on ~ under ¥» § 64. 3; on MeQeg, § 18. 
6; on the accented penult, § 21. 3.— ^§*?p, (D |p, (2)^, (3) vj£ 

— ^^V for ^{Jf'VV Dut 1 is dipped, and i becomes e\ § 80. 2. a. 

VJ .._ .. ..- 

(1) ; on shifting of tone, § 21. 3. 

V. 17. V*7*V for y?|VV ^ ut 1 is dropped, and i becomes 6, § 
80. 2. a. (1) ; on — under n instead of — , § 80. 2. a. (1). — *lf7J?fl 
see note on v. 1. — I^FlV for "T^lflV but 1 is dropped and i be- 
comes e, § 80. 2. a. (1) ; on shifting of tone, § 21. 3.—-)^ 1TJ0 *tV), 
on the shifting of tone in the case of j-^rj , § 21. 1; on D. 1. in % t 
§ 12. 3. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
V. 14, Dl*n *J"Ytf £)$*)% — ^ ou ^ as * driven me out this day. 
Principle 15. — The article often has its original demonstrative 
force. 



Lesson 42. 153 



V. 15. — Vp jnrn^D — An V one killin 9 Gain. 

Principle 16. — ^ is used to make prominent a single one from 
among a plurality. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 86. Tabular View. Synopses of Kal, Nif., Hif. and H5f. stems 

of Middle-Vowel verb. 

2. § 86. 1. a, b, d, e, g. The treatment of the stem-vowel in Middle- 

Vowel verbs. 

3. § 86. 2. a, b, c, The separating vowels. 

4. § 86. 3. a, b, c, 4. The Preformative vowels. 

5. § 86. 6. The place of the tone. 

Note: — Use for practice, Q^p to rise, ^1£* to turn, and |«q 
to prepare. 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will rise, thou shalt 
turn, turn thou, he will die, we shall die; (2) He caused to die, he 
was caused to turn, he will cause to prepare; (3) I caused to rise, 
ye (m.) caused to rise, they caused to rise; (4) Thou didst cause to 
turn, we shall cause to rise, I shall be caused to rise, she rose; (5) 
Ye turned, I rose, they will rise, we shall rise; (6) Rise thou (f.), 
rise ye (f.), she was risen (Nif.), they were risen; (7) Thou shalt 
return, she was caused to return. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) God is greater than man; 
(2)7 drove him out from the garden of Eden; (3) The woman will 
be hidden from* the face of God; (4) Any one killing me shall die; 
(5) Any one finding him will kill Cain; (6) Cain icas avenged 
seven-fold; (7) And Cain went out from Eden, and dwelt in the land 
of Nod. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis IV. 13 — 17 
from the unpointed text. 



154 Lesson 43. 



4. To be written out: — The inflection in Kal of Q!)p , J!Q ; in. 
Nif., of fift f ^£; in Hif. and H5f., of Q!f), y$ t 

5. To be described:-The Forms 1£p, 1»1p>, TO'pH, nlDpl 

mwrr, nffltrti# wto ioip f , rot^ morn . 

t J -: t : j- t ^ t |j • t :j- t jv : 

6. TOPICS FOR 8TUDY. 
(1) Nouns with the original vowels a — a ( = 6). (2) The Pi'el of. 
verbs <y laryngeal. (3) The ♦_ (= e) before suffixes ^T and *-[, 
and before the plur. fern. f^. (4) The ♦__ of j-j" 1 ? Perfects. (5) 
The change of — before— to — . (6) The H5f. of verbs V'Q. (7) 
The ftf of fj' /l ? Infs con st. (8) The p|__ (£) of ft" 1 ? participles. 
(9) The Article used as a demonstrative. (10) The separating vowel 
of Middle-Vowel verbs in Perfect and Imperfect. 



LESSON XLIII.— GENESIS IV. 18-22. 

1. NEW WORDS. 

(1) U\T\Vt (const. ♦JIB'), (2) ^HN, (3) rtfpp, (4) fcffif}, (5) 

mjD, (5) My, (e) trtfr, (s) trnrr, (9) nwm, (10) ^ra 

t ^ - t -t v J : v :- 

(id ninN* 

T 

2. NOTES. 
V. 18. n 1 ?^ root -f7) (= -f^ ) ; on D. f. in «j, §§ 13. 2; 80. 

3. a; on the form, § 65. 1. a; cor. form,^{^\— -pVUTlK. the sign 

» | T • T • 

of the def. object with a subject, see Principle 17 (below). 

V. 19. Hp*V for Hp^V *? assim. like j, § 78. 2. R. 2; on ~ 
under p, § 76. 1. a. — *J?)gf (st§, not s e te), the g"wa silent; the only 



Lesson 43. 155 



case in the language of a syllable beginning with two consonants 
without an intervening half-vowel; fern, of ^{Jf , const, of Q^gf — 
D'^. cf. (D t5*tt won, (2) ffgftf woman, (3) QWK men ' 

• T • T • T - : 

(4) jlgftf wife-of, (5) 1$}wives-of.— rV)t&tl ••••- nfl^H' cf - tne 

masc. forms O^'H ^flNf! • 

V. 20. l^flV cf. note on v. 17. — V^' const, of %# * on *__, 
§ 108. 1. ft. (2); on accent, § 24. 5. a.-^^>, like ^jp .— ^pJN' a u-class 

Segolate, cf. *Yp!3, § 89. 1 c; here used collectively. — HJpD (niik- 
ne(h)), meaning substance, cattle, and governed by some word under- 
stood signifying possession; on form, § 96. 2; on meaning of form, 
§ 97. 2. 

V. 21. yrW' see note on v. 2.— jpgjfi. like^'p. fiV> on 

form, § 93. 4. c— ^Jf, on form, § 92. 3. 

V. 22. ni^' § 60 * R - 3 - b; s y no P si s in Kal, § 80. 2. a — £»'£JS, 
like ^t?'p.- E^jPT. like^p — • riinNV const, of Hif-ftf. and «| 
with -=■ according to § 49. 3. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

V. 18. — TVyTlK H^n^ *l t 7Y*!~-' And Irad was oorn t0 Enoch. 

Principle 17. — The subject of a passive verb, which would be the 
object of the same verb if it were active, is often preceded by j-^ 
the sign of the object. 

V. 20. — n^pQI ^ni* Dty* — Dwelling in tent(s) and (possessing) 
cattle. 

Frinciple 18. — Two nouns are sometimes connected with a verb, 
when, strictly speaking, only the former is applicable in meaning 
(zeugma). 



156 Lesson 43. 



4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. Paradigm M. (p. 208), Inflection of Polel and Pdlal stems of 

middle-vowels verbs. 

2. § 86. 5. a, b, c, d, Intensive stems of middle-vowel verbs. 

3. § 86. 8. Interchange of forms between WW and 

middle-vowel verbs. 

4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 71 — 80 in List III. 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Inflection of QVD 
throughout the Polel stem; (2) Synopsis of 0*p in the Hif. stem; 
(3) Inflection of Q^p throughout the Hof. stem; (4) Synopsis 
of y\$ in the Kal stem; (5) Synopsis of ^Q in the Nif. stem. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) I will know the name of 
that city; (2) Cain was building the city Enoch; (3) Cain and Abel 
were born to Adam; (4) Lamech had (=to Lamech were) two 
wives; (5) Adam was the father of Cain, and Eve was his mother; 

(6) Abel was the son of Eve, and Tubal Cain was the son of Zillah; 

(7) Father, father-of, mother, son, daughter, husband, wife, wife-of, 
brother, brother-of, sister, sister-of. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis IV. 
18-22 from the unpointed text. 

4. To be described.-;^, H^pR MWH, HM* nlDffll 

t-t- t:|jt tj • _ : » t tj | ; 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) j-^ -with the subject. (2) Assim. of ^. (3) The pronuncia- 
tion of iflgf. (4) The words meaning man, men, woman, women, 
wife-of, wives-of. (5) Separating vowels in V'W and middle-vowel 

verbs. (6) The 6 of Kal act. Part's. (7) Z7-class Segolates. (8) Nouns 
formed by means of preformative q. (9) The meanings of nouns 
with pref. q # 



Lesson 44. 157 



LESSON XLIV.— GENESIS IV. 23-26. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(1) tflgft, irreg. plur. of rt&$, (2) fitf, (3) ITp$ (4) #¥& 

(5) -fr, (e) rran or rrrQrr, (7) dw, (s) nw, (9) iiy, 

VJV t'j- t - • : • t : • 

do) pa, (id n^# ( i2 ) tik» (13) ^rr. 

2. NOTES. 

V. 23. VCO 1 ? O e n&-saw); on «p_, § 108. 3. d. (cf. YQR, yj£) 

(v. 5)).— jypt^» irreg - for njyOt?'/ if— saving been dropped 

and_inserted, § 37. 2; Kal Imv. 2 f. pi., UkepU^p; on_under 

n, § 76. 1. a.— im$ t const, of Q^J, cf. y^f'j above.— pf^KH' 

W» ... . T T T Tl ..-.,- 

for n^itHp like nj^pp s on n § 58 - 5 - a - &; on - , § 74 - 

3. &; root, Jfj$. — ^^DN' cf - IfiTOO in v. 4; on formation, § 89. 
4; on j-|_, § 108. 2. — *f)jnn» from JpH; synopsis in Kal? on 
repetition of accent, § 23. 6.— WQIT with _ for } ; cf. iJ-jnjtD 
in v. 4, and V"TON auove J on formation, § 93. 6. 

V. 24. DH> (for mjj). see on v. 15.— ni*?^' » tne sln &- 
form, is seven, while D*172{J'» tne P lur - form is seventy. 

v. 25. mtv see on v - 17 -~ I'pnv see on v - 2 °'~ ^ " ric* 

(§ae), on MeQeg, § 18. 4; the — is a, § 86. 1. a;— i^H = 
Jppf + i ; * n tne °P en svl - before the tone an original a is rounded 

- T 

to a, but in the open syl. away from the tone, a is reduced to §•*■&, 
§ 71. 1. 6. (1), (2). 

V. 26. Xin~Dil' tne Pronoun inserted thus to emphasize the 
preceding noun. — ^niH » from tne root ^H » § 85 - 5 - d >' what 
stem?— Nip*?* cf - f ?&*2 L ?> "iOI?^? : ^ ai Inf - const - 



o 



158 Lesson 44. 



3. PARALLELISM IN HEBREW POETRY. 

fyp \ytM? rfryi rnv u) 
. won n^nriD 1 ? w (2) 

a- t : • T4--:i- | v v J- : 

••♦man 1 ? -?yi (4) 

pp-op* otuw ^ (5) 

•wapi D*ra# no^i (6) 



Note 1. — The characteristic external feature of Hebrew poetry is 
parallelism. 

Note 2. — In this song there are six lines or members; the second 
line is, in the main, a repetition of the thought expressed in the 
first; the fourth, a repetition of the third; hence the parallelism 
in the case of the first and second, and of the third and fourth 
members is called synonymous. 

Note 3. — The same relation, however, does not exist between the 
fifth and sixth, the latter being necessary to complete the thought 
of the former; such parallelism is called synthetic. 

Note 4. — Another kind of parallelism not illustrated in this pas- 
sage is the antithetic, in which the second member is in contrast 
with the first. 

4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1. § 80. Tabular View, Synopses of ^* (— ^^) in various 

stems. 

2. § 80. 1. The treatment of original ^ when initial. 

3. § 80. 2. a, b, The two treatments in the Kal Impf., 

Imv., and Inf. const. 

4. § SO. 3. a-c, The treatment of ^ when medial. 



Lesson 44. 159 



Note 1. — In the study of verbs y'£ , follow the order indicated 
in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given 
under § 80. 1 — 3. 

Note 2.— Use for practice (1) ^> sit. dwell, (2) -j^* "bring 
forth, and (3) gjy (with a, in Kal Impf.) be dry. 
5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) He will dwell, 1 I shall 
dwell, thou (f.) shalt dwell, dwell thou (f.) to dwell, to bring forth, 1 
thou (f.) shalt bring forth; (2) He will know, 1 to know, 
we shall know; (3) He will sleep, 2 1 shall sleep, we shall sleep; (4) 
He will be brought forth, thou wilt be known, he will be feared; (5) 
He will cause to dwell, I shall cause to know, to cause to bring forth, 
he was brought forth; (6) He was caused to know, she will be 
caused to bring forth. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Hear ye (m.) my voice, 
and give ear to that which Ht^J<"n^ ^ shal1 sav > ( 2 ) Adah and 
Zillah were the wives of Lantech; (3) Why didst thou kill the man 
whom I sent to theet (4) Gain was avenged seven-fold; (5) He gave 
him to Qod; (6) They began (Hif.) to call on the name of God. 

3. To be written with points and vowel-signs: — Genesis IV. 23-26 
from the unpointed text. 

4. To be written out: — Synopses of the verbs ■yp in Kal, Hif. 
and H8f., of *jy in Hif. and HSf., and of $y in Kal, Pi'el and 
Hif. 

5. To be described:— The forms W, $W\ H*7J1; ty~V, W", 

rrii, nin, i^v irrix T*?in, ywi . 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The ending y__. (2) The form of the fem.-ending before 
suffixes. (3) The H6f. of verbs f"£. (4) The a in the Middle- Vowel 
Kal Perfects. (5) The Hof. of verbs V"V- (6) Synonymous parallel- 
ism. (7) Synthetic parallelism. (8) Antithetic parallelism. 



160 Lesson 45. 



LESSON XLV.— REVIEW. 
1. WORD-REVIEW. 

1. Arrange in alphabetical order the roots of all verbal forms 
both old and new, occurring in the third and fourth chapters. 

2. Arrange in alphabetical order the nominal forms of these 
chapters, using in each case the form of the absolute state. 

3. Arrange in alphabetical order the various particles, preposi- 
tions and adverbs occurring in these chapters. 

2. VERSE-REVIEW. 

1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read 
aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 

2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, 
and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert 
the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the 
pointed text, and note the mistakes; repeat the exercise till each 
verse can be pointed without mistake. 

3. GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 

1. Compare the forms of the Kal Perf . ( 3 m. sg. ) as they appear 
in the strong verb and in the various other classes of verbs, § 87. 
1. (Perfect.) 

2. Compare the forms of the Kal Impf. stem yak-tul (3 m. sg.) 
as they appear in the strong verb and in the various other classes 
of verbs, § 87. 1. (Impf. with o). 

3. Compare the same of the stem yak-tal, and of yak-til, § 87. 1. 

4. Compare the forms of the Hifil Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) 
as they appear in the strong verb, and in the various other classes 
of verbs, § 87. 3. 



1 This verb forms its Kal as described in § 80. 2. a. 

2 This verb forms its Kal as described in § 80. 2. 6. 



Lesson 45. 161 



5. Compare the forms of the Nifal Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) 
as they appear in the strong verb and in the* various other classes 
of verbs, § 87. 4. 

Note- — This includes (1) the statement of the forms, and (2) an 
explanation of the vowel-changes which are seen in each form. 

4. EXERCISES. 

To be translated into Hebrew: — 

1. He made man in the sixth day, and rested in the seventh day. 

2. He will sanctify the seventh day, and will rest in it. 

3. The woman will eat the fruit, and of it she will give to her 
husband who will eat with her. 

4. In the day of your ruling the earth. 

5. This is the day in which God spoke to the man. 

6. Let us make for ourselves large girdles. 

7. I gave her fruit, and we ate. 

8. She gave him fruit, and he ate. 

9. Cursed is the earth, because thou didst eat from this tree. 

10. God made known to the woman that the man should rule over 

her. 

11. I shall call the name of my wife Eve. 

12. We found in the field the fruit which God commanded not to eat. 

13. The man will serve the ground whence he was taken. 

14. I shall put forth my hand and take the fruit and eat. 

15. The woman conceived and bare a son. 

16. Did not Abel bring to God from the firstlings of his flock? 

17. The blood of thy brother hath cried out to God. 

18. And Cain went out from Eden, and dwelt in the land of Nod. 

19. Abel ivas the son of Eve, and Tubal Cain was the son of Zillah. 

20. Why didst thou kill the man whom I sent to theet 



162 Lesson 46. 



LESSON XLVL— GENESIS V. 1—16. 

1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) nsD, (2) rrrr, o) wuftv* (4) nm (5) nrot, (6) rubtf 

v J- t t : t •• - - v : 

(7) r\% (s) y&m (9) ttforr, do) jntr, (id maw ow, 1 (12) 

Wytfty (13) D'Kn*, (14) "tiWf, (15) DW, 

2. NOTES. 

V. 1. IjDD fit -™ 5 ( is tli e) book-of; this took would be 
ntn ^fiDJlr- nn'pin ( for taw-PdoQ), § 98. 3; used only in pi., 
from -j^"). — fftf* K*"D Di^» * w ^ e day °f the seating of God,; 
"^ being definite, $$*£) is definite, and consequently Q"j* is definite, 
Principle 4.— ^3, Kal Inf. const, of $03, 

V. 2. DK"1-J' on — ' § 71 - L b - (1) ' on — under T § 71 - !• &• 

t t : ; t 

(2); on _ under J< , § 71. 1. 0. (3.)— Tp*V §§ 75. 1. o; 21. 3; 

ONTOI!, tne first _-=MeOeg, the second — iSilluk; on D. f.§ 72. 2; 
the Q __, same as in QfcO*} , 

T T T ; 

v. 3. *rW' for rvrw from irn Wve ' as wi for ?nT5 from 

J-pJ-f &e. — pj^ nKQI D*^ 1 ?^ lit -» *^ r *2/ aw ^ ° hundred of year; 

t t t t - ; : 

note that ( 1 ) the word for thirty is the plural of three ( vf-fty ) , ( 2 ) 
the word for hundred is const., (3) the word for #ear is sg. — *"| t 7J^ 
Hif. of -jSl H^), § 80. 3. 0; on_ for _ , §§ 21. 3; 36. 4. a; on 

- T - T V 

_for *__, § 70. 3. R. 

V. 4. ify , § 116. 12. — ♦irTN> noun in P lllr - const- used as a 
preposition, § 119. 3. a.— H^iiT Hif * Inf " const ( for haw-lid) 
with suffix \ — jliJDI D^3» see tlie variou s forms of these words, 

T • T 

§ 116. 9, 10. 

1 Twelve, not given in the Vocabulary in this form. 
a "Xis the abbreviation of Q*TtbN* 



Lesson 46. 163 



Vs. 5, 6. *n » ^ ai Perf - 3 m - sg - of tne V"V root ^n » § 85, 

1. — f)f2*) (way-y^-moQ), pausal for J"|E*V § 86# *■■ e * R> — C^'OH 
D\3C» tne numeral S S- in form, the subst. plural. 

Vs. 8—io. rv)&y D*ri£> nt " iw;o ten = tw^ve; dtii?>» a ex- 
traction of Q^J^' (cf. *£)$, ch. IV. 19), and pnJJMf, a' form of 

i&ry *™.-DW'n> pi. oi'ny&n or ywn »*»*— rin## tran 

lit., five ten =. fifteen, cf. above. 

Vs.13, 16. D^ITIN' P lur - of Hl^X or ^3")N four.—jyyftp, 
plur. of nt^lT or t^^ siar - 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
V. 4.— "n^in H(1X — A f ter his begetting — after he had begotten. 

Principle 19. — Where the Hebrew uses a preposition and an In- 
finitive, the English prefers a conjunction and a finite verb. 

v. 6.-D*X> tT'DIl: DW y3#; BP# ^V- 

Five years; seven years; ten years. 

Principle 20. — With the numerals 3 — 10 the noun is put in the 
plural. 

Principle 21. — The numerals 3 — 10 assume the secondary or 
masculine form, when the noun is feminine. [0\J[Jf is feminine, 
though it has a masculine ending.] 
V. 5.-n#> D V ^V'; fi# DW'ri; BPJQtf 

il%$* — Thirty years; ninety years; seventy years. 

T T 

Principle 22.— The tens, formed by changing p|__ of the units 
to Q*__ (except QHC'l* twenty, from -)jyty ten), have the ac- 
companying noun in the singular. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 117. General view, The numerals 1—10. 11, 12, 20—90, 100, 

1,000 

2. § 117. 1 — 8, The formation and use of the Cardinals. 

3. § 117. 9 — 12, The formation and use of the Ordinals. 

4. Word-Lists. Verbs numbered SI— 90 in List III. 



164 Lesson 46. 



5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Seven years; (2) Nine 
years; (3) Forty years; (4) Sixty years; (5) Three sons; (6) Three 
daughters; (7) Thirty sons and thirty daughters; (8) Forty days 
and forty nights; (9) Four heads; (10) Fifty days; (11) The seven 
stars; (12) Seven of the stars; (13) Four seasons; (14) Twenty- 
seven days; (15) Owe hundred and fifty-nine years. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) This (is) a good book; 
(2) This good book was given to me; (3) In his own likeness God 
created man; (4) In the day that God made earth and heaven 
(Heb. order, In day of making of God); (5) In the day that God 

created man (Heb. order, In day of creating of God man); (6) 
After he had begotten a son (Heb., after his begetting a son); (7) 
And the man lived three hundred and forty-eight years; (8) And 
he begat four sons and three daughters, and he died; (9) And all 
the days of the man which he lived upon the face of the earth after 
he had begotten sons, were nine hundred and ninety-nine years. 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 1 and 2 of chap- 
ter V. 

4. To be written: — A verbal form of the Kal Imperfect 3 m. sg. 
in each of the classes of verbs. 

5. To be written: — The numerals 1 — 10 in English letters. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) Position and agreement of the demonstrative. (2) Nouns 
formed by prefixing rt # (3) The vowel-changes in qSjoJ}, (4) 

t t I : 

The short form of j-y/^ Imperfects (5) Position and agreement of 
numerals. (6) y£) Hlf'ils. (7) Prep, with plur. form. (8) yy 
Kal Perfect 3 m. sg. (9) yw Kal Impf. 3 m. sg. with Waw convers. 
in pause. (10) Formation of numerals 20—90. (11) The various 
forms of the word for one hundred. (12) The form of the numerals 
3 — 10 with fern, nouns, with masc. nouns. 



1 The word of after a cardinal must be expressed by YO, 



Lesson 47 165 



LESSON XLVIL— GENESIS V. 17-32. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) ora (2) ntrm (3) t . 

- t V - : I" T 

2. NOTES. 

Vs. 17—21. V.T1, on Me0eg, § 18. 5; on _, § 74. 2. &. R. 2; 
on omission of third radical, § 82. 2. t^DH, used with a fem. noun; 
form with masc. noun, r\&Dn> ordinal, >£>>ftn, — □*£)£>, fem. 
of Q^^'; cf. >n£>'» ch - IV - 19 ~ JT^ riN-PI m -> and-(a)-hundred- 

of year.— n^inp < v - 21 >» p ausal for n^'inp . 

Vs. 22 — 24. Tl^nrH' form and synopsis? force of HiQpa'el 
expressed here by the word live. — *£* -t ?3 'iTV D - *■ in D after 
disj. accent; verb in sg. agreeing with hn, while in v. 17 it was pi., 
agreeing with *D\~ }I)W (We-nen-nu) ; on ♦_, § 111. 2. R. 1; 
on J_» §§ US- 2. c; 71. 2. c. (3) and N. 1; on the D. f. in j, § 71. 
2. c. N. 2; four elements, } f jij^ j _, !|J-|; on • , § 24. 5. 

a p 
V. 29. ,*7f, these accents need not be considered here. — I^^H^ 

Pi'el Impf. 3 m. sg. of the ?"£) and >y laryng. root Qpfj com- 
fort, with the suffix ^ us; on D. f. of Pi'el in pj, § 75. 1. o; on _ 

§ 71. 2. c. (2).— ta^Jtpp, made U P of |P* fi^Jflp ( § 96 ' l >« 

and fa— [iDVJ/OV made U P of 1 (§ 49. 2), £ (§ 48. 2), and the 
const, state of fj^VjJ, the_yieldingto 9*wft, § 109. 3. a. — ffl*f sg. 
■jt dual Qt"|» ; before suffixes the old construct ending ay is used; 

T • i~ T 

this before «|} is contr. to 6, § 108. 3. &.— JTVlN Ce-r'rah), Pi'el 
Perf. 3. m. sg. of the 'ft laryng., and V"V verb "HX cursc I 
for *nK, but -) refuses D. f. (§ 75. 1. a), hence -pX; »1_ De " 



166 Lesson 47. 



comes |"]__, § 71. 1. c. N. — "* J-pHN It^K lit, » wJlich cursed-Tier 
the Lord = which the Lord cursed. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

v. 27. rf?t£*ino w^s vn*v~ And weee al1 the days °f 

Methusaleh. 

T\ti7 ^D*" 1 ?^ *iT*1 — ^ nd WAS a ^ ^ e days °^ Lantech. 
Principle 23. — The verb in such cases as these may be placed 
either in the singular or in the plural 

V. 31. niJT JTHK "ltTK~ Which the Lord cursed. 
Principle 24. — *lfc^{$ is a particle indicating the subordinate 
character of the following clause. The subordinate idea may be 
relative, temporal, causal, etc. In a relative clause having the 
relative as object of the verb, that object is expressed by a pronom- 
inal suffix attached to the verbal form. In a majority of cases, 
however, the pronominal suffix is not expressed. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 88. 1 — 4 What is included in inflection of nouns. 

2. § 89. 1,2; 109. 4. 5. Strong and weak Segolates. 

3. § 90. 1, 2, Nouns with two, originally short, vowels. 

4. § 91. 1, 2, Nouns with one short and one long vowel. 

5. § 92. 1 — 3, Nouns with one long and one short vowel. 

6. Word-Lists. The verbs numbered 91—100 in List III. 

Note. — In the study of noun-formation, copy promiscuously, on a 
slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun 
and classify it, noting (1) its root with the meaning of the same, (2) 
the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes which 
these original vowels have suffered, (4) the force of the formation, 
(5) the meaning of the word. 



Lesson 47. 167 



5. EXERCISES. 

1. Form nouns as follows: — (1) From /I}, a tt-class Segolate, 
a noun of the third class (a — a) ; (2) from ^117, a w-class Segolate, 
a noun of the second class, (a — a) ; (3) from D")I7, an a-class Segol- 
ate, a ti-class Segolate (masc. and fern.), a noun of the fourth class 
(a — I), a noun of the second class (a — I) ; (4) from "TDi^, an a-class 
Segolate, a fern, noun of the third class (a — a); (5) from [£N» a 
w-class Segolate, a fern, noun of the third class (i — u), a noun of 
the third class (a — a), two nouns of the second class (a — a, a — I) ; 
(6) from DDE. an i-class and a w-class Segolate, a noun of the 
third class (a. — a); (7) from D"Jp, a noun of the second class 
(a — i), a noun of the third class (a — a). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Will Noah comfort 
Lamech from the work of his hands? (2) God cursed (Pi'el) the 
ground which he had created; (3)7 will walk (HIGpa'el) with God, 
ivho created (Heb., the one creating) the heavens and the earth; 
(4) The sorrow of Cain ivas exceedingly great; (5) The man whom 
God cursed will die. 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 28 and 29 of 
chapter V. 

4. To be written: — A verbal form of the Hif'Il Perf. 3 m. Bg. 
in each of the classes of verbs. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The Kal Impf's of p|\1, iTIT (2) The word D'fltP- < 3 > 

T T T T '4- I 

Various forms of the word for one hundred. (4) Particles with 
verbal suffixes. (5) Synopsis of Qfl^ in Pi'el. (6) Synopsis of *pj>{ 

- T - T 

in Pi'el. (7) Mappik. (8) A-class, /-class, C7-class Segolates. (9) 
Laryngeal, ]"$, $"$, Y)}, V 'V and H" 1 ? Segolates. (10) Feminine 
Segolates. (11) Meaning of Segolates. (12) Nouns with two short 
vowels. (13) Nouns with one short and one long vowel. (14) 
Nouns with one long and one short vowel. 



168 Lesson 48. 



LESSON XLVIIL— GENESIS VI. 1-8. 
1. NEW WORDS. 
(1) Ml, (2) nm, (3) n% (4) OH? (in the text. UMf), (5) 

- T ~ T I T~ 

d^ax (6) 1133/ (7) *i2p/ (s) rostra o) a^ ao pa (id 

• • : :-i" t t -:r •• | - 

Dm (in NIL)/ (12) D¥tf/ (13) HfTOi (14) Jll. 

- T ~ T T T » " 

V. 1. *?n?7» from ^IT § 85 ' 1 - a ' 4 - d; on _ under pj, § 85. 
5. c; synopsis in Hif.? — ^Hj, prep. ^ with pretonic a; ^'l » in '- 
const, from ^3^, § 85. 1. a; synopsis in Kal? 

V. 2. 1NTV Kal Impf. 3 m. pi. of pftf*V on loss of third radical 

: • - t t 

(♦), § 82. 2.— V£j and fyj^J, constructs of Qfjjp, ntij— ]"£}&' cf - 
DiDr fOlID/ DOitO fVDiD; 6 written defectively.— pgjfj, D. f. 
firmative, §§ 15. 6; 50. 3. e. — J|n5*V from lip 1 !? * afce / on assim. 
of ^, § 78. 2. R. 2; on omission of D. f. and on Raf£, §§ 14. 2; 
16. 2; synopsis in Kal?— Q^'J, § lie. 7.— Y1H3' pausal for 

• T IT T 

VTO* 

-;it 

V. 3. pjl* » Kal Impf. 3 m. sg. The form looks like that of 
^•j^t , but it may be from 7}-| , with o written like as some- 
times happens. Nothing certain is known as to either form or 
meaning. — Dj|{&0» rather to be read QJJJJJ3 = in (their) wander- 

— : t - : 

ing; from yyyj ', with a. instead of u in the inf. est; the traditional 

- T 

rendering in that also is based on the analysis 3 in, ^ = that 
(§ 53. 2), m also—yitf, cf. yaw, y^ft, § 108. 3. d. 

- T T T - T T 

V. 4. It^K fi"**inN lit -' a ft er so, when = afterwards, when. — 
Mi^ > cf - the P aradi g m -form ^p* > tt& °" is for a » tne form cor- 
responding to yak-tal not yak-tul; § 86. 1. c; the Impf. designates 
habitual action in past time. — D**"li)JH » § 93, 4 - c - — ti7)V * § 92 * 



Lesson 48. 169 



1— ♦EOtf, const, of 0*£ON, which is plur. of £^N , § 116. 5. 

V. 5. n3"v an adJ - fem - sgl from 2~\> §§ 100, 1 - a; 109, 5 - 

&•— run> const of nin.— *■)¥*> § 89 - L & -— rbcTiD> const 

- t t t vj" : : ~ 

pl. of rrp^na — tjfr an yy i-class Segolate; §§ 100. 1. a, 
109. 5. b. 

vsu e-s. orr|?3 • §§ 21 - 3 » 65 - *■ °- D.yynn . cf - tfrrtra 

in ch. V. 22.— HTON' on H_ = d § 82 - L 6 -~~ ^ilfrOD' on repeated 
accent, § 23. 6; on — under -) , § 83. 1.— ♦JiprO, for 'TODl], 
the second ^ being assimilated and the D. f. implied in f-|; Nif. Pert. 
1 c. sg. of DfO' NIf - = re vent, Pi'el (ch. V. 29) = comfort.— 

- T 

tiTW]?' on ^ instead of — , § 71. 1. b. (1) ; the I with j-\, written 

defectively.— 0*1/3' on first *_> § 109 - 5 - a » on second t__, § 107. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

V. 4. — DHI"! D*0*3» — ln ihe da, y s the those = In those days. 

Principle 25. — The 3rd personal pronoun is used as the remote de- 
monstrative (that, those), and as such stands after its noun, agree- 
ing with it in gender, number and definiteness. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 03. Nouns with second radical reduplicated. 

2. §§ 96, 97. Nouns with Q prefixed; their signification. 

3. § 98. Nouns with j-\ prefixed. 

4. § 99. Nouns formed by means of affixes. 

5. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 101 — 110 in List III. 

Note. — In the study of noun-formation, copy promiscuously, on a 
slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun 
and classify it, noting (1) its root, with the meaning of the same, 
(2) the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes 



x The Kal Perf. 3 f. sg. of 22*1 would be,l2"l. 



170 Lesson 48. 



which these original vowels have suffered, (4) the force of the 
formation, (5) the meaning of the word. 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. Form nouns as follows: — (1) from "fQ*?, a noun with ft pre- 
fixed (a, — a), and one with f) (a — i) ; (2) from ^3$>$, a fern, w-class 
Segolate, a noun with D prefixed (a — a) ; (3) from *"T£Tt, a ^-class 
Segolate, a noun with £ prefixed (a — a); (4) from *"OJl» an o-class 
Segolate, a noun with second radical doubled (i — a) ; (5) from *)Dt> 
an a-class Segolate, a fern, i-class Segolate, a noun with £ pre- 
fixed (i — a); (6) from *")£)D. an i-class Segolate, a noun with £ 
prefixed (i — a). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — The daughters of men were 
exceedingly fair Cy\*£) ; (2) Mankind multiplied; (3) We chose 
wives from all the daughters of men; (4) I have found favor in his 
eyes; (5) From eternity unto eternity I am God; (6) I grieved in 
my heart; (7) 7 will not repent that I have made them; (8) Those 
heroes are the men of renown (name). 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 1, 2 of chapter VI. 

4. To be written: — A verbal form of the Hif'il Impf. 2 m. sg. 
in each of the classes of verbs. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) yy Hifils. (2) The absence of 1 in verbs ft**j. (3) The 
various forms of the words for son, daughter. (4) The personal pro- 
nouns. (5) The demonstrative pronouns. (6) The words fj'-jt and 
DJl&O* ( 7 ) Tlie words meaning his faces, his nostrils, his days, his 
eyes. (8) The Impf. of habitual action in past time. (9) V"V 
i-class Segolates. (10) The remote demonstratives. (11) Nouns with 
second radical reduplicated. (12) Nouns with ft prefixed. (13) 
Nouns with J-j prefixed. (14) Nouns with affixes. 



Lesson 49. 171 



LESSON XLIX.— GENESIS VI. 9-15. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) pnv, (2) D*on, (3) m (4) nnw, (5) doit (6) mn, 

\ ■ - T "T TT T " 

(7) *\bi, (s) jp, (9) im, (10) pa (id nto, (12) nox, (13) 
rpfc, (14) nrn, (15) raip. 

2. NOTES. 

v. 9. n^N . § 52 - 1- c - rrfpin . § 9 »- l— vn-1'15 = c« 

3, (2) *VH, (3) j-yj, (4) V_ < cf - V£)X): on the P L ending y_ 
after the pi. ending 66, § 108. 4 and N.— p^tf. § 93, 5 - — DWV 
§ 91. 1. b. — "NfVfiN' nere tne P re P- voitht not the sign of the def. 
object. 

vs. io, ii. -f7i>v §§ 8 °- 3 - & ; 7 °- 3 - a - ( 2 >> (3).— nrrtwu 

• r - t • - 

Synopsis?— tf^DflV Synopsis? 

vs. 12, 13. nnncO' pausal for ruvjtjft' Nif - p erf. 3 f. of 

nW« Synopsis?— ^n^p]' Synopsis?— }3*n, from TH^ cf - 
TpJ and \jHf, D^V and to*?X — **3 (ba ')> either Perf. or Part, 
in form, § 86. 1. a, g.— IJ£^ , § 108. 3. a. (1).— HN^O • Synopsis? 
— *}jnV tne ady erbial Particle TJ-j or pf^pf with a verbal suffix, 
§ 118. 2. a.— D/VTO'O mf - P art - of nrW' witn suf - D— . 

Vs. 14, 15. TVffV. C's6(h)), § 82. 1. f.— fijg), const of PDA, 
the — being unchangeable.— *\jy» const, of D*VU, cf. ^Q from 
DM13 *~" D*3p' plur " of |P' an yy i-class Segolate, § 109. 5. b; 
cf. ^. — HldDV witn accen t on ultima, § 70. 3. b; cf. change from 

)r : - it : 

ult. to penult in "IID^.— T^inOI jTDO' f rom house and fro™ out- 
side = within and without.— tH&$F\ $ cf TWV^ (cn - I 26 )- — 
H!3ni 0'6h-bah). on — (6) under *| , § 111. 1. R. 1; on ft 

T T T 

§ 108. 1. R. 1. 



172 Lesson 49. 



3. PRINCIPLES OF 8YNTAZ. 
V. 10.— Qtp nvfyy?— Three sons. 

Principle 26. — When the substantive is masculine, the feminine 
form of the numeral is employed; and when the numeral is a unit, 
the plural form of the substantive is employed. 

v. is.— nnK nwvn iwx rft)~ And tMs is how tn ° u s?ialt wcfee 

t v ~: i~ v - : v : 

it. 

Principle 27. — The relative particle often introduces subordinate 
clauses that are not strictly relative clauses. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 100, Nouns from bi-literal roots. 

2. § 104, Various ways of forming noun-stems. 

3. § 105, The Formation of Cases. 

4. Word-Lists, Verbs numhered 111 — 120 in Lists III and IV. 

5. EXERCISES. 
1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Noah had (Heb., were to 
Noah) three sons; (2) The sons of Noah were not righteous; (3) 
The earth was corrupt, and it was full of violence; (4) The way of 
all flesh was corrupt; (5) God will destroy the earth and all who 
dwell upon it; (6) Thou shalt make a house; its length shall be 
twenty cubits, its breadth, twelve cubits, its height, twenty-four 
cubits. 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 14 and 15 of 
chapter VI. 

4. To be written: — A verbal form of the Nif'al Perfect 3 m. sg. 
in each of the classes of verbs. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The demonstrative pronoun. (2) Nouns formed by reduplica- 
tion of second radical. (3) "j")jtf > a preposition. (4) The 6 of y'£ 



Lesson 50. 173 



Hifils. (5) The characteristics of the Nifal Impf. (6) Primary 
form of w-class Segolates. (7) Adverbs with verbal suffixes. (8) 
The e" of ft" 1 ? imv's. (9) $"]} i-class Segolates. (10) Change of 
accent after Waw Convers. with Perfect. (11) The form of it-class 
Segolates before pron. suffixes. (12) Relics of the nominative 
case-ending. (13) The He Directive. (14) Other relics of the accusa- 
tive case-ending. 



LESSON L.— GENESIS VI. 16-22. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) Tto (2) 7t>vtiin, (3) nv, (4) »nnn, (5) d»m>\ (6) 

- j t : j- : • ' : ~ • • : 

vnfijti* (7) "tod, (s) yu (9) Dip, (10) nnz, ciu cjdk . 

2. NOTES. 
V. 16. iriV' § 89 - 1 - c -~ n&yp (t^"^(h), on-^ under fl , § 
74. 2. a; on the— under y, § 74. 3. 6; on «-j__ f § 82. 1. fc. — 

nifoOFi* made up of (1) n^n* witn H— iackin ^ (2) nj_ 

which is for j-j^_ , §§ 72. 3; 71. 2. c. (3) and Notes 1, 2; cf. ^y^ 
(eh. II. 2).-— ffjyo'jg made up of m, ^, ^yp and |f_ direc- 
tive; note (1) the Rafe, (2) Zakef katon, (3) simple S'wa under 
]}', on j-|__, § 105. 2. a.— HIM (b'sid-dah), from W ^ith suf. 
^__, the original — being attenuated in sharpened syl. — Q^*J1 
Kal Impf. 2 m. sg. of the t"y verb Q^jjf put. — ni^JttV same as 
the word above, with pron. suf. fj , 

V. 17. ^XV §§ 49 - 3; 50 - 3 - rf; nere emphatic, being cut off by 
R'vi(a)'. — '^Jl ' a P arti cle with verbal suffix, § 118. 2. a. — W2*2 
Hif. participle from ^"j*j ; on preformative — , § 86. 3. c; on stem- 
vowel,— , § 86. 1. d. — rintr 1 ?' Pi'el Inf - const, of the 'T* laryng. 



174 Lesson 50. 



verb nnt^' the D - f - being im P lied in n» § 75 - L 6 -~-jw* p ausai 

for p)y>, Kal Impf. of yy , § 76. 1. a. 

v. is. >nbpnv on v §§ 49 - 3 ; 70 - 2 - b ; on n» § 86 - 3 - *; 

— is i written defectively; 6 is separating vowel, § 86. 2. a. 

nntf' p &usal for ^W' the prep - hn «*«i; cf. ^rt*. ™ wnic]i 

;-\K = j-\#, the sign of the def. object.— n&OV Kal Perf - 2 m * 
sg. of J$"J2, witn Waw conversive. 

Vs. 19, 20. >£jn> instead of *ITT with D - f - implied.— ^V^, 
Hif. Impf. 2 m. sg.; § 86. 1. tf. and 3. a — n^nf! 1 ?* mf - Inf - c o nst - 
of n^fl ; on Hi' § 82, 1 * e * — 1N&*» a seemingly irreg. Kal Impf. 
3 m. pi. of tfiS , 

Vs. 21, 22. np_, Kal Imv. of ftp. 1 ? - § 78. 2. R. 2.— ^ptfp, §§ 
96. 1; 97. 2.— ^5^» § 74. 1.— JlDDNl , on the shifting of tone, 

§ 70. 3. b; on MeQeg, § 18. 1.— H^V* pi<el Perf- 3 m. sg. of HIV 
command; on — , § 59. 1. a; on fj__, § 82. 1. a. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
V. 17.&OD \13J7 *JJO — ^- nc * '» behold I am about to bring. 

Principle 28. — The Participle is often used to designate an action 
which is to take place in the immediate future. 

V. 17.— D^Q l ?1D£rrnN~~ !r7ie f lood ' < tnat is ) water; not the flood 

of water. 

Principle 29. — A noun in the construct state cannot receive th3 
article; hence, in cases like this, the second noun must be in appo- 
sition with the first. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 106. 1, 4, The masculine singular and plural. 

2. § 106. 2. a — c, The three-fold treatment of the original fern. 

affix n , 



Lesson 50. 175 



3. § 106. 3, 5, The fern. plur. and the dual. 

4. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 121 — 130 in List IV. 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be written: — (1) Masc. and fern, sg., masc. and fern. pi. of 
y\Q good, of ^-jj great; (2) Fern. pi. of j-fl^ sign, -yJX/D lu ~ 
minary; (3) Dual of Viy eye. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Behold, I am about to rain 
upon the earth; (2) I will destroy all flesh in which is the spirit of 
lives; (3) Thou didst establish (= cause to stand) a covenant with 
me; (4) Will he keep the covenant which he established with them? 
(5) Male and female they shall enter the ark, and for them thou 
shalt take food which may be eaten; (6) Noah collected food in 
order to preserve alive the fowl and the beast (3) and the cattle, and 
all that was in the ark. 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 18 and 19 of 
chap-er VI. 

4. To be written: — The Nif'al Perf. 3 m. sg., and Impf. 3 m. sg. 
of a verb of each of the classes. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) The p|_ of p| "S Impf s. (2) The suffix fjj_. (3) He direct- 
ive. (4) Rafe. (5) Zakef katon. (6) The Kal Impf. of verbs »"« 
(7) ^ before a laryngeal with S'wa. (8) The vowel-changes in J<^2 , 
(9) 'V laryng. Pi'els. (10) The vowel-points in VJDpnV ^ 1:L ^ Dif- 
between J-\^ with, and j-\j^ sign of def. object. (12) '£ laryng. Nif- 
'als. (13) The retention of the original fern, j-j . (14) A later usage of 
*p\ (15) The origin of pj_ . (16) Affixes for plur. fern, and masc, 
and for the dual. 



176 Lesson 51. 



LESSON LI.— GENESIS VII. 1-8. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) num (2) my, (3) d*win, (4) nno, (5) oip» ♦ 

t • t : - t t I : 

2. NOTES. 

v. 1. -tptf'V § 79 - 1 -— N'2» £ ai Imv -?tfV> on V' § 109, 5> 
a; on — , § 108. 1. o. (2). — VVJO* tbje * Dein £ attenuated from g, 
§ 82. 3. b. — \3£)S to my faces, on \_, § 108. 3. a. (1). — ^"|, on 6, 
§ 30. 6. a 

vs. 2, 3. rnint?' § 106 - 2 - c -- wn. § 5 °- 3 - «■— nwri^ 

Pi'el Inf. const, of J-|*n » cf - nVtlH in cn - VI - 20 - 

Vs. 4, 5. TDOD» synopsis in Hifll; cf. Principle 28. — 
DV D^WTW ' tne numera l being plur. in form, the subst. is sg. — 
WTOV on '— (ct VY*0 above), § 82. 3. 6; from pjnft .— 
DID*!"!' on omiss ion of D. f. from *, § 14. 2; on formation, § 95. 
2.— *£Vi#y, on 1, § 82. 3. 6; cf. WW!}. and VTNH — ^V' for 

m ^ and jjhi = ink nw < VI - 22 >- 

Vs. 7, 8. JO^ , § 86. 1. c; the 6 is rounded from a — YXy\, 
on y_ , § 108. 3. d.~ }£]# with him; cf. }pfe — )(-him.— HIW, 

T • T k V « 

for n".D"^K » on *— ' § 109, 5 ' a; on J—' § 71, 2 ' c> N ' 1; on tne 

t : v •• 

contraction, ft}__ , § 71. 2. c. N. 2; on particle with suff., § 118. 
2. c. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

V. 2.— ftjf^ttf HiOC — Seven, seven = by sevens. 

V. 9. D'JtJJ D*3&T — rwo > two rr by twos, in pairs. 

Principle 30. — Words are often repeated in order to express the 
distributive relation. 



Lesson 51. 177 



hundred years = And Noah was six hundred years old. 
Principle 31. — The word jrj is commonly used to express a 
characteristic; e. g. a son of wisdom — a wise son. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 107. 1, 2, The Absolute and Construct states. 

2. § 107. 3, Substitution of j-j_ for j-j_ in the construct. 

3. § 107. 4, Restoration of original f\ in the construct. 

4. § 107. 6, Substitution of >__ for rv__ and Qt_ . 

5. § 107. 6. Rm. 3. Explanation of the Construct form. 

6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 131 — 140 in List IV. 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. To be written: — The corresponding construct forms of niTV 

•.J : • T - T T J- ■ T " T • T 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) The shepherd of the flock 
was a good man; (2) What did God call the collection of waters? 
(3) The eyes of the man were opened and he saw; (4) Noahs ark 
was made of gopher wood; (5) Noah took into the ark of the clean 
cattle and of the cattle ichich were not clean; (6) The man was 
forty years old; (7) God rained upon the earth forty days and forty 
nights. 

3. To be written in English letters: — Verses 1, 2 of chapter VII. 

4. To be written: — Synopses of the verb ^IN in Kal, Pi. and 

Hif., of fc^JH in £ al - NIf - and Hif » and of 2"in in £ al ' 
NIf., Pu. f Hif. a'nd H5f. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 

(1) The 6 of verbs tf"£. (2) Synopsis in Kal of jfl?}. (3) >"W 

Segolates before suffixes. (4) The i of JT / Perf's before consonant 
terminations. (5) Omission of D. f. (6) The vowels in ,133*N , 



178 Lesson 52. 



(7) Explanation of the Construct form. (8) The substitution of 
ff_ for j-|_ , of *_ for Q»_ and Q»_ . ( 9 ) The restoration of f\_ 
in the construct. 



LESSON LII.— GENESIS VII. 9-16. 

1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) ftfttf, (2) BMn* (3) i^rnw, (4) yra, (5) m, 

v j t t it : I - t It? - 

(e) rnnK, (7) rrnf>, (s) am, (9) niay, (10) nya. 

2. NOTES. 

Vs. 9, 10. }frto ,accent, § 36. 6. — *")£f'{0» according as, the par- 
ticle introducing a subordinate clause of manner, and the preposi- 
tion governing that clause. — D*D'\1 TW^MJh lit -» t0 the he P iad °f 
days, the numeral being in const, relation with the subst. — tjq , const, 
of op. 

Vs. 11, 12. rOfcft, on I, § 47. 2; abs., ftf^", const., f|^', the 

~ : t t - : 

— being reduced, and j-|_ restored, § 106. 2. — rHkROffiflt? * on 
Me0eg, § 18. 4; cardinal for ordinal, § 117. R. 11. — *T?, const, of 
D^rr, § 107. 6.- ^3J, Nif. Perf. 3 pi. of $p£ .- nty#9, 
const, of J"VD*VQ, a denominative from p#, § 103. 2.— HiT] . fern, 
of adj. 2*1 i on tn e D. f. 109. 5. o. — ^IllfiOJ pausal for infl^ 
§ 38. 1. — DC4 an o-class Segolate. 

Vs. 13, i4. ntn tivn D¥V2 * n tfie bone °f this da y — on tliis 

very day. — DJlN' the original i being found in a sharpened syl. — 
— HDil' § SO. 1; on D. f. firmative, § 15. 6.— fl»pJi7« §§ 18. 1; 45. 

T •• T - I" 

*•— rWtf?' §§ 16 ' i": 108 « 1- <*. (1) and R. 1.— ift^S. § 108. 1. 6. 

t • : a" • : 

(1).— TJ9¥, on formation, § 93. 4. c. 

Vs. 15, 16. DOC DOC » re P etiti on giving a distributive sense. 



Lesson 52. 179 



— ^?n» cf - HfeOO (IL 23) ~~ D^H- * al Part - act P 1 - of 
N13» Part, with article = a relative clause: £/iose tfta* went in. 
""UD*V ™ itn * atten. from a, and 6 lowered from u, § 63. 1. a, and 
2. a. — "j - ! 173 » P re P- "1173 around, behind, with suff. ■} Tiim. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 
V. 9. — "J$ j"fl¥ *)t^fcO — According as God commanded. 

Principle 32. — When *^f$$ follows a preposition, the preposi- 
tion governs, not the particle, but the clause. 

V. 11.— H^ J"V)ND~LW rOC3"~ /n (the) V ear °f six hundred 
years = in the six hundredth year. 

Principle 33. — There are no ordinals above ten; hence the cardi- 
nals must serve as ordinals, whenever the context demands. 
V. 13,— Hfi^l DfT)"Dl2^1 fli N^—Went in Noah and Shem and 

Ham and Japhet. 

Principle 34. — The predicate of several subjects united by and 
may stand either in sing, or plur., but it is generally in sing, when 
it precedes. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON 

1. § 108. Tabular View, The noun p^p with pron. suffixes. 

2. § 108. 1. a, b, and R's, Masc. nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 

3. § 108. 2, Fem. nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 

4. § 108. 3. a — d, Masc. nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 

5. § 108. 4, Fem. nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 

6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 141—153 in List IV. 

5. EXERCISES. 
1. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) His day, her day, your 
(m.) day, thy (f.) day, our day, their (m.) day, thy (m.) day; (2) 
Thy lives, her lives, his livs, thy (f. ) lives, our lives, my lives, your 



180 Lesson 52. 



lives; (3) My saying, her saying, your (m.) saying, our saying; (4) 
My signs, your signs, our signs, their signs, thy signs; (5) My fath- 
er, thy brother, our father, your father, thy mouth, her mouth. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Our Father who (art) in 
heaven; (2) Take with thee into the ark thy father and thy sons and 
thy daughters; (3) The fowl according to his kind and the beast ac- 
cording to her kind shall enter the ark two by two; (4) Everything 
in which is the spirit of life shall expire; (5)1 was bom in the eigh- 
teen hundredth year of our Lord, in the seventh month, on the 
twenty-fourth day of the month; (6) The waters of the flood were 
upon the earth many days. 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 13 and 14 of chap- 
ter VII. 

4. To be written: — An exact statement of the origin and force 
of the following suffixes (including the ending of the stem): (1) 

v_, (2) rr_, (3) rp_, ^ W-> w t (e) n_, (7) q_, cs) ri_, 

t t jv I -J- r- t I : I - 

(9) D-, do) >/")_♦ 

T T 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) A preposition with the Relative particle. (2) Use of cardi- 
nals for ordinals. (3) Denominatives formed by prefixing fo t (4) 
y"y stems with affixes. (5) The prep. j-)}$ with suffixes. (6) The 
pronominal suffixes. (7) Kal Part's act. of verbs \'y. (8) The orig- 
inal vowels in *jjjp*. (9) Agreement of predicate. (10) Suffixes 
attached by the connecting vowel a. (11) Suffixes attached by the 
connecting vowel e. (12) Suffixes attached by — (13) The various 
forms assumed by the old construct ending ay before suffixes. (14) 
Plural feminines with pronominal suffixes. 



Lesson 53. 181 



LESSON LIII.— GENESIS VII. 17-24. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) on (2) -dx (3) hd3, (4) vr> (5) poj, (6) nnn (7) *w* 

-T TT - - T T TIT - T 

2. NOTES. 
Vs. 17, 18. !Q*VV on rejection of the third radical *| or 7f § 
82. 2. — !)tfj^y from $&}; J assimilated, but D. f. lost, § 14. 2. 

— D1D1 ( wat-ta'-rSm ) , the second t being in an unaccented 
closed syl., must be 6; usual form of Middle-Vowel Kal Impf., is 
with !), e. g., D*|iri ' Dut witn Waw convers. § 86. 1. e. R. — 

T 

Fljjj, (i) ». (2) nD^. the r °ot, (3) n, 

Vs. 19, 20. )0y)> M with D - f - lost froni »« § 14 - 2 J (2) 

t; (3) T = passive; (4) D. f. in p — intensive; (5) *\ — plur.; 

the root being HDD' cf - f foM (ch - n - 1)— ' DHHH' on the ~ 

T T : - • T I V 

§ 45. 4. — DTQil' froni nDJ' § 109 - 1 - a > Dut PaQah-furtive disap- 
pears when pj ceases to be final, nor is the Mappik any longer neces- 
sary.— pf^ yri?Q> see ch. VI. 16. 

Vs. 21, 22. J^}*\, § 70. 1. o.— HOIpJ. construct of n^H^J.— 

V3N. from W = W8« dua1 ' D*2JSN on V t > § 108 - 3 - d - 

— PQHrD' on ~^ § "* 5, 4 ' ~ under n» on account °f rejection of 
D. f. from ^, the formation being according to § 93. 1. — ITVJi on 
e under ft , § 86. 1. a. R. 

Vs. 23, 24. 1721' for nntpl (S ai Impf.); pj— lacking, and 
a helping vowel ~ inserted, § 82. 5. b. (5); Raft? over Q, to show 
that no D. f. is to be expected. — 11713*! » Nif - Im P f - 3 plur., of same 
root as p|ftT _ ^Xu**V another Nif.; tone receding to penult, 

-J- V ST • " 

final vowel is "••", not — — pfDfiS 1ilN» D - *• in D » ueca use of 
preceding disjunctive accent. — Q^ . sg., although pi. in sense. 



182 Lesson 53. 



3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

V. 19.— 1^0 "!KD~ MiVMity* mightily. 

Principle 34. — Words are often repeated to express intensity or 
emphasis. 

V. 22.— V3&0 .... "lt^N *?3 — ^ in whose nostrils, etc. 

t - : v _ : 

Principle 35. — The -){^$$ which serves as sign of relation for a 
following pronominal suffix is generally separated from the word to 
which the suffix is attached by intervening words. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 109. 1, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone 

one place. 

2. § 109. 2, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone 

two places. 

3. § 109. 3, Stem-changes in the singular construct. 

4. § 109. 3. R. 3, Kal act. participles, and nouns with ultimate e. 

5. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 154 — 166 in List IV. 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. In the case of ^j£^ f les ^ D^il/ eternity, write out (1) the 
const, sg., (2) the form with suffix for my, (3) with suffix for your 
(m.), (4) the plur. abs., (5) the plur. const, (6) the plur. with the 
suffix for my, (7) with the suffix for your (m.). 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) This is my word which I 
have spoken to you; (2) The earth and all which (is) in it is God's; 
(3) All the mountains were covered, and the waters prevailed upon 
the earth; (4) Three men were left with him in the ark; (5) The 
man to (^) whose word I listened was forty years old; (6) And he 
destroyed man and beast, creeper and cattle from upon the ground. 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 22, 23 of ch. VII. 

4. To be written : — Exhaustive analyses of (1) D^QfTlj (2) 

onnrr, (3) rfryo^o, (4) nonaa, (5) aim. 



Lessox 54. ISi 



6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Absence of y or in verbs pj" 1 ? • < 2 ) Assimilation of ^ in 
verbs }"£). (3) The vowels in middle-vowel Kal Imperfects. (4) 
The artile with — . (5) The suffix and ending y_. (6) Each vowel 

T 

in nO^ and inD*l • < 7 ) D - *• after a disjunctive accent. (8) 
When does the tone move one place? (9) When does it move two 
places? (10) The vowel-changes in either case. (11) The forma- 
tion of the singular construct. (12) Nouns with e in the ultima. 



LESSON LIV.— GENESIS VIII. 1-7. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) *m (2) -ny, (3) rpcr, (4) -dd, (5) n^d, (6) norr, (7) 

-T ~T P~T - T TT -T 

rryft, (») in. (9) |fsn (10) arjy, (id #y . 

2. NOTES. 
V. 1. *)3PV 1 atten. from a, o lowered from u; Kal Impf. 3 m. 
sg.; synopsis?— *)31^V on "=■ instead of t_, § 65. 5. &. (1); 
synopsis ? — ?|3^^ , from 7p^', § 85. 1. a, 5. a; the — rounded 
from orig. — ; the 5 with first radical as regularly in V"V verbs; 
the D. f. for strengthening. 

Vs. 2, 3. rOD*V N5f - Im P f - 3 m. plur. of *ftfj = "VID. — 

: IT • - - T * T 

lf?y) ' § 72, 2 — IDtJ^l ' for IDI^I: original u is lengthened 
to u and a of preformative becomes a in open syl. § 86. 1. e, 3. a. 
— Th^n.Inf. abs.jon 6 (=&),§ 67. 1. b. (D.-^^'V on * "» § 4»-4;on 
^55f, Inf. abs., § 86. 1. g.^ SplQff^, on — beforepf. § 74. 2. a; on r 
under |-j, § 74. 3. c— HVpO - f ° r HVPO* on omis - of D - f - § 14 - 
2; on ~ under T), instead of — , § 109. 6. 6; on jf— (§), § 107. 3. 



184 Lesson 54. 



Vs. 4, 5. tlift)> from TO (cf - ^flFlF) ch - n - 15 ) > usual Im P f -> 
f"fl3*, but the form with Waw con vers, has 6, § 86. 1. e. R; but the 

T 

laryng. prefers a. — ^jf , const, pi. of -|pj, which is from *■)%*") ; 

" T T , - T 

hence the — is unchangeable, and stands in the const., §§ 109. 
5. b; 31. 4. N. 2.— *TJDH> Inf - abs - on 6 (=&),§ 67. 1. b. (1) — 

•jV^V Nif. of |-j£0 — *t^}0' con st. plur.; another case of un- 
. . T T T 

changeable — in const.; irreg. plur. of fc^X"")' § 116 * 17 - — D**li7ii 

• T IV 

on the — under pj , § 45. 4. 

vs. 6, 7. nn^v § 76 - !• a -— rV?g*v on ~ under *?» § 76 - 

1. 6.— ^V § SO. 2. a. (1).— ^1^, § 67. 1. b. (1).— figty, a 
fern. Inf. const., § 80. 2. 6. R. 1. 

3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. 

V. 3. — 2i£H Tf'frn • • • tttS^I — And tliey returned i going and re- 
turning. 

V. 7. — 3"J55H NW N^Pl — • 4 - wd ** went forth, going forth and re- 
turning. 

V. 5. — *VJDni ^htl VH D'0171 — And the waters were going on 

and diminishing. 

Principle 36. — The Infinitive absolute, coming after a finite 
verb from the same root, gives to the latter the force of continued 
and lasting action. This idea of continuance is also expressed by 
the use of the verb ^Hft, in wnicn case tlie principal idea is added 
in the form of a second Inf. abs. The thought of the phrases given 
above is: (1) "They went on going backwards"; (2) "It went re- 
peatedly to and fro"; (3) "And the waters were abating continual- 
ly." 

v. 5.— cjnrf? into *"y^]?^-"~ In the tenth ( montn )' ° n the fl> rst 

(lit., one) (day) of (lit., to) the month. 

Principle 37. — In dates (1) the words day and month are often 



Lesson 54. 185 



omitted, (2) the cardinals are often used instead of ordinals, and 
(3) instead of the construct relation, a periphrastic expression by- 
means of ^ is employed. 

4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 109. 4. a — /, Stem-changes in the inflection of Segolates. 

2. § 109. 5. a, b, Stem-changes in the inflection of middle-vowel 

and yy Segolates. 

3. § 109. 6. a, b, Stem-changes in the inflection of pf" 1 ? nouns. 

4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 167 — 180 in List IV. 

5. EXERCISES. 

1. In the case of -j^t, f^j, J-pf, pf-j, HVD' write (1) sg - const -> 
(2) sing, form with suffix your, (3) plur. abs., (4) plur. const, (5) 
plur. form with suffix my. 

2. To be translated into Hebrew: — (1) Remember thou the days 
in which God blessed thee; (2) God caused the waters to return 
from upon the earth; (3) He died in the sixth year, in the seventh 
month, on the fifth day of the month; (4) The words of God are 
good; (5) He will live unto eternities of eternities; (6) The kings 
of the earth shall return unto their land. 

3. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 2, 3 of ch. VIII. 

4. "Write a complete analysis of the following forms: — (1) 

rtrya (2) enrf?, (3) avin, u) napi, (5) rf?g*i. 

6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. 
(1) Vowels of the Kal Impf. 3 m. sg. of a strong verb. (2) V"V 
Kal Impf. (3) Middle-vowel Kal Impf. (4) Nif'al Impf. 3 m. sg. (5) 
Form-of Inf. abs. (6) The o of the Inf. abs. (7) The c of |-|"^ nouns. 
(8) Unchangeable — in const, plur. (9) Article with — . (10) 'S 
laryngeal Pi'el Impf. (11) y*£J Kal Impf. (12) Various forms as- 
sumed by Segolate stems in inflection. (13) Middle-vowel Segolates. 
(14) yy Segolates. (15) H"7 n ouns ending in |f_ , 



186 Lesson 55. 



LESSON LV.— GENESIS VIII. 8-14. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) roi>, (2) ??p, o) rrtiD, (4) rp, (5) «?n, w yn, (7) -m, 

t -|t t I - V j V • •• - 

(s) ny, (9) nu, do) rjnD/ an ^m (12) p#*n, (13) ann, 
(H) m (15) ncop. 

2. VERBAL FORMS. 

[In the case of each form, state (1) stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., 
gen., (4) class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding form of 
b^p. (8) the variation, and the section in the "Elements" which explains 
it. The superior figure indicates the verse in which the word occurs.] 

(i) rhv\* (2) ni^o 1 ?, 8 m ^p, 8 (4) nwfo* (5) z&r\, 9 w 
rf?0>v (7) nnpv (s) *ov (9) ^m, 10 do) nov (id rfw, 10 
(12) N'arv 11 (13) jm u (14) 'jm, 12 (15) nitr, 12 ao >m, 13 (17) 

mtV 8 (is) -\D*V B (19) *OV 3 (20) ffiSfrV* 

:it -<t- : — t ; it 

3. NOMINAL FORMS. 

[In the case of each form, state (1) abs. sg., (2) meaning, (3) formation. 
(4) const, sg., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more suf- 
fixes in sg. and plur.] 

(i) rronN, 8 (2) pfav (3) inv (4) dw° (5) t\vp (6) jvr, u 

T T— ; t : - T • T TjV -J- 

(7) trjrr, 13 (s) rrppp* 13 

4. PARTICLES, PREPOSITIONS, SUFFIXES, ETC. 
[In the case of each, state all that may be known concerning it.] 

a) -m, 8 (2) jp, 8 (3) m 8 (wm, (4) n, 8 (5) -n, 8 (6) ty,* (7) 
y (s) n*?, 9 (9) -^, 9 (10) ^, 9 (id i, 9 (12) jy (13) *?,!! (i4) 
rr-n, 11 (15) v_. 12 



Lesson 56. 187 



5. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 110. 1 — 5, Classification of Noun-stems. 

2. § 111. 1. Tab. View and R's, Strong and Laryngeal Segolates. 

3. § 111. 2. Tab. View and R's, «|"y, i"J} t J-j" 5 ? and $'")} Sego- 

lates. 
4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 181—194 in List 

IV. 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be written: — A word-for-word translation of verses 8 — 14 
of Genesis VIII. 

2. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 9 and 10 of Genesis 
VIII. 

3. To be written: — Five Hebrew sentences of not less than eight 
■words each, based on the verses constituting this lesson. 



LESSON LVI.— GENESIS VIII. 15-22. 
1. NEW WORDS. 

(i) 12% (2) nrrstfo, oo rarp, (4) if?y, (5) nn, (6) nn, 

(7) tim, (s) onijtt, (9) infjj, do ip, (id oh, (12) y\p_, 
(13) t|in . 

2. VERBAL FORMS. 

[In the case of each form, state (1 stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., gen., 
(4) class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding form of S^p 
(8) the variation from the strong form, the reason for the variation, and the 
section in the "Elements" which explains it. The superior figure indicates 
the verse in which the word occurs.] 

(1) "DnV 5 (2) -|Jbj6," (3) N*¥ 16 <§ »<>• 2. a), ( 4 ) Nygjn (ace. 

to K're, X^H; usual form would be KUliT §§ 19 « U I; 80. 3. &), 



188 Lesson 56. 



5) nsv 7 (s) Ntfv 8 (7) wyv 9 (8) \yy° (9) rrpv° 10) ^v o 

(in fflf., not Kal), (11) (tlj ( c f. |7^_, v . 4), (12) rjDK, 21 (13) 

^p 1 ?, 21 (14) nisrf?, 21 (15) vwr, 21 ae) ?in^\ 22 . 

••}- : - : it : : • 

3. NOMINAL FORM 8. 

[In the case of each form, state (1) abs. sg., (2) meaning, (3) formation, 
(4) const, sg., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more 
suffixes in sg. and plur.] 

(1) fmn, 17 (2) n^3, 17 0) n^m 17 (4) trav 7 (5) p*o, 17 
(6) nhB^p, 19 (7) mra 20 («) mna 20 (9) ri^ 20 do) to 1 ?, 21 
(id nvy 1 (12) inrv 1 (13) ^nr, 22 (14) pn_» (15) rpjv 2 

4. PARTICLES, PREPOSITIONS, IRREGULAR FORMS. 
[In the case of each, state all that may be known concerning it.] 

(1) |p, 16 (2) ^w'nv 6 (3) rpia, 16 (4) m i6 ( 5 > ^™*' 16 (6) 
inK, 18 (7) k 1 ?, 21 (8) tdi/3, 21 (9) n^to, 21 do) >py 2 

5. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 

1. § 112. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Second Class. 

2. § 113. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Third Class. 

3. § 114. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes. 

4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 195—208 in List IV. 

6. EXERCISES. 

1. To be written: — A word-for-word translation of verses 15-22 
of Genesis VIII. 

2. To be written: — A transliteration of verses 17, 18 of Genesis 
VIII. 

3. To be written: — Five Hebrew sentences of not less than ten 
words each, based on the verses constituting this Lesson. 



MANUAL. 



EXPLANATION OP SIGNS 

USED IN THE TRANSLATION AND TRANSLITEEATION. 



1. Parentheses ( ) enclose words for which there is no equivalent 

in the Hebrew. 

2. Brackets [ ] enclose words which are in the Hebrew, but are not 

to be rendered into English. 

3. )( stands for 'e0, the sign of the definite object. 

4. The Hyphen (-) connects those English words which, in Hebrew, 

form a single word. 

5. The sign of Addition (-f) stands for Makkef. 

6. The Asterisk (*) stands for the 'AQnah (~ ); the Dagger (f), 
for S«golta (~); the Period (.), for Sof Pasuk ( TT ) pre- 
ceded by Silluk. 



190 



oenesis i-rv. 

THE HEBZRETW TEXT. 

CHAPTER I. 



: pNn n*o own n* o'ifw *oa rv#*na * 

I v|t t " : -j- t - •• ,V v: tt • •• : 

ryny Dinn ^9"*7J? ^ty\ viai inn n;vn jqgrr) 2 

: D!^n 05-^ nsmp DTfag 

: ni^nn li^n? D'n 1 ?** 19^ 3 

-mn pa D>rf?N ym ai&-*a TOrrnie o'rfw *m 4 

t I •• • v: " : — fy t v • v: : — 

: ^nn pi 



nn* dv npD-w 

|t v |v -1 • :|" 



pa y^po th djjjo ^n? jnjyi w D*rf^ n©aji e 

nnnp n#*j D^n pa ^n JPjhft"^ DTfrg fe^n 7 

: p-nri rp^ tyo ntste d'dh pai r P"fr 
dv ntiarwi ar\y-wi dW rpn 1 ? dt^n *op*i 8 

|v -1 • :|- :<>:■ • :\~ • At t * r - | t|t tJ: - 

I t v -j- t - - -1- • -J" - |t- • v: v J- 

: p-wi rr#a»n r?*oni thk 

l|- • :|- ST T" v t|" : t v 

dw *np D*an nip? 1 ?! px rwzfc dt^S *np?j • 



191 



192 Genesis I. 



11 3TS, 3FW *W N#3 n^O **#T8 D ^# n ?^ 

12 fjn nrr^D 1 ? jrjr. #n?9 a&g w^j. parr ntfini 
♦rntp-o o*rf?** inn ^p 1 ? la^inr *\m n$-nyy 

i4 ywtf? ow'n jpjrjs nhwo f W cwfTg ^0^1 
d*o^i dhj^i nhk 1 ? vm rf^o pai over pa 

: &}&) 

i6 ,, totfirr#K D^'n-n n'nKDrr ^-na DTfat teupi 

t - v (S* : " : - •• : v ■ v: *j— 

tyvw 1 ? jbjpn n^worrnw dvd fi^'po 1 ? "run 

to^a^rr nan ny?n 

17 : p^O"^ "WC^ D W* #p}a D'D 1 ?** or** 163 
is rj^iin pai tiar? pa ^HSD^ rtytoi ova *?&$?) 

^ t]S'iy? *ro rm ^ p# d?dh «h# d^jj np^jj 
2i win t^w^s n*o D^-un cuwrrnK OTfra *om 

t - ]- vjv t •• : rS- : - . • - - ... • V : t : •- 

*$d ^y-^ mi Dfjy$> dwj wi# T#g nftghp 



Genesis I. 193 



D'on-nN wtoi mi ns i^ own djin ron 22 

•J ••• : • : : A " ■ v: t | vjt: - 

: p^a an; t]tyrn eras 
nana nro 1 ? rrn tf£o parr NVin D'ifw -ioa-n 24 

t •• : t • : t - vjv I v-it t •• • v: v J~ 

norr30-n»n nrp 1 ? pgn rvtr-ns D'if?*? fe>jn n:) 
D»tf?N jnn wti? no-wn crai-^a riNi rwa 1 ? 

:— A" ■ : t t -: |t vjv t " : t • : 

:a*p-»3 
iT»n ujp«rp up'pv? din rr^j o^n^ 19N2 26 
-^aai pan-'jaai rronaa own cmm o\n nna 

t : I vjt t t: t": - • j- t - I : t ~ -:• 

ma o'ifw o'jva ib^a DiNn-nN D\-f?N ma-i 27 

tt • v: vjv : - : tt |t v t : •- 

: DpN ten roan -or ink 

|T T T VT )• : T T |S 

O-p n? o\i^ Off? ngiQ b*rr^ ona rpaji 28 
tjty^i 053 nr?a nrri nj^aai rsjrrn^ iN'poi 

: pNn-^y nirann rwr^aai D'o^rr 

I •.'It t ^- V jv |t t _ t : - j - t _ 

jnr jhr afcw-^a-nN dd 1 ? *nro run o'rfrN idn*i 29 

^ -JV ^~ " V ^" T V T -J-T " • J - 

n^ptf? at?# p^a-n*? ?rn tfaj larntftt pja 



194 Genesis II. 



• :|- rt : " • : t "t v -: t v ■ v: 

CHAPTER II. 

* : oaairtai nam own ftan 

]t t : t : I vjt t : '-i - t ~ -. : "" 

2 natfn ntew itr'N iroN'jo uftatsfti ova D'rfrN *?an 

: •- At ^t v -: : - : ^- • : - ■ v: - :.- 

: n\p% *\m ina^p-^ap urat^'n ova 

3 nap 13 >a ink trrpn ^at^n DY-nj* mf?8 rpgn 

4 nit^y ova Djoa^a nam own rfrfrta h^k 

*-: : At :|t : I v-it t : \J- t - : I V -i" 

« rn'^n a^-^ai pic rp^ Dig rn&rr rr# "mi 

: nig'wp-ns i3jj§ pit d-jki 
e : np-j^n ^sp-^a-ntf npstrj p#015 rf?#*_ -tni 
7 rifln nbi^n-ro nay d'-inhtin ovi 1 ?** rfirr n^i 

- •- T t -: |t I ■ T*T T T |t v v: t : v J- 

: rm b>'sA> dikh »m D»n now vsaa 

|t- vjv : tt|t •:- A -- ~ '•■ ' t - : 

s DtNn-nN Dttf ofcn didd pya p DTftw n'vr yen 

t t |t v t vjt- v|av I •."-)••: I- v: t ;*--•- 

tinp -raw 

|tt v -: 

9 nx^ti? nonj ry-^a rrbiKirro o'?Y?n rfirr nam 

v . - : t : v I *" t t t -: |t 1 • ■ v: t : - : — 



:J™ 



Oy.4. KVJN 71 



Genesis II. 195 



rrrn rfyp owiy\ [| T rrn# rtip&b YW2 **5P *W! ' 

rtjnop rsf^? n ** ^o Nin Pr? tow °^ u 

|t t - t v ~: 

: ntifn \sg\ tiffin d?> aia wro H&0 ^ 12 
HJf^? hn ahiDn kvi fuj 1 ! ^*n T$trojfl i3 

*wn no"jp Tj^nn ran ^Tjn ♦tf'^n Tr|n dpi m 

: ma wrr ^ann varn 

|T : « • : |t t t - : 

prpjft nirp? WTryjQ D^Nip-n» trrf% nyr np?i 1CD 

|t : t 

t I t - | *|" t t |r '- t -:- 

rpix : or? >b w$o ^Nfi n 1 ? jrii at9 runn pjw 17 

V "V:]v rt ~ : tt |t • v: t : j- 

nNi rrrtm mrto nchtcrrfo tnfm hit nin 19 

... .. T _ — T T T _. | T 1 . . T . .._,._ 

frtrw-no man 1 ? DnKjr 1 ?** Kan D'btsfti trtyta 

n T J« " ~ : ' T T |T " T~ -T- I T 

: itptf »n rrn ^ dinh fr-anj?! i^'n ^ 
Wp D?b#n tfljft narrow? rribtf dinh inpn 3 



196 Genesis III. 



21 nra< nb>) ra^n tnNfrty norm D>rf?N rfirr ^©i 

- - I IrtT •- tt|t ^- t •• : - t : 

22 DiKPr-p npViBte jfrvrrnK ovi 1 ?** nvr p*i 

t t |t I • |- t v -: ^ t •• - v v: t : > vj— 

|T t |t v t jv • : - At • : 

23 nfrao ifcoi 'bytfn ovy oysn n«r cnan no^i 

(V T T T - T ^: p V ^V *■-- - T T |T J ~ 

?n ^r n o^!? ^*w '? n ^ ^ n **fr 

*» ne^ap! rf?i int?>q o-jNp o*bru; Dtr*f tfflp 

CHAPTER III. 

« rwy neto rrten n*n *?3n ony rrn p'rom 

T "t v - : V t - — *T T T T T - : 

DTfw nox-g na nisterr'w Town Dvfw rrirr 

v: - t T I " t • | t v v j- A* v: t : 

:^n p; top ^pxp n*7 

2 r^j WY% *TW ^,W^ n ?^P l?**rn 

3 ^?K'n tf? D*n^ ^PN t^T^? -#& J^O nww 

:pjppp f& ia ^n ^i lipp 

4 : prion rrto-N 1 ? msfrtrr'ac tfran notfn 

I | T : at • |T tt - v J- 

* qyyjp inp9;i upp w 1 ??^ Di'9 >a D*?f?8 jrt '9 

:JH) aiD ♦#?, D»l#»9 DpHflJ 

o v. 86. BUna 'D 



Genesis III. 197 



^p^ni inao npni ^b^rr 4 ? p#p iDpji d?3u$ 
:^n*3 no# wyroj {nrn 
n?nn op D©7Jj? '3 ijrri D?p# 'jp# n\T$&n\ 7 

rm 1 ? jag tj^Ejne D'rfr*? rrirr? ^ip"TO w?^i 8 
ovfw rrin* oso tnefrn d-inh icanm tfwi 

... T . .. . . . . . T T |T .._..- ^ _ 

T |V - V J - AT T |T • T T ) : • - 



t : [t t J/ • t -: | j- • • 

-rrinj wn nay rrnru -raw Wan D-ran npKi 12 

T : |T " ■ T Wl T -I" T V ~: T • |T AT T |T V J~ 

"town n't^y raw-no ntix!? ovftx mrr -ion'i is 

j - at t • |t • v: t : j- 

:*??ki utctfn tr'mn rrcton 

~ |T • J- • • T T - T • |T 

-vox nri? nw ♦? tr'mn-^N DTfw rrirr no***! 14 

t t j- "r r T ■ V t : j - 

:?|$3 'D" 1 ?? tarin ns^rj 

o v. 10. VjtSd 



198 Genesis III. 



lo n#7_ |»2i rjjnr pi ntsfcp pi ^ n*to nyw 

:Dpj; m^Mii rpn ts«i ?|ffi^} ran 

is nv^3 rjjSpi Tjfovy nyss nrin im n#Kp-^ 

17 p yn-p ^xn) ?Jb#k 'rip 1 ? njw" >? im cnj^i 

no-ran mm udd tatfn k^ ibn 1 ? ^mx npfc 

:^n >d> *?:d n^jNp favj;? ^bttJ£p 

is : rr^^n n##-nj* rtoio tj-Jj irpyn Trni fipi 

19 »3 nbngp-^8 ^tp ~u/ Dp 1 ? ^5Np ^n nj»5 

siwto nsy-^io nn'N nay-p nnp 1 ? niao 

3 dn rovn ion »d mn 'Wn ots> diwi jop*i 

t : |t • • at- : • " TT |T T j. - 

|T T 

21 nty n\sro Wn^ on^ trrf?K nw fc>;n 

^ : t •> : • : t t : • v: t : ^-j — 

22 n^bo nn*o irn D-wn ?n D>rf?N nw idn*i 

v • _ - : t t t t )t I " v: t : •.• j- 

D5 np 1 ?) fr rf?#-f§ - nny_) jryj did njn 1 ? 
jd^ 1 ? wi tow o*|np ftfo 

23 nfangp-ng -qi§ H#1^ D '^ n ) n \ ^nn^ 

:D^o np 1 ? ng\s; 

24 D^in-n** n^'P 1 ? D Ti3P IW-5 D ? T ^T n ^ ^H 



: nmp 



Genesis IV. 199 



CHAPTER IV. 



pp-riN -frm nnm Wn rnrrnN jrr oiam * 

|.j_ v VJ"" ~ A : " -it- v *^ (,-t t r -it : 

jnW-riN l^w wjp no^ni 

|t : v v • y ) t 

[a& rrjpn $3!T*fl*L ^"fitf wtk-j-i# nn^ t|phi 2 

:njjrj« -oy rrn [>jrj 
nmn no-wrr nso rp 16*1 era* rps wi 3 

: nirr 1 ? 

|T | - 

: 'inms-'wi ^rr^x rrirr 

I t : • v : viv t : 

■wo rp 1 ? im jw n 1 ? imartNi pp-^tfi n 

: l|- : -<•- ^tt j <. t : • l|r 

:?rcs rtu r\dr\ n 1 ? mn rra 1 ? pp-^N ri)rv no***) « 

I |vt ./ : |t t vt : I t t-it t t< I ■ Jat V vt : v j- 

nNon tins'? y'wn tf? oni nxfc? hnp'rroN Kfpq 7 

: i^trpn nf»si intern ^ni pjph 
opn rnfea onvna vri vnx *arH?N rp Town s 

Jtjt - v t - jt : I ■ : - A" t v jy V I "Jv - V > - 

♦WT tb no***! ^nx ^nn tc pp-^N birr *o**i 9 

• *: -t -1 " r rt- t v-iv «.- I |- t : ^- 

-jo ^n D^jgf ^m w ^ jt^jj no iq^i • 



: nonxn 

|t t-: |t 



n^-nn rrrap ntr'x noiNn-ro nnx thx nnjn " 

t T jt : Tr Jtl —. t t -: /t I ^ t At -it vt w - : 

: t^to ?f na 'pT^S nop!? 



200 Genesis IV. 



i* nnDN jmsd-1 nb-txn *js V» dYvt »h< rur'n-i ]n 

rt" t v |vvt • t t-:|t J" : **- •• - t : -" I " 

v t - frtT-. • v.-'t : • P •)- j" t I " t t : j v s - 

ji^y^o inN-n'^rr 'n 5 ?? 1 ? nfc ftp 1 ? rrjn* 

16 : n^WTj? ^VY$? ^ TJT S^ Pi?- N i^- 

17 tin hy_ ^frn# -f#n Trni ih#R-n8 }?p #55 

is "sk^nw *»wrio-nK -fr Tfrjh' tvjttik hurt? -ft^ 

•• t • : y,"T I : v i-T t "• : t **■ v | -: |- <"t-- 

J v |t v j-r K" t j : " t -1 : v -r 

19 n^n w^i rhy hnxn ottf mw W no*? frnpn 

iffy 

|v|: • v *. J" ' ~: tt j rtn v u-*t %•>•■ - 

21 :injn tus twin-to 6n n*n ran toy vrra otfi 

[T " : v • ;" t : t t .-i rVr *.• t j- : 

22 ehrrto trb 1 ? pb tovrna ItY? ann-ai rtne\ 

,.. T .. |.j_ _ j v T :)T . - jt • : 

^ip jjw' h^n rrjjj 

O v. 18. ^ TJV. 



Genesis IV. 201 



W2b w~\n c^n »3 
W-nN ^pni p n^m tiwfcroe nv din jt»H - 71 

i : v ;t|: • - I " vj"- : v ^ n t ^ 

irn *5 ^sb nop nb* jry. crrfajj *rr9$ 9 n# 
■?rnn ra b>un ipB>-n*t inpn ferfe nih-dj n^i w 

J TtTV 0V2 Xlpb 



GENESIS I— IV. 

A LITERAL TRANSLATION. 
CHAPTER I. 

1. In-beginning created God*)( the-heavens and-)( the-earth. 

2. And-the-earth was desolation and-waste; and-darkness 
(was) upon-j-faces-of abyss;* and-(the)-spirit-of God (was) 
brooding upon-ffaces-of the-waters. 

3. And-said God: ShaIl-be-f-( or, let-be) -flight;* and- ( there) - 

was-f-light. 

4. And-saw God )(-f-the-light that-J-good ; * and-caused-a-division 
God between tbe-light and-between the»-darkness. 

5. And-called God to-the-light day, and-to-the-darkness called-he 
night;* and-(it)-was-f-evening, and-(it)-was-f-morning, day 
one. 

6. And-said God: Let-be (an) expanse in-(the)-midst-of the- 
waters;* and-let-it-be dividing between waters to- waters. 

7. And-made God )(-f-the-expanse,fand-caused-a-division between 
the-waters which (were) from-under to-the-expanse and-be- 
tween the-waters which (were) from-upon to-the-expanse;* 
and-(it)-was-f-so. 

8. And-called God to-the-expanse heavens;* and-(it)-was-j-even- 
ing, and-(it)-was-j-morning, day second. 

9. And-said God: Let-be-collected the-waters from-under the- 
heavens tinto-fplace one, and-let-be-seen the-dry (land);* and- 
(it)-was-J-so. 

10. And-called God to-the-dry (land) earth, and-to-(the)-collection- 
of [the] -waters he-called seas;* and-saw God that-fgood. 

202 



Genesis I. 203 



11. And-said God: Let-cause-to-spring-forth the-earth grass, herb 
causing-to-seed seed, tree-of fruit making fruit to-kind-his 
which seed-his-(-in-him (i. e., whose seed is in it) upon-fthe- 
earth ; * and- ( it ) -was-f-so. 

12. And-caused-to-come-forth the-earth grass; herb causing-to-seed 
seed to-kind-his, and-tree making-|-fruit which seed-his-fin-him 
to-kind-his;* and-saw God that-fgood. 

13. And-(it)-was-|-evening, and-(it)-was-fmorning, day third. 

14. And-said God: Let^be luminaries in-(the)-expanse-of the- 
heavens, to-cause-a-division between the-day and-between the- 
night;* and-they-shall-be for-signs, and-for-seasons, and-for-days 
and-years. 

15. And-they-shall-be for-luminaries in-(the)-expanse-of the-heavens 
to-cause-light upon-(-the-earth ; * and-(it)-was-|-so. 

16. And-made God )(-f (the) -two- [of] [the]-luminaries the-great;* 
)(-f-the-luminary the-great, for-ruling-of the-day; and-)(-}-the- 
luminary the-small, for-ruling-of the-night, and-)( the-stars. 

17. And-gave )(-them God in-(the)expanse-of the-heavens;* to-cause- 
light upon -(-the-earth [.]. 

18. And-to-rule in-the-day and-in-the-night, and-to-cause-a-di vision 
between the-light and-between the-darkness;* and-saw God 
that-(-good. 

19. And-(it)-was-fevening, and- ( it )-was-f- morning, day fourth. 

20. And-said God: Let-swarm the-waters swarm(s), soul-of life;* 
and-fowl shall-fly upon-(-the-earth, upon-j-faces-of (the) ex- 
panse-of the-heavens. 

21. And-created God )(-f-the-sea-monsters the-great;* and-)( all-f- 
( the) -soul (s) -of [the]-life the-creeping (or, which-creep), (with) 
which swarmed the-waters to-kinds-their and-)( every-}-fowl 
of wing to-kind-his and-saw God that-f-good. 



204 Genesis I. 



22.. And-blessed )(-them God, to-say {or, saying):* Be-ye fruitful 
and-multiply-ye and-fill-ye )(-f-the-waters in4he-seas, and-the- 
fowl let-multiply in-the-earth. 

23. And-(it)wwas-f-evening, and-(it)-was4-morning, day fifth. 

24. And-said God: Shall-cause-to-come-forth the-earth soul-of life 
to-kind-her, cattle, and-creeper, and-beast-of-}- ( the) -earth to- 
kind-her;* and-(it)-was-{-so. 

25. And-made God )(-f (the)-beast-of the-earth to-kind-her, and-)( 
-f-the-cattle to-kind-her, and-)( every-j-creeper-of the-ground to- 
kind-his;* and-saw God that-j-good. 

26. And-said God: We-will-( or, Let-us)-make man in-image-our, ac- 
cord ing-to-likeness^our; * and-they-shall-have-dominion in- (the) - 
fish-of the-sea, and-in-(the)-fowl-of the-heavens, and-in-the- 
cattle, and-in-all-fthe-earth, and-in-all-fthe-creeper(s) the- 
creeping {or, which-creep) upon-j-the-earth. 

27. And-created God )(-f-the-man in-image-his; in-(the)-image-of 
God created-he )(-him;* male and-female created-he )(-them. 

28. And-blessed )(-them God.f and-said to-them God: Be-ye-fruitful 
and-multiply-ye, and-fill-ye )( -{-the-earth and-subdue-ye-her;* 
and-have-ye-dominion in- (the) -fish-of the-sea, and-in-(the)«fowl- 
of the-heavens, and-in-every-j-beast the-creeping upon-j-the-earth. 

29. And-said God: Behold! I-have-given to-you )(-fevery-J-herb seed- 
ing seed which (is) upon-f-faces-of all-f the-earth, and-)( all 
-j-the-tree(s) which-f-in-him {i. e., in-which) (is the) fruit-of 
-f (a) -tree seeding seed;* to-you it-shall-be for-food. 

30. And-to-every-|-beast-of the-earth, and-to-every-ffowl-of the-heav- 
ens, and-to-every creeping-one upon-f-the-earth which-[-in-him 

(i. e., in-which) (is the) soul-of life, (I have given) )(-[- 
every-f-greenness-of herb for-food;* and-(it)-was-{-so. 

31. And-saw God )(-|-all-j-which he-had-done, and-behold-{-good ex- 
ceedingly;* and-(it)-was-|-evening, and-(it)-was-f-morning, day 
the sixth. 



Genesis II. 205 



CHAPTER II. 



1. And-were-finished the-heavens and-the-earth and-all-|-host-their. 

2. And-finished God, in-the-day the-seventh, work-his which-he-had- 
done;* and-he-rested in-the-day the-seventh from-all+ work-his 
which he-had-done. 

3. And-Messed God )(+day the-seventh and-sanctified )(-it;* be- 
cause in-it he-rested from-all-|-work-his which-f-created God to- 
make. 

4. These (are) (the) generations-of the-heavens and-the-earth in- 
being-created-their;* in-(the)-day-of (the) making of Lord 
God earth and-heavens. 

5. And-every shrub-of the-field not-yet had-been (lit., will-be) in- 
the-earth, and-every-fherb-of the-field not-yet had-sprouted- 
(lit., will-sprout) -forth;* for not had-caused-to-rain Lord God 
upon-|-the-earth and-man was-not to-serve )(-j-the-ground. 

6. And-(a)-mist used-to-go-up (lit., will-go-up) from-f-the-eartb,* 
and-cause-to-drink (i. e., used-to- water) )(-J-all-f-(the)-faces-of 
the-ground. 

7. And-formed Lord God )(-f-the-man (out of) dust from-f-the- 
ground, and-breathed in-nostrils-his breatb-of lives;* and-was 
the-man for-(a)-soul-of life (i. e., and-became the^man (a) 
soul-of life). 

8. And-planted Lord God (a) garden in-Eden from-east,* and- 
placed there )(-f-the-man whom he-formed. 

9. And-caused-to-sprout-forth Lord God from-f-the-ground, every 
-j-tree pleasant to-sight and-good for-food,* and- ( the ) -tree-of 
[the]-lives in-(the)-midst-of the-garden, and- (the) -tree-of [the]- 
knowlng good and-evil. 

10. And-(a)-river goes-forth (lit., going-forth) from-Eden to-water 
)(-|-the-garden,* and-from-there it-is-divided and-becomes four 
heads (lit., and-is for-four heads). 



206 Genesis II. 



11. (The) name-of the-one (is) Pishon;* it (lit., he) (is) the- 
(one-encompassing (or, which-encompasses) )( all_[-(the)-land- 
of-[the]-Havilah, which-fthere (i. e., where) (is) the-gold. 

12. And-(the)-gold-of the-land the-that (lit, she) (is) good;* there 
(is) the-bdellium and-(the)-stone-of [the] -onyx. 

13. And-(the)-name-of-j-the-river the-second (is) Gihon;* it (is) 
the- (one) -encompassing )( all-f-(the)-land-of Gush. 

14. And- (the) -name-of the-river the-third (is) Tigris; it (is) the- 
( one) -going eastward-of Assyria;* and-the-river the-fourth is 
(lit, he) Etuphrates. 

15. And-took Lord God )(-f-the-man,* and-caused-to-rest-him (f. e., 
placed-him) in-garden-of-}-Eden to-serve-it (lit, her) and-to- 
keep-it. 

16. And-commanded Lord God upon-fthe-man to-say (i. e., say- 
ing) : * From-every tree-of-f-the-garden eating thourmayest 
eat[.] ; 

17. Biit-from-(the)-tree-of [the]-knowing good and-evil, not shalt- 
thou-eat from-it (lit., him);* for, in-(the)-day-of eating-thy 
from-it, dying shalt-thou-die. 

18. And-said Lord God: Not-f-good (the) j being-of [the]-man to- 
separation-his;* I-willnmake-ffor-him (a) help as-over-against- 
him (or, as-his-counterpart). 

19. And-formed Lord God from-j-the-ground every-j-beast-of the- 
field and-)( every-f-fowl-of the-heavens, and-caused-to-come (i. e., 
brought) unto-f-the-man to-see what-j-he-will-call-^-to-it, (lit, 
him),* and-all which will-call-j-to-it the-man, soul-of life, is 
(lit., he) name-its (lit., his). 

20. And-called the-man names to-all-}-the-cattle, and-to-(the)-fowl- 
of the-heavens and-to-every beast-of the-field;* and-for-man not 
-f-did-he-find (i. e., there was not found) (a) help as-over- 
against-him. 



Genesis III. 207 



21. And-caused-to-fall Lord God (a) deep-sleep upon-j-the-man, and- 
he-slept,* and-he-took one from-sides-his and-closed (the) flesh 
instead-of-it 

22. And-built Lord God )(-fthe-side which-f-he-took from-fthe^man 
for- (a) -woman,* and-caused-to-come-her (i. e., brought her) 
unto-f-the-man. 

23. And-said the-man f : This, the-tread (i. e., now), bone from- 
bones-my, and-flesh f rom-flesh-my ; * to-this it-shall-be-called 
woman, for from-man was-taken-f-this. 

24. Upon-(-so (i. e., therefore) shall-leave+(a)-man )(-j-father-his 
and-)(-f-mother-his,* and-shall-cleave in-wife-his, and-they-shall- 
be for-flesh one. 

25. And-were (the) two-of-them naked, the-man and-wife-his;* and- 
not were-(Zi£., will-be )-they-ashamed. 



CHAPTER III. 

[In the two remaining chapters, the translation of the pronominal suffix 
Is placed before instead of after the noun which it limits.] 

1. And-the-serpent was crafty from-every beast-of the-field which 
had-made Lord God;* and-he-said unto-[-the-woman : (Is it) 
so that-fhas-said God, not shall-ye-eat from-every tree-of the- 
garden[.]? 

2. And-said the-woman unto-fthe-serpent:* From- ( the )-fruit-of 
(the) -tree (s)-of-(-the-garden we-may-eat[.] ; 

3. But-from-(the)-fruit-of the-tree which (is) in-midst-of-fthe- 
garden,f has-said God: Not shall-ye-eat from-it, and-not shall- 
ye-touch in-it,* lest ye-die. 

4. And-said the-serpent unto-f-the-woman : * Not-f-dying shall-ye- 
die. 

5. For knowing (is) God that in-(the)-day-of your-eating from- 
it, then-(7i£., and)-shall-be-opened your-eyes,* and-ye-shall-be- 
like-God, knowers-of good and-evil. 



208 Genesis III. 



6. And-saw the-woman, that good (was) the-tree for-food, and- 
that (a) delight- (was) -fit to-the-eyes, and-desirable (was) the- 
tree to-make-wise, and-she-took from-his-fruit and-she-ate;* and- 
she-gave also-fto-her-husband with-her and-he-ate[.]; 

7. And-were-opened (the) eyes-of (the) two-of-them, and-they- 
knew that naked (were) they,* and-they-sewed leaf-of fig-tree, 
and-they-made for-them-( selves) girdles. 

8. And-they-heard )(-f (the)-voice-of Lord God walking in-the- 
garden to-(or, at)-(the)-breeze-of the-day;* and-hid-himself 
the-man and-his-wife from-faces-of Lord God in-midst-of (the) 
tree (s) -of the-garden. 

& And-called Lord God unto-f the-man,* and-said to-him: Where- 
art-thou[.]? 

10. And-he-said: )(-fthy-voice I-heard in-the-garden,* and-I-was- 
afraid, because-j-naked (was) I; and-I-hid-myself. 

11. And-he-said: Who caused-to-know (i. e., made known) to-thee, 
that naked (wert) thou;* ?-from-j-the-tree, which I-com- 
manded-thee to-not eat-j-from it, hast-thou-eaten[.] ? 

12. And-said the-man:* The- woman whom thou-gave (to be) with- 
me, she gave-f-to-me from-j-the-tree and-I-ate. 

13. And-said Lord God to-the-woman : What-f(is)-fthis thou-hast- 
done?* And-said the-woman: The serpent corrupted-me and- 
I-ate. 

14. And-said Lord God unto-f the-serpent: Because thou-hast-done 
this,f cursed (art) thou from-all-fthe-cattle, and-from-every 
beast-of the-field;* upon-fthy-belly shalt-thou-go, and-dust shalt- 
•thou-eat all-f (the)-fdays-of thy-lives. 

15. And-enmity will-I-put between-thee and-between the-woman, 
and-between thy-seed and-between her-seed;* it (lit., he) shall- 
bruise-thee (as to the) head; and-thou shalt-bruise-him (as to 
the) heel. 



Genesis III. 209 



16. Unto-f-the-woman he-said: Causing-to-be-great I-will-cause-to-be- 
great (i. e., multiplying I will multiply) thy-sorrow and-thy- 
conception (i. e., the sorrow of thy conception) ; in-pain thou- 
shalt-bring-forth sons,* and-unto-fthy-husband (shall-be) thy- 
desire and-he shall-rule-fin- ( or, over) -thee. 

17. And-to-man he-said: Because thou hast-hearkened to- (the) - 
voice-of thy-wife,f and-hast-eaten from-f-the-tree which I-com- 
manded-thee, to-say: not shalt-thou-eat from-it,* cursed (is) 
the-ground for-the-sake-of-thee; in-sorrow shalt-thou-eat-(of)- 
it all (ithe) days-of thy-lives. 

18. And-thorn and-thistle shall-it-cause-to-spring-forth to-thee;* 
and-thou-shalt-eat )(-J-(the)-f-herb-of the-field. 

19. In-(the)-sweat-of thy-nostrils, shalt-thou-eat bread, until thy- 
return unto-f the-ground ; for from-it (lit., her) wast-thou- 
taken;* for-f-dust (art) thou, and-unto-fdust thou-shalt-return. 

20. And-called the-man (the) name-of his-wife Eve,* for she was 
mother-of all-|-living. 

21. And-made Lord God for-man and-for-his-wife tunics-of skin, 
and-caused-to-put-on-them. 

22. And-said Lord God: Behold! the-man has-become like-one-of 
[from]-us to-know good and-evil;* and-now lest-(-he-put-forth 
his-hand and-take also from- ( the )-tree-of [the] -lives, and-eat 
and-live for-ever. 

23. Therefore-(Zif., and)-sent-him Lord God from- ( the )-garden-of 
-{-Eden,* to-serve )(-|-the-ground -which he-was-taken from-there. 

24. And-he^drove-out )(-f the-man,* and-caused-to-dwell (i. e., placed) 
from-east to-(the)-garden-of-fEden, )(-f-the-Cherubim, and-)( 
(the) flame-of the-sword (i. e.. the flaming sword) the- (one) - 
turning-itself to-keep )(-f-(the)-way-of (the) tree of [the] -lives. 



210 Genesis IV. 



CHAPTER IV. 

1. And-the-man knew )(-fEve his-wife;* and-she-conceived, and- 
she-bore )(-^Cain; and-she-said : I-have-gotten (a) man with-f- 
(the) Lord. 

2. And-she-added to-bear (i. e., and again she bore) )(-}-his-broither 
)(-j-Abel;* and-was-f-Abel (a) shepherd-of flock (s), and-Cain 
was (a) tiller-of ground. 

3. And-it-was, from-end-of days,* and-caused-to-come (i. e., 
brought) Cain from- ( the )-fruit-of the-ground (an) offering to- 

(the) Lord. 

4. And-Abel caused-to-come, also-f-he, from- ( the ) -firstlings-of his- 
flock and-from-their-fats;* and-looked^with-favor (the) Lord 
unto-j-Abel and-unto-f-his-offering. 

5. And-unto-f-Cain and-unto-j-his-offering not did-he-look-\*ith- 
favor;* and-it-kindled to-Cain (i. e., and Cain was angry), 
exceedingly, and-fell his-faces (or, countenance). 

6. And-said (the) Lord unto-f-Cain: For-what (or, why) has-it- 
kindled to-thee, and-for-what have-fallen thy-faces[.]? 

7. (Is there) ?-not, if -\- thou-makest- ( or, doest)-good, (a) lifting- 
up (of the countenance)? and-if not thou-makest-good, at-the- 
door sin (is) crouching;* and-unto-thee (shall be) his-desire, 
and-thou shouldst-rule-fin-( or, over) -him. 

8. And-said Cain unto-j-Abel his-brother;* and- (it) -was in-their- 
being in-the-field, and-rose Cain unto-f-Abel his-brother and- 
killed-him. 

9. And-said (the) Lord unto-f-Cain: Where (is) Abel thy-brother?* 
And-he-said: Not have-I-known (i. e., do-know); ?-keeper-of my 
brother (am) I[.]? 

10. And-he-said: What hast-thou-done?* (The) voice-of (the) 
bloods-of thy-brother (are) crying unto-me from-}-the-ground. 

11. And-now cursed (art) thou,* from-f-the-ground which has- 
opened )(-f-her-mouth to-take )(-}-( the) -J^bloods-of thy-brother 
from-thy-hand. 



Genesis IV. 211 



12. When thou-shalt-till (or, serve) )(-f-the-ground, not-fwill-it- 
add to-give-fher-strength to-thee;* (a) fugitive and-(a)-vag- 
abond shalt-thou-be in-the-earth. 

13. And-said Cain unto-f(the) Lord:* Great (is) my-iniquity from- 
bearing. 

14. Behold! thou-hast-driven-out )(-me the-day (i. e., to-day) from- 
upon (the) faces-of the-ground, and-from-thy-faces shall-I-be- 
hid;* and-I-shall-be (a) fugitive and-( a) -vagabond in-the-earth, 
and-it-shall-be (that) any-j-finding-me will-kill-me. 

15. And-said to-him (the) Lord: Therefore {lit., to-so) any+killing 
Cain, seven-fold shall-he-be-avenged ; * and-placed (the) Lord 
for-Cain (a) sign to-not smite-}-)(-him any-f-finding-him. 

16. And-^ ent-f orth Cain from-to-faces-of (i. e., from the presence 
of) (the) Lord;* and-he-dwelt in-(the)-land-of-{-Nod, eastward- 
of+Eden. 

17. And-knew Cain )(-j-his-wife and-she-conceived, and-bore )(-f- 
Enoch;* and-he-was building (a) city, and-he-called (the) 
name-of the-city according-to-(the)-name-of his-son Enoch. 

18. And-there-was-born to-Enoch )(-(-Irad; and-Irad begat )(-}-Me- 
hujael;* and-Mehujael begat )(-fMethusael; and-Methusael be- 
gat )(-f Lamech. 

19. And-took-fto-him Lamech two-[of] wives;* (the) name-of the- 
one Adah, and- (the) -name-of the-second Zillah. 

20. And-bore Adah )(-f-Jabal;* he was (the) father-of (the) inhab- 
itant-of tent(s) and- (the-possessor-of) -cattle. 

2L And- (the) -name-of his-brother (was) Jubal;* he was (the) 
father-of all-j-performing-on (the) harp and- (the) -flute. 

22. And-Zillah, also-fshe, bore )(-|-Tubal Cain, hammerer-of every 
-}-cutter-of (i. e., cutting-instrument-of) bronze and-iron;* and- 
(the)-sister-of Tubal-f-Cain (^as) Naamah. 



212 Genesis IV. 



23. And-said Lamech to-his-wives: — 
Adah and-Zillah, hear-ye my-voice, 
Wives-of Lamech hearken-unto my-saying;* 
For (a) man I-have-killed for-my-wounding; 
And- ( a ) -youth, f or-my-hurt. 

24. If seven-fold shall-be-avenged-J-Cain,* 
Then-Lamech seventy and-seven. 

25. And-knew Adam again )(-j-his-wife and-she-bare (a) son; and- 
she-called )(-{-his-name Seth:* For has-put-j-to-me God seed 
another instead-of Abel, for slew-him Cain. 

26. And-to-Seth, also-f-he, was-born-f-(a)-son; and-he-called )(-f-his- 
name Enosh;* then it-was-commenced to-call on-(the)-name-of 
(the) Lord. 



GENESIS I-IV. 



xrirporNTED nEBiaE"wr text. 
CHAPTER I. 

: pxn n*n o»OB>n nx dti 1 ?** *oa rw*oa « 

nrn mrtn »jfi *?y y&m voi inn wwi pam 2 

: dot ue *?y namD oTfrK 

nix Tin nw n> DTfw no&n 3 

■nun pa o'n^x yon aio o nwn nx or** *on 4 

any Tin nW *op yrrtn dv tin 1 ? orftK xnpn n 

nm dv npa Tin 
pa y-00 Tin dot Tina rpn w ovfw no^n e 

: D'B 1 ? D'O 

nnno new dot pa yon rpn nx DTf?N trjn 7 
:p nn rpn 1 ? tyo new dot pai rjrf? 

dv npa wi any Tin o'otr jrpn 1 ? orfcit xnpn s 

Dipo ^n own nnno dot tip* onto no«n 9 

: p Tin «wn ranro nr»e 
dw mp dot mpoy px rwa^ on 1 ?** mpn ■ 

: aico o DTfw rnn 
ynr ynro aery N&n y^xn ttunn dvYtn noan u 
pan ty o iynr new wo 1 ? na w ns py 

J p ♦m 

213 



214 Genesis I. 



12 pjn vi2tf? jnr jn» a^y nbh p»rr ayirn 

: did >a D'rfrN tnn injra 1 ? in ijnr nfc>N ns mry 

is • w^w dv npa >nn any *nn 

14 ^natf? own #>pna n*wo »m D>rf?N nam 

tro^i DHjnrf?i nnN 1 ? vm n^rr pai ovn pa 

: wen 
ia pNn ty nwrfr d*d«ot jrpna mwti? vrn 

jja \nn 

is ircon rw D^nirt m^orr w na D?rf?K wi 

rhwxh ppn niaon n*o ovrr rfrwvch bnsn 

: o^aaian «n ny»i 
17 j pNn ty nwfr D^Dtrn jrpna onfat dhk jnn 
is ^nrr pai mm pa 'rnarfri rfrtai ova ^d^ 

: aio >a onf?K mn 

19 j^ari dv npa vm any »rm 

^ tjijn mn raj pe> o^n inB» DTfra nom 

town ypi *& by pm ty f|flijp 

2i tre^ *?a nao ttfrun BMnrt na D>rf?K man 

hai owtf? dw int? n^N nwin mm 

:aito >a p»rf»e mn wd*7 rpa tpy *?a 

22 o'orr rw in^di tarn ins no*£> trrfTK d/in "pan 

ipo an* tpym D>D>a 

23 rH3»ori dv npa >rm any >rrn 

24 nona wtf7 mn ptu pm *wn D^rfw nom 

:ja »rm nro"? ptf wm ^om 



Genesis II. 215 



nonan n*o rt¥i±> pxn wn nx DTfra wn ™ 
crrfrK xnn trrytf? nmxn tron ^a nxi wofr 

: did g 
mm umona UOTva din rwrja D'rftx noxn 26 
purr ^aai rtonaai own fyiyai o*n ruin 
:pxn ty van conn ^aai 

Xna D'iYW D^a lOfrB DnXH HX D\n^X Xnan 27 

:DnN xna napai -or in* 

BTI VIS D'fT7X Drf? nD^n D*iY?N DJTK *pan 28 

qryai tm nna vm ptkdi pt*n nx ix^i 

spicn *?y rwann rrn ^aai own 

^nr a2ry ^a nx Da 1 ? wu nan Enfac no^n 29 

13 ntrx fyn ^a nxi picn ^a od ty n^a jnr 

rrfratf? mm Da 1 ? jnr jnr pj; ns 

rfrax 1 ? a&ry pn> *?a nx n*n e^dj ia ncrx picn ty 

: p rh 
w 1N0 ata nam new new *?a nx d^x kti 31 

: wbt? dv npa wi any 

CHAPTER II. 

: oxav toi pwn own iton * 
nat?n ne>y n&>x ina*6o ywn ova twfat tan 2 
: rwy ntrx matfra tao wami ova 

nasr ia >a inx enpn wapn dv nx d^x pan 3 
:mtrjfr twfat xna nrx voicto ^ao 



216 Genesis II. 



4 rwy ova tanana pam own nrfrm rf?K 

;D*otripKD^Knvt 

* rrwn aery "wi pKa fw onto men irty toi 

pKnty twite nut *roon tf? >a nor onto 

r no-ran rw taj^ f*K diki 

e jntiiKn ♦» "?a riN npe>m pKn jo rf?r nKi 

7 nm non«n |o nay man hk o>nte nin* , wn 

irvn w&h mxn wi o*n now vfiKa 

s tnicn hk db> ob") Dipo pya p D>nte mrr yton 

:*w ib>k 

9 mntf? noro py ^a noian p o*nte mrt nosn 

aia rurrn fjn pn -pna o w nn pn vOko 1 ? ai»i 

♦ itm TTfl* DB>Q1 pn HK nipBTf? pJflD K¥> T01 

: tyswn njairf? 
ii nyrm pK ■» ak aaon Kin pB*A -man dc 

jahtnotyiBW 

12 : atwn px\ rfnan db> aio Kinn pKn ann 

13 pK *?a hk aaipn Kin prw wn iron oen 

:na 

14 hb>k noip ■fmn Kin *?pm ^bm iron dbi 

jms Kin ^ain irom 
'» may 1 ? py pa inron DiKn hk ovite mrt npi 

: moc^i 



Genesis III. 217 



pn fy too no** 4 ? dinh ty o'n 4 ^ mrr wi i« 

:toNn toa 
ova »a uoo toxn n 4 ? jrn did njnn pyoi 17 

:mon mo uoo -|toK 
hi 1 ? o-tttrr nwi niD n 4 ? o»rf?N mrr nowi ^ 

:vtua iry Y? nB>y*t 
nm mwi n»n to no-ran fo ovfw mrr tin ™ 
f? *op* no iwrb Dixn ^n Nan o*o£>n tpp to 
not? Kin rrn b>sj D-ran 1 1 ? mp* new toi 
own qij^n nonan to 1 ? moe> Dixn mpn a 

:rtua nry nvo n 4 ? Dntfn men wn to^i 
npn jtrn trtcn *?y nortn D'rfw nwr ton 21 

:ramn ntra njon vnjftvo nnx 
Dixn jo np 4 ? new jfarn nx ovfw nvr pn 22 

jonxn ^n naan new 1 ? 
nno iw *o»yo ovy qytri rue? onan noxn 23 

jnxr nnp 1 ? wxn *a new mp 1 nw 4 ? 
tnewa pam ion* nxi vat* nx e*x arr p ty 24 

:nrrN neo 4 ? wn 
jiewan* x^i wewi onxn crony d.t:c vnn *> 

CHAPTER III. 

ne>y new nnerr n*n too ony rrn c^nani * 
ovfw -ion »a ^n newn ^ noxn ovfat mrr 

:pn ^ ^° ^^ ^ 



218 Genesis III. 



2 : <?a*o prr f y nso £>mn ^ nmn noam 
4 jpnon mo n^ h^kh ^k wron nojn 

n DDW inpSJ! UDO D^DN DVa >a fftfa* #T »3 

;jm aiE) yy onfao on»m 

e Nin man >ai ^a^o 5 ? pyn mo >a nswr jnni 

■jaam ineo tip™ fowrfr yyn nomi d^j^? 

i^an noy row* 1 ? dj jnm 

7 rffiwi on dd*w >a ijrrn Drrap wy nanpsm 

: man on 1 ? wr n^n nty 

s nn 1 ? pa ^nno tftfTK n^ 'np nx wotpn 

o^tfw mn> uto view D-ran aannn ovn 

:pn py Tina 
9 :naw i 1 ? iDNh D-ran ^k d';Y?n mm mpn 
♦ o3k trw *a mw pa woe "pp nx nom 

: Nanai 

ii ie>n f yn fan nna trvy >a T? tjh *o -on 

tn^a^ udq *?aN Tfta 1 ? ^mia 

12 mm ion nor nnnj n^K n&wn D-wn ia*n 

:*?atfi pyn p ^ 

13 noKm h»w nw no nmi o*tf7K mrv nnan 

t^aio ♦itffiwi bwi ntswn 

o v.io, b^n 



Genesis III. 219 



Trw nw rwy >a cmn ^ dt^n mm man 14 
*pn ym ty mwn rm bsm nanan ^aa nnx 

pa *pnt p» rwMn P ai T* a n>JW naw 1D 

:apy \jflwn rmxi wri ■jew* *on njnr 
avya *pnm ymy nam* nann ion nwcn *w w 

:*p S&ra* Nim y\pwn ^n ^ni o^a hfrn 
yjfn p ^aNm "jn^N ^ip 1 ? nyDB> »a ma* din*?! w 
nornm nmm* uaa ^axn n*? ion 1 ? fin* ntrN 
: f n ♦»♦ ^a rrftstn pavya -piaya 
im&n a^y n« rfmti ^ troyn Tpm ppi 18 
♦a noTun ba ytv ny nvh toitn fsa nyra 19 

saiwi nay "an nnx nay *a nnp 1 ? njoo 
dn nrwi win *a mn wk dc # trucn tnp*\ D 

m ^a 
my niina inptfri din 1 ? otitic mm pjn 21 

: 003^1 

U230 inxa mn dinh pi d^n mm man 22 
pyo dj npfa it rf?B» [& nnjn jn\ aio njrf? 

to 1 ?;* 1 ? »m tow twin 
namtn hn nay 1 ? py pa orta mm virfwn 23 

:Dtra np 1 ? new 
a^anan nx py |A Dips pen tmcn na trmm 24 
fy *pn hn tdb^ naonnDn annn on 1 ? nw 

: D M nn 



220 Genesis IV. 



CHAPTER IV. 

* pp na -frm -nni intra mn na yr etiwti 

:nvr rw ^n vwp lawn 

2 p« njn *?an »m "an na vna na n-^S rpm 

:jtdtk nay n>n ppi 

3 nroo rrDTKn neo pp ion d*d> fpD w 

4 yen [na^nm uk* nroao ron dj wan ^am 

jinroo *?ni "?an *?k mrr 

* injd pp 8 ? w njra> n 4 ? inroo "jki pp •?*« 

e v«m no*7i *f? mn no 1 ? pp to rmr now 

7 rmtf? awn vfr dm natr awn dn wtoi 

:ia ^onnrwi vipwn ^toi pn n^con 

s rwa onvna vri vn» 'an to pp io*n 

ivrrvm vrw "an to pp opn 

9 rf? tow 7hn *an ♦» pp to mrr io*n 

j*3» >nK noerr ♦nirr 
» fo *to D'pyv ^na •tn 'yip nw no toot 

: nonKn 
ii rvQ na nnra new no-ran p nnx nm nnjn 

j^ro friK »di na nnp 1 ? 
12 yj -] 1 ? nna nn tpn xh> mrwn na nayn *a 

jpaa iron -tfi 



Genesis IV. 221 



:nigwo w ^hj ron> *?** pp nom » 
-psoi no-ian ue *?yo ovn *ph nw p 14 
i*ismv wro ta i?m pan is\ yj vwn iddn 
op* o»njDB> pp m ta p 1 ? rnrr t> no*n 1D 
: in¥d ta in*t man 'nta 1 ? mx pp 1 ? mn* oen 
jpy nrnp to p*o m*i rnrr oata pp ran ie 
vri "pan na n*?ni nnni wn rw pp y-m 17 

:"pjn taa dbo Tyn d^ *opn yy nn 
■wnno na n^ -rvyi Try nx "pjrf7 T?vi is 
: "p 1 ? nN I 1 ?* townsi towno n« -fr ^noi 
am my nnan dlt imm ra ^p 1 ? 1*7 rrpn 19 

:ffw men 
taa sb* »3n ppn wn ta> na my itan 3 

: njpoi 
: anyi T03 trsn ta *dn hti Kin tav wtk oen 21 
Bnn ta B^to 1 ? pp tain n« rrfr Kin dj rfan 22 
:noy^ pp tain nvim *roi nwo 

wfc "p 1 ? "on 23 
^p [yap iywi my 
Trot miKn "p 1 ? nw 

rnnnrf? nta 



222 Genesis IV. 



24 pp op* D'njnp *d 

™ w n» *opro p -ftm vuwi n** my mx y-n 
♦a "aft nnn nrot mr crtfw ♦*? ntr ♦a n&> 

:j*p inn 
26 tx tsrm V2& nx xy>) p n 1 ?* *nn m ne^i 

imv dbo jnp^ "?fnn 



Transliteration of Genesis I. 



1. B e re'-§iQ ba-ra' ' e 16-him* 'eO has-sa-ma-yim w e 'e0 ha-'a'-res. 

2. W'ha-'a'-res ha-y e 0a(h) ()6-hu wa-v6-hu, w e h6-sex 'al-fp ? ne 
e h6m* w e ru(a)h ' c 16him m c ra(h)-he-feQ 'al-|-p e ne hamnina'-yim. 

3. Way-yo''-mer ' e 16-him 'yht-f'or;* way-ht-for. 

4. Way-yar' '«16-hSm 'eQ-fha-'or ki-ftov;* way-yav-del ''lo-him 
b§n ha-'6r u-ven ha(h)-ho-seX. 

5. Way-yik-ra' ' e lo-him la-'6r yom w e la(h)-ho-sex ka'-ra' la'-y e la(h) ; * 
way-hi-f'e-rev way-hi-fv6-ker yom 'e(h)-had. 

6. Way-yo''-mer e lo-him, yhl ra-ki(a)' b c Q6x ham-ma'-yim ; * wi-hi 
mav-dil ben ma-yim la-ma'-yim. 

7. Way-ya-'as '«16-him 'eO-fha-ra-ki(a)';t way-yav-del ben 
ham-ma-yim ' a ser mit-ta-haQ la-ra-kf(a)' (i-v£n ham-ma-yim 
'•ser me-'al la-ra-ki(a)' ; * way-hi-fxen. 

8. Way-yik-ra' '«16-him la-ra-ki(a)' sa-ma'-yim;* way-hi-f 'e-rev way- 
hi-f v6-ker yom se-ni. 

9. Way-y6''-mer ''16-him, yik-ka-wu ham-ma-yim mit-ta-haQ has-sa- 
ma-yim 'el-fma-kom 'e(h>had, w'()e-ra-'c(h) hay-yab-ba-sa(h) ; * 
way-hi-fxen. 

10. Way-yik-ra' ''16-him lay-yab-ba-sa(h) 'e-res, u-l p mik-we ham- 
ma-yim ka-ra' yam-mim;* way-yar' "16-hini ki-ftov. 

11. Way-yo"-mer ''16-him, tad-se' ha-'a'-res de-se', 'e-sev maz-ri(a)' 
ze-ra', 'es p'ri 'o-se(h) p'ri l'mi-no, ' a ser zar-'6-fvo 'al-f 
ha-'a'-res;* way-hi-fxen. 

12. Wat-to-se' ha-'a'-res de-se, 'e-sev maz-ri(a)' ze-ra' l e mi-ne-hu, 

w e es '6-sd(h)-fp r ri '"ser zar-'6-fvo l'mi-ne-hil;* way-yar' ""16- 

him kl-f-tov. 

223 



224 Genesis I. 



13. Way-M-f'e-rev way-hi-fvo-ker yom § e li-si. 

14. Way-y6''-mer ' e 16-Mm, y e hi m e '6-ro() bir-ki(a) <! has-§a-ma-yim, 
l e hav-dil ben hay-yom ti-ven nal-la'-y e la(h);* w e ha-yH l e '6-()66 
fl-l^mo-^dim G-l e ya-mim w e sa-nim. 

15. Wha-yu Hm-'o-roQ bir-ki(a)' has-sa-ma-yim, l e ha-'ir 'al-f-ha-'a'- 
res;* way-hi+xen. 

16. Way-ya-'as ' e 16-him 'e()-}-s«ne ham-m c '6-ro() hag-g e do-lim,* 'e6 
-j-ham-ma-'6r hag-ga-dol Pmem-se-leQ hay-ySm, w e 'e()-j-ham-ma- 
'dr hak-ka-ton l e mem-se-leQ hal-la/-y e la(h), w e 'e0 hak-ko-Xa-vim. 

17. Way-yit-ten 'o-Qam ,e 16-Mm bir-kl(a)< has-sa-ma'-yim,* l e ha-'ir 
<al-j-ha-'a'-res[.], 

18. W e lim-sol bay-y6m fi-val-la-y c la(h), fl-l a hav-dil b£n ha-'5r G-vgn 
ha(h)-h6-sex;* way-yar' ' e 16-him ki-j-tov. 

19. Way-hi-f^e-rev way-hi+vo-ker y6m r e vl-'I. 

20. Way-yo''-mer ' e 16-him, yis-r e su ham-ma-yim se-res, ne-fes hay- 
ya(h);* w et 6f y e '6-fef <al-fha-'a'-res, 'al+p e ne r e ki(a)< has-sa- 
ma'-yim. 

21. Way-yiv-ra' ,e 16-him 'e()-}-hat-tan-ni-nim hag-g e do-lim,* w e 'eQ 
k61+ne-fesb.a(h)-hay-ya(h) ha-ro-me-seQ ' a ser sa-r e su ham-ma-yim 
l'mi-ne-hem, w e 'eQ kSl-'6f ka-naf l«mi-ne-hu; way-yar' ' e 16-him 
M+tov. 

22. Way-va'-reX '6-Qam ' e 16-him, le'-mor,* p'ru fi-r«vG fi-mil-ft 
'eQ-f-ham-ma-yim bay-yam-mim, w e ha-'6f yi'-rev ba-'a'-res. 

23. Way-hi-f.'1-rev way-hi-J-vo-ker yom h a mi-sl. 

24. Way-yo''-mer ' e 16-hlm, to-se' ha-'a'-res ne-fes hay-ya(h) l e mi-nah, 
b e he-ma(h) wa-re-mes w e hay-Q6-f 'e-res l e mi-nah;* way-M+Xen. 

25. Way-ya-'as ' e 16-him 'eQ-fhay-yaQ ha-'a'-res l e mi-nah, w e eO-|-hab- 
b e he-ma(h) l e mi-nah, w«'eQ kol+re-mes ha-' a da-ma(h) l e mi-ne-hu ; * 
way-yar' ' € 16-him ki+tov. 



Genesis I. 225 



26. Way-yo''-mer ' e 16-him, na' a -se(h) 'a-dam b e sal-me-ntl, kid-mG-()e- 
nfl;* w e yir-dfi vid-gaQ hay-yam ti-v e '6f has-sa-ma-yim G-vab-b e he- 
ma(h) fi-v e X61-j-ha-'a'-res, Q-v e x61-hha-re-mes ha-ro-mes <al-fha- 
'a'-res. 

27. Way-yiv-ra' ' e 16-him 'eQ-f-ha-' a-dam b c sal-mo, b e §e-lem ' e 16-hlm 
ba-ra' 'o-Q6;* za-Xar Q-n e ke-va(h) ba-ra' '0-Oam. 

28. Way-va'-rex '6-Qam ' e lG-hlm,f way-yC-mer la-hem ' e 16-him, p'rfi 
fi-r e vfi fi-mil-'ti 'eQ+ha-a'-res w e Xiv-sfl'-ha* Q-r e dQ bid-gaQ hay-yam 
ti-v"6f has-sa-ma-yim, G-v 6 XSl-f-hay-ya(h) ha-ro-me-seQ 'al+ha- 

'a'-res. 

29. Way-yo"-mer ' e 16-him, hin-ne(h) na-Qat-ti la-xeni 'eQ+kSl-f-'e-sev 
zo-re(a)' ze-ra r '"ser 'al-fp'ne Xol-f-ha-'a'-res, w e 'e9 kSl-fha-'es 
'•ser-fbo f'ri-f'e? zo-re(a)' za'-ra',* la-Xem yih-y^(h) K6x-la(h). 

30. Q-l e X61-fhay-yaO ha-'a'-res fl-l'XSl +'6f ha§-§a-ma-yim Q-l'Xol 
ro-mes "al-f-ha-'a'-res ' a ser-f-bo ne-feS hay-ya(h) 'gQ-|-k61-f- yS-rek 
'e-sev l e 'SX-la(h);* way-hI-(-Xen. 

31. Way-yar' ' e lo-him 'eQ+kSl-f' a ser 'a-sa(h) w*hin-ne(h)4-t0v m e 'od;* 
way-hi-f e-rev way-hi-fvo-ker yom ha§-§IS-sI. 



0?HE HEBiaE-WT TEXT. 

CHAPTER V. 

rno-D din b'ri^N ana Dib din rrfjiri nab m « 

; : • t t ' •.■: < : : At t v. : | v " -iv 

: ink rtipy D'rfrN 
d"jn bocr'-ntf mp-n oh** rran nmz nipn -or 2 

t t t : v <t|: •- t I v-rr : - At t : W|" : jtt 

:DNi3n Dira 

|t : |t • v : 

io^vs irmrfc "f?i*i n:tr* hxoi dW*W din m 3 

rt : - : v : • V J~ t t - : <• : t t -t : - 

nfco njbtr' ntr'-nN fif?in hna din w i wi*i 4 

1 •• A' : v J • I " -:7- t t j- : j : |-- 

:nipi d^3 -fan rW 

T T V T V > - AT T 

D^tr'i ni&r hixo ytfn ♦n-rcw din w^a wri n 

v : tt " ^ <- : - v -: t t <••; t : l~ 

T T - AT T 

: ^'UK-nx T>i*i nM hndi dW tforr nfr^rm « 

I v: V v v- att j- : v t r m T " ■ :|- 

:rt» d^ m ffn rtitf niND 

I T IT V J- ATT V. " 

v ■• ^ j- t t •• : *y <•• : t : |- 

T T - AT T 

rot? rntry iron \m-m Wnn nrrN tftiN >rm ' 
:n\»i Dos tVw rw n'iKo rdbe*i 

I t L'T v y- Att v " r: 

227 



228 Genesis V. 



11 rW ri)Ho 'jftfrn &y tfon ttfat wto vm 

Att v. ■• ^j- : -t j" t v: j- : t : |- - 

iffaai o^a n^n rw hind rrifat^i 

I t *.- t v r rtn k " -iv : 

14 mh>) rw n^D ytfrvi d^" nfety fm w-bo wt*i 

| t- (Stt v " ^ ;- : • t v "jv It J" j" : t : |- 

v|t v v v." Att j- • : t.- t ;•• r ■■;--: |- -j- : - 

i6 ftMf aw 1 ?® tHtk H^'m hrrK ^k^rrp wi 

tt j- : vv v -j • | •• -: f- •• : - -: |- j- : - 

:mpi D03 i*?vi rW n'WD rbbB*i 

It v.- t v j- Att v ■• r.- : 

17 fttbtfv nitf b>jrttfro tran *»6*?fTp wto ww 

r. - : t t ~ : • ; <• t ••:--: |- j- : t : |-~ 

Tt- Att (. " 

is -frvi rw moi ro# dWi dw ■n!»-»m 

V V- Att -i- : u- t •/• • : ■ s~ : vv • :|- 

Att v- •• /.■ : j -: v j ■ | •• — . |- vv • :|- 

^ n'iND jn^m nitf bwi dw Tv-w-to vnn 

v " ^ ^ _ : tt • • : •<- : vv " : t : | - 

- |t : v v l..- Att V ■ : i" r ) -: J- '.- 

rrfoa D^a -frvi nxf d'ikd tsfas' 

I t k.- t v ;- At t v " > : 

23 rviND efasfl nJjtr bwi wnn Tun w-*?3 >rm 

S •• j : tt • • : <•• t | A -: J" : t v :~ 



Genesis VI. 229 



:dvY?n ink mb"? dfoo D'rfrNrrnN nun tf?nn*i 24 

|' v: <> |>-t T •• •' = A- v:|t v | i -: ]>■ - : ■- 

'iff) rot? nxo) m& D^btsn jntf rfrtpina wi n: > 

v I - at t j- : v.t t •;• : ^ - sv - v -i- : - 

d^to^'i dw ^&!?"nN rr'pin nqp n^'inp >m 26 
rrtja d*:q n*?vi ratr hikd yart ro# 

|T *.• T V i~ ATT I ~ ^ J - I TT 

rtoto yisttvi ni^ b wi ytrn rf?bnno w-^3 wn 27 

v •• ^ j- t t • • : w - <•• - ■; : j- : t : |- - 

iriw) rutf 

IT" ATT 

:?3 nVvi rotf nxm hjb> o^btfi dw n^rm 28 

IF '•' * " rtTT j- : (.t t v : 'S- : I V V ' :|~ 

ftivypi wjjpp upqp HJ t^n!? m Tptf-n^ top*) 29 
: mrr miK -wn nb-nxn-p u»V 

|t : vt-:|- - y; -: t t _ :jt I ■ "t 

m& byvn) wnn ro-n# n^in Hpjjk ijrtrtp ■> 
jrftai d^3 n^n ruts' nfco tram 

T t it V ;- att v. •■ >• -:|~ 

niNo jn^i nip irjiytf) yatf ^-♦o?-*?3 >nn 31 

:rib*i n^ 

I T~ AT T 

Dn-riN Dty'-nN m 1^1*1 n:&> n^to p'qrrp riS-wi 32 

vt v p v - v j- att v •• y ~: I v - • :|- 

.•ngrnitt 

CHAPTER VI. 

n\ra noian ♦js-ty rn 1 ? Dnxn ^nn-'? wi « 

(. t at t -: |t j •• : m \ r r t |t j" •• F ' :|~ 

ion 1 ? rft? 

|V t j : -. 

n:n rti® 9 dinh nva-fw crrfrNn-oa 'ikti 2 

'• tt |t j : v • v: |t ■• j < : •- 

:nra ntfK ^bo dw bn 1 ? inp*i 



TA" V 



|t t r: 



ov.29. NtfSnn onip tsnjn D\ytr Kiipni, 'dj/u nr» 



230 Genesis VI. 



3 mj 00$ dh't? briffe Tm pV-^ riin; 'tonj 



|t t V : . . : >t ■■ t t j t : At t 

4 nfcfo rb-nriK dji bnn owa pic vn o^a-in 

v -: I *■ ••—:[- -»~: " t j- t - I v t t -it • • : - 

ran on 1 ? n^i dHkh nto- 1 ?** bnf?Kp ua ^ 

t x" Av t ^ : |t: tt|t -i : v • v: |t <•• : t 

:D^'n njty* Dj?typ 1#$ D^n 
n hsj-^ai pao DT^rr run nan ^ nin> *m 

t : } vat t v.t t [t ~- t vt ;■ t : :j — 

tDVrrta jn p^ ^ rostra 
e asfjam p*o DiNn-nx nb>y->? rim> onn 

_,.. . ^-_ .. . T T v _. <T T | T „ v . v T . ._. _, - 

own nty-njn iran-ry nbn:rny dinq rrbiKn 

•At t - I ^ *=- : v V.Y **• t •• •=- t t |" t t -: |T 

8 :irtiT W in nvd mi 

|t : ;■• * Sl : K" t;t : 

* vnn-n n\n D*on p>ny &x m m rff?w rf?K 

At | : itt r t | v- r ~ -J : I v "< 

: ni-rfrnnn D^rfwnrrw 

- | | v - : ■ V •/: |t 

• jna'-nao on-na nw-nx oon n^tr' m n^n 

•. |t v : ;t v v." v A - t -it : -v. v )- 

ii : Don pan *6aro DTfiwn ^a 5 ? pan nntrni 

|t t P vvt t j" t • - A" '•" |t -i-:- I VVT T >•• t • - 

12 nWn->;D nnm^j n-ini pan-fia vrhx «v\ 

S- : ' r tat : • j- • : J wt t v r v: :s — 

Jn^"^ W^S "W^ 



Genesis VI. 231 



nK*7p-^ »itf? n^ ifca-to rp m 1 ? DTfrN -each ™ 

jt : |t • -t : -it t t t I |<- - : v: 

rpKfrrac onw'o wi omao ddh ™n 

I v |t t v it • : - r : • : Av ■• St t | vvt t 

rttflirn** njwgp o^p TguHffi ran if? rre># m 

j-V^a pra n?ag rink rns$i 
porn rpk hdn niND t^tr nnx nwyn im rth ™ 

t •• - | v < t - -j •• s : at sv ^: |- y: —. V : 

: nriDip hdn o^en rram nsa o'tston 

|t t | | ST - ;• : t : t t - <• • -: 

- >•.• t . - : • tjv- t - v : t •• - jv *—. |- - -i 

: np>m d'b^i d-W D'nrrn o^n rra:n nann 

t fv ^: |- l' • : r* : ■;■•:- at jt • : st " - 

iW? pNn-^j; era ^En-rust nop b#r »3^i « 
to own nnno D"n rrn te-w ntra-'jD 

y -Att - - V " • - J v ~: T T T 

tV»i nnK nfuvrta h^m hrx vma-nK vibprn i» 

llT.'T T ~ T " - T T JlVT • «■■ *' II - - :|~ 

nann-*?** wan ^50 doit nipa-too ♦nrr-^soi * 9 

ST " ~ V -I - t •; • s- : T T t • - T t • 

ivsv rrapa ia? ^n^ ri'nrfr 
nnixn tin;n ^ao n^p 1 ? non^n-ftf! vtra 1 ? ^iJjn^ 3 
: mm 1 ? tV^n lata 1 too dW inro*? 

I -: |- : I SV •• ) t ■> ■ «r : A" • : 

?fjgij n?p^) *?a$ natoj ^asp-^ao ?f?-np n 5Sl 21 

: ntaN 1 ? on 1 ?! rf? irm 

|t : t : vv t : •/ J : ;tt : 

: njjuj [3 D*n%* ink my ^'8 ^S nj i^jn 22 



232 Genesis VII. 



CHAPTER VII. 

* -*a nann- 1 ^ xi^" 17 ?'! rr ?^"^? ttf? K 1rr ! ^^ 
: nrrr nra ^s 1 ? pn» ^ ^n^ 

|v - ; - r t : } r- ■ ■)• t ) I : | 

2 b>>n rrjj^wp^ n^3^ S 1 ?'^ rnincpn nprrgn • ^ap 
outf wn mnco n 1 ? n#N p rrbrran-pi iw*o 

•«.- : •;• ;t : j v -: t •• : - I • a : " : 

I : • : ;• 

3 m^rfp ngpfl -or nyatf rv$t? org^rr tyi#o dj 

: pj*rr -*?? ye ^j? jh? 

jv -: I : - t v • t t :rYr "v t : - : 

" :rrirr ims-n^K ^aa m bun 

|t : v.t • v -: J : - A "H-" 

e j parrty d*d rwi ton raw hind Bterra mi 

I v |t t ^- -v- t t -1 - - : at t V •■ r- I v - : 

V : • At " - v (. • -)r t p : s : • : t t j t- 

8 rnhE) raw* wn fibrrarrrbi rninen rarrarrp 

At : to." " JV - : t " : - P • t : - t " : - I ■ 

9 iBtop napfl "or Harm- 1 ?** ro-^N wa d\3&> duV 

■/•/ —-r AT |" : jtt v.t •• - -•; v st •-: ■- : 



Genesis VII. 233 



Dinn hi^D- 1 ?? b|?3J nfei Di*3 virb wj ^ 

: innsj own nrw nan 

n&sw rti-ua nan om-op to aa ritn oi*n owz ^ 

■: -!•• : - a " : W/t ;t : p : - -it v - <- v"v : 

: nann-^ DfiN va-^s rwhm to 

|t •• - v it • ;t t i" v s : 

-toi nrtf? ronan-'Mi wtf? rrnn-^m nnh i* 

t : t • : t '• : _ t : t jt - |- t : t •* 

: ^a-^a ii?V *?a 
nfebrr^ao crip ow nann-^N to -to n6n 1CD 

t t - t • •- : •<- : fir " ~ '•' ~ l '•' »t- 

: D".n mn ia-n#s 
ink nw n^xa wa nt^a-too nap» ^ar tritam 16 

*. JT • vv ~:p t tt t " <t|": tt • t - : 

j lira rrirr niD^ D'rito 
Wfeh D?5D W flr?" 1 ^ D1 ! DW1* **?80 W 17 

■% ngaj ^rn HSJO" 1 ^ ™p ^Ti ESQ H?W 18 

• |T _ J" 

bnnrr 1 ?! icon inxn-by nko im naj tram 19 

• t |v t •. : - I VftT t w - k : J : -J : |t » : 

: trprtr^a nnr)--\vx mosn 

• |t t - t - fc™ v ~: • : _ 

: onnn loan ow naj ntyb^o ton nntyy p'on 3 
norq®! fjijjfa j^ij-^a trpnn 1 nfra -^a jnjn 21 



234 Genesis VIII. 



22 nanna im ^aa v&o D"n rrn-nDtstt n#** *?a 

(.t t |t v r.- -: -y • t - : • - - : • v _ : 

23 onap ma-wn us-ty i n#N i oipvr^a-nK ran 

<t t p t t-.|t J" : ^- jv -: J j : - t - .- 

PUJO-jo irran D?b#r? ^jHjrj fe^OT^ rana-ny 
: njnna ina npo m-rjN nat^i 

24 j oi* nKoi onstorr v^^y tftsh naw 



CHAPTER VIII. 

« nhnan-^a-njo rrnn-^a run ro-nK brfw nan 

t •■ : - t v : t - |- t <•• : v ■ v: < : • - 

ot^i v^krrty kh wtibx w nana ina nete 

: crpn 
2 own tf?3i d* nanai Dihn wyo hapn 

v\v- ;-t— -att - (. : . ~:| _ : -J ■ : ~ = H"- 

: D?p#n-f9 
s o^n nam ai^'i rji^n pan tyo man W-n 

4 tpirf? di» n^-n^a^'3 TWfo trjha hann mni 

|t t -: y t ~ _ 

n h^ya ^iMSjj tr'lhn nj^ mbm Tjfrn vn d?doi 
: onnn »B*n wni fcnri 1 ? nnxa 

|" t [v )- t (. : ■ v - -jt v : 

e nann ]iyn-n$ m rrpw di* D^aiK fis© *n?i 



Genesis VIII. 235 



D»on rwy~*\y nib*i kw *an riyrrnN rfwF) ? 

•v. — v j : ^- t t < — a It v >> — -.- 



T " t<t- t: _ I - : - t T _ t:[t : 

nnw) \v ri?v>) r^xn- 1 ?! >fe-*?y d»d-^ rrftfin 

t v|t* _ t <-:'-] -.(St t t j" : ^- • v.- t •• - 

: rrpnn-^N v^k win ran 
pgitrn^ nj?tf *]pji D^rrg era* nyryp ■# ^m • 

rr£3 epa m-rfrg rrrn yw nfi hwn v*jj K2fn " 
-*£n rawi-nic rhm nnm my njntf Tij; ^m 12 

: t - v :- a- " ~: Ft T" : • * vjt- 

e^rf? "»r&9 [Vni| rritf rrtfoonc^i nnN3 »jt?5 13 
rrann hmo-™* m no-n ™n tyo man onn 
: np-wn ua cnn mm *nh 

|t t -: |t ;•• : v. : |t r" ■ : : — 



:*\qxh> m-^N D'rfw nyip «» 



236 Genesis VIII. 



17 -tyxiR normi qiw nifo-^D nnN-ntrK rr-nn-ta 

t : -jr •• : - I *s t t t t • J : • .• —. r - |- t 

: p.^0"^- ^7! H^ 
is : inK wa-nwi mew vai hj-iwi 

19 f$?r^ ^P 1n ^? ^C 1 " 5 " 7 ?) ^VlO" 1 ?? ^P" 1 ?? 
^ rhhtsn nonijn ■ too n&n mrrf? ra?E> ni p*i 

2i k 1 ? ib^-^N rrfir north hmn rm-riK hiit rrn 

j • v t : v - ~ . _ _ j.. ._. T . -jt- 

: Wipji i#$$ ♦p-^3 
22 rpm ppn om npi Typi jri p$i t s>?- , ?3 nty 

■nn^ ^ n^ T Din 



o v . 17. 'p xrn 



VOCABULARIES. 



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
USED IN THE VOCABULARIES. 



act., active, 
adv., adverb, 
c, common, 
cf., compare, 
conj., conjunctive, 
convers., eonversive. 
const., construct, 
dem., demonstrative, 
f., feminine. 
Hit, HIM1. 
HiQp., HiQpa'el. 
Impf., Imperfect. 



Imv., Imperative. 
Inf., Infinitive, 
interrog., interrogative. 
lary. laryngeal, 
m., masculine, 
n., noun. 
Nif., Nifal. 
Part., Participle. 
Perf., Perfect, 
pers., personal, 
prep., preposition. 
pr. n., proper noun, 
pron., pronoun, 
sg., singular, 
suf., suffix. 



In the Hebrew-English Vocabulary the numeral immediately following 
the Hebrew word indicates the number of times it occurs in the Old 
Testament. 

In the English-Hebrew Vocabulary the numeral immediately following 
each word indicates the number of the corresponding Hebrew word in the 
Hebrew-English Vocabulary. 



HEBKEW-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



OF 

GENESIS I-VIII. 



1. 2^ [1155*] C&v), (const. 
^2X) m., father. 

2. pS [266] ('even), f., stone. 
3- "IK [2] fed), m., mwf, 

vapor. 

4. DH^ [560] ('adam), m., 

T T 

man; cf. E^fc$» 

5. HOTN [225] C a dama(h)), 

t t ~: 

(const. nD*1fc0 f-j ground, 
earth. 
6- bflN [350]('6hel),m.,fen«. 

7. niN [102] ('or), 6* %fc, 
sfone, ('2 Lary.). Hif., ^i'pc 
light. Inf. with prep., 
S T^n^, i- 15, 17, &c. 

8. niN [120] <», m, light. 

9. nlN P6] C60), f., «fim, pi. 

10. f^ ('az), adv., tAe*. 

11. j)N [42] ('azan), Kal not 



used. ('B Lary.), Hif., 
listen, give ear, Imv. 2d pi. 

n|Njn. iv. 23. 

12. HN [688] ('ah), (const. 

T 

^P]fc0 m -> brother. 

i3. nin« [H3] ciM*), 

(const. Hin^) f-j sister. 

14. inN[1000]Ce(h)had),m., 

T V 

flf OMf, f. const. nn^» iv. 19. 

15. nn« [180] ('a(h)her), 
(const, ^n^) m 'j another, 

pi- nnriN- 

16. "lriN [770] ('S(Wbar), 
prep. fl/Vcr, pi. only in const. 

nrw« 

17. ^ ('ay), (const. ^) inter- 
rog. adv. where? ("13*^ 
where art thou f iii. 9. 

18. m^N [5] ('eva(h)), (const. 

T 

DTK) f -> enmity. 



* The figures in square brackets indicate the number of times the word appears 
n the Old Testament. 

239 



240 Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 

19. pX Cayin), nothing, there 22, v. 29. Impf. with Waw 
is not, const. pj& with m. convers., IftS^l, i. 3, 6, 
suf., yj^K, v. 24. &c -> lO^rilj iii- 2 , 13, &c. 

20. EhK [1700] ('is), m., mail, 31. fTIDK [35] ('imra(h)), 
cf. Q^* (const. n*1DK) f«, ^^" 

t t : 

21. 7]^ ('ax), surely, only. ance, song, iv. 23. 

22. ^DK [821] ('axal), eat, de- 32. {tffaK (' e no§), pr. n. Enosh, 
tour, (&"D), Im pf. ^2^1 ( man )* 

te«Ffl. Hi- 6, !??Ki Hi" 33 ' ^$ ( ' &n6xi) ' pers - pron " 

J, Nif. Impf. h^\ vi - 21. L 

23. rfcDK [18] C6xl T a(h)), f., 34 ' ^0« l 214 ^ C* 82 ^ ^^ 
/oo Y T CB Lary.), RDDK], vi. 

24. 7^ ('el), prep, unto, with 

suf.,^,^om, 35 ' ^ 1282] W, m., n««, 

25. hb( C^(h)), pron. *« ~ |^j Dndd^ 

26. ffnV« [2500] ("ldhim), 36 ' ^ C * f) ' ^ *" ^ 

pi. m.,'" : ^ (sing, n^x 6 ^ ™^ '5 n^ * * * m * 

used in poetry). tocrffiii. 1. 

27. QN [220] ('em), f., mother, 37. PQIN C a rubba(h)), f., lat- 
with m. suf. ^gjjjj* tice, window, pi. HlSIK* 

28. QN ('im), conj. if. 38. }Q*)K [320] ('arba ), (m. 

29. nSN [240] ('amma(h)), f., (1^2^) ^ /ow, ord. 

30. ^DK [5026] ('amar), say, 39. THN ' [96] ('6rex), m., 
(N"S). Inf. const. -fON, fen^A. 

with ^ 1'a^b = IDK^'i. 40. V*JK [2000] ('gres), f., earth. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



241 



41. T"]K [57] ('arar), curse, 
('B Lary. and Jfy), Pass, 
part. ItDX, iii. 14, iv. 

11. ETel, tSs, with fern. 51. 
suf. pnn«, v. 29. 

42. DTIST ( Va raTat), pr. n. 52 . 

t t -; 

Ararat. 

43. n#N [470], ('i§§a(h)), 53. 

T 

(const. H t^fcO woman, with 

suf. iRBfK, vii. 2, pi. 54. 

D^'J, const. ifcfa, vi. 18. 

t •• ; 

44. ")$# C a ser), rel. particle 
wAo, which. 

45. HK ('e0), particle placed 
before definite accusative; 
before Makkef, "H& witn 55. 
suf. in'N, Dim i- 27, 28. 

T 

46. p^ ('e0)> prep. with. 

47. HfiN (atta(h)), personal 

T " 

pron. thou. 



48. 3 (b e ), prep, m, on, among. 

49. "13 [11] (bad), m., separa- 
tion, VH2/» '° his separa- 
tion= alone, ii. 18. 

50. ^3 [42] (badal), £al not 

- T 

used. Hif. separate, di- 
vide ; Impf . with Waw con- 



56. 



57. 



58. 



versive ^S^l, i. 4, 7, &c, 
Part. 7^ ^] 2 D » dividing, 
i. 6. 

r6'"!2 [2] (b'dolah), &<&£- 
lium, ii. 12. 

1D3 [3] (bohu), m., empti- 
ness. 

nnna [300] (b<hema(h)), 

t •■ : 

f., taa^, dumb brute. 
K13 [2619] (bo'), <?o in, 
come. Kal Perf. fc$3> y i- 
16. Hif. Perf. fcPDfT 
ftriwgr, iv. 4. Impf. with 
Waw convers. frO^l* "• 
19, iv. 3. 

Bfl3 [109] (bos), 6e 
ashamed, Hiflpolel Impf. 

"WIS [102] (bahar), choose, 
Cy Lary.). 

p3 [168] (ben), (interval) 
prep, between, for ♦ ♦ ♦ P3 
p3> occurs 7 ♦ ♦ ♦ p3* 
rP3 [2100] (b£yi0), (const. 
1TV3) m -> house, house^ 
hold, with suf. 7]J"V3> vii. 
1, pl. D^3, (batim). 



242 Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 

59. mto3 U 2 0] (b e 5Cor&(h)), enant, '3 D^DH, torfoMitf 

• . . J • •• 

f., first-bom, pi. H m33* a covenant. 

60. ^2(butt),adv.ofnega- 70 - ^"13 [413] (barax), Pi'el 
tion,to,no^ftenof,iii. 11. ^1?' hless > Im P f - witn 

61. |3 [4500] (ben), m., son. Waw convers. THD^, i. 

62. D 32 [380] (bana(h)), build, 22, v. 2. 
Cn^),Impf. with Waw 7L *^? [270] (basar), m., 
convers. )y*\ ii. 22. Part. fi esk 



rua iv. 17. 72, n 5 1 400] (b ^)> f " <^ to - 

63. ^3172 (ba*vur), prep. 

/ 'l\u f *<* 73 - PI33 [35] (gav6(a)h), adj. 

/or, ztc &<?#aZ/ o/, comp. of 3 - T 

j *^„ « «m **W» pi. D\*Qa* 

and nlDy from n2v> ~, ^i^ r.^ , :, , * » 

,w * W 74. ^J [150] (gibbor), m., 

pass over. 7 „ , 

hero, man of valor. 

64. ^3(b'ad),prep.o« ^ ^ [23] ( g ^ r ), be strong, 
after, with suf. VlJQ, after ^ "^ % (Gf ^ - } 

fc,vii.i6. 76> ^ na [330] (gM61) ; m ^ 

65. yp3 [51] (baka), cleave, great, elder. 

divide, ('? Lary.) Mf. 6* 77. yjj [24] (gawa ), die, «f- 
oro&m up, vii. 11. ^" r ; (^ Lary ) Impf 

66. ^^3 [210] (b5ker), m., Jfijp, vi. 17. 

morning, dawn. 73. jfflj [2] (gahon), m., 6e%. 

67. ^3 [53] (bW), form, L^l iiL 14 . 

create, (X'^), Impf. with 79< j^pj ( g ih6n),pr. n. tfiAoTi. 

Waw convers. fc^^Q^V on L* "/ « \ • 7 

" IT- J 80. QjJ (gam), conj. a/so, 

68. |?ri3 [73] (barzel), m., DJ ♦ ♦ ♦ Dll> M • • • a ^« 
^ow. 81. j-| [3] (gan), c. or f. #ardm, 

69. nn3 [280](b«rt(9),f.,cov- parA:. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



243 



82. *)DJ [1] (gofer), m., pitch, 
pitch-wood. 

83. £hj [47] (garas), drive, 

~ T 

cast out. Pi' el, $*)% ex- 
pel, iv. 14. Impf. with 
Waw convers. Ef*)^Pl» m - 
24. 

84. DBto [35] (ge'sem), m., 
gushing rain, heavy shower. 

85. pD^ ^^1 (d& v ^k), c/ecwe, 
adhere, ii. 24. 

86. riJI [33] (daga(h)), (or 

T T 

y^\ m.) f., /isA, const, 
n^, i. 26, 28. 

87. in/tri [23] (dun or da- 
nan), rule (1). Impf. |H\ 
vi. 3. 

88. nil [170] (dor), m., age, 
generation, pi. im and 60. 

89. Q1 [360] (dam), m., blood, 

T 

pl. D^D^1> const. IQ^], iv. 
10. 

90. niDT [25] (d<mu0), f., 
likeness, image. 

9L "TH/! [21 ( dlWfc )' m " 

thorny plant, thistle, iii. 18. 

92. rpft [690] (dSrex), c. 
w a Vi journey. 



93. #$*!] [2] (dasa), ^rowf. 

i. 11. 

94. \$tfr\ [14] (dese), m., 
tender grass. 

95. ♦j"| (ha), Article, £fo, other 
forms are: H, j"|, H* 

96. fj (h a ), Interrog. particle, 
same as Latin ne, other 
forms: H, H* 

97. ^DH (heVel), m., pr. n. 
Abel. 

98. fc^n (hu')> pers. pron. Ae. 

99. fpH (haya(h)), be, happen, 
come to pass, (j"| /)> 

nrm *• 2 > rm, 1 14, 

t : it t : 

15, Inf. const. HVn with 
3 and suf. Dn1^H3» lv - 

8, impf. nyv, ' I 29, 

rp.nfl,iv. 12, Jussive Iffy 
i. 3, 6, with Waw conjunc- 
tive ^rpl, i. 6, with Waw 
convers. ^J"P1, i. 3, 5, &c. 

100. Tlbn [526] (halax), go, 
Part. act. TPh, ii- 14, 
HI0. u'a/A*, gfo about, Impf. 
with Waw convers. 

r^nrn v. 24. 



244 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



101. |n f Hil»n(Hen,hinne(h)), 
adv. behold, lof 

102. r&n (hSnna(h)), pers. 

T J" 

pron. i., they. 

103. flgn [95] (hafax), turn, 
change into, ('Q Lary.). 
Hiflpa elPart. nDBHOP 
turning itself, hi. 24. 

104. *|fj [560] (har), m., 
mountain, pi. Q^H* 

105. J^n [170] (haragX M, 

- T 

sZa?/, ('Q Lary.), iv. 23. 
Impf. with suf. "OiniT, 
iv. 14, with Waw convers. 

106. rnri [43] cwwch)), «m- 

mve, ('S Lary. and j") /)• 

impf. rnnri, with w aw 

convers. inOl* iv. 1, 
17, &c. 

107. j^Sn [2] (heron), m., coTi- 

108. T (w e ), conj. and, other 
forms ), % *), 1, ^, depend- 
ing on tone and following 
vowel. 

109. r\\ [13] (ze(h)), dem. pron. 
m.',^,f.n^l,cf. ]-&N* 



110. DH1 [368] (zahav), m., 

T T 

gold. 

111. fW [38] (zayi0), m., oZiw- 

112. IDT [169] (zaxar), re- 

_ T 

member. 

113. 1D1 [82] (zaxar), m., male. 

T T 

114. nyj [1] (ze'a(h)), f.,«0e<rf, 
const. n^T> iii- 19. 

115. JT)T [55] (zara ), sow, fy 
Lary.). Part, Jf*}], i. 11, 
Hif. yield seed, Part. 

jrnra, l n, 12. 

116. J?"]]' [220] (ze'ra), m., 
seed, in pause, J7^], i. 29, 
seedtime, viii. 22. 

117. NDn [33] (hava), Kal 

T T 

not used. ('Q Lary. and 
ijfy). UW. hide oneself, 
Impf. with Waw convers. 

N?nrn in. 8. 

118. n"lDn[29](babbflr& ; h,)) 

T 

f., bruise, wound, with 

suf., ^fnan, fr. 23. 
119. rnian m ft a g6ra(h)), 

f., girdle. 
120. bpiri (hidd^kel), pr. n. 
Hiddekel, Tigris. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



245 



121. Ehn POO] (hodes), m., 
new moon, month. 

122. niPI (hawwa(h)), f., pr. 

T ~ 

n. Eve. 

123. ^H [64] foul) and ^fl 

(hil), be pained, wait, CD 
Lary. and fjf), £al 
Impf. 3 m. s. with Waw 
con vers. ?r"Pl> vnh 10. 

124. V!|n [172] (Ms), m., out- 
side, street, y^Jip rV31?# 
from within, from without, 
vi. 14. 

125. nNE>n [125] (hatta'0), 

T _ 

f., sin. 

126. ^Jl [500] (hay), m., life, 

pi D"n- 

127. ,Tn [264] (b&y&(h)), Kw, 

('D Lary and H'^), M. 

ni^n, impf. ntn% ^- 

sive *>rp> w ^h Waw con- 
vers. *>PP1> v - 6, 9. 

128. rPD [500](hayy&(h)),f., 
&TO710 creature, beast, const. 

n^n,poet.-m^ : n, i.24. 

129. "_J1 [23] foayay), live, 
('D Lary. and Jf'J?), *Q f 
iii. 22, v. 5. 



130. 2^H [90](bSlev),m.,M 
fatness. 

131. |^n [31] (haUon), c, 
hole, window. 

132. ^n [139] (halal), loose, 

- T 

set free, CD Lary. and 
J?"J7), Hif. ^,-J, 6^n, 

vi. i, Hof. ^nin> & was 

begun, iv. 26. 

133. Dn [16] (ham), pr. n. 
Ham. 

134. QJl [14] (horn), m., heat. 

135. ipn [20] (hamad,) de- 
sire, CD Lary.), Nif. part. 
1DTO, i". 6. 

t : v 

136. DOn [60] (hamas), m., 

T T 

violence. 

137. £ton [166] (h&me§), f., 
five, ordinal ^E^Dn. >W*. 

138. m [69] (hen), m.,' /a«w, 
grace. 

139. TjUn [S] (h>nox), pr. n. 
Enoch. 

140. nDn [22] (haser), be di- 

T 

minished, fail, CD Lary. 
mid. e). 

141. 2nn [40] (harev), dry 
"i ; > CD Lary., mid. e). 



246 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



142. inn [400] (herev), f., 
sword. 

143. na-in m (w*ftv«h)), 

T TIT 

f., dryness, dry land. 

144. rnn [92] cwjago), &wm, 

T T 

glow (with anger), ('B 
Lary. and H /)• Impf. 
with Waw con vers, in 51 !/ 
iv. 5. 

145. Pjnn [7] (ho'ref), m., 
winter. 

146. Ehft [1] (tores), m., tool, 
cutting instrument, iv. 22. 

147. Tj^n [78] (ho'sex), m., 
darkness. 

148. "llnO t 92 l (tahor), adj., 

T 

c/ean, f. n*llPlED> vii. 2. 

149. 21CD [550] (t6v)i m., good. 

150. OH CD (terem), adv. not 

VJV 

2/e£, before. 

151. PpO [1] (t&raf), adj. 
/resA, wewfo/ plucked. 

152. ^ (yaval), pr. n. Ja6d. 

153. Efap [60] (yaves), fe 

" T 

dried wp. Kalpnf . const. 

ntf a\ via. 7, (V'o). 

154. nEteP [14] (yabb&3&(h)), 

T T - 

f., dr?/ tec?. 



155. T [1580] (yad), f., hand. 

156. JJT [1045] (yada ), know, 
fl'B and ^ Lary.), Inf. 

const. njPi* 

157. nlfl 1 (y&h-w*(h)) 

t : 

Yahweh, or ( ,a donai) = 
Lord. 

158. ^2^ (yuval), pr. n. Jubal. 

159. QV> [2250] (ydm), day, 
pi. D^, const. ip% 

160. HJI^ [33] (y6n&(hj), ! f. f 

T 

160a. ^JT [35] (yahal) waif, 
not used in Ipil. Nif. 
Impf. with Waw con vers. 

^nn viii. i2. 

V JT • " 

161. 2B*> [23] (yatav), be good, 
p'D)i Hif. Impf. ypl^ 
iv. 7. 

162. 1^ [490] (yalad), bear, 

- T 

bring forth, ()"Q), Inf. 
const. iHT/j with 
S nT^bi iv-' 2, Impf. 
"1^, iv! \ 17, &c, Nif. 
6e 6om, Impf. J)J^, iv. 
18, Hif. beget, T^lfl, v. 
4, 7, &c, Impf! -fo)\ 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



247 



with Waw convers. 
-1^1, v. 3, 7, &c. 

163. 1^ [88] (yeled)', m., child. 

164. QM380] (yam), m., sea, 

165. Pip* 1 [210] (yasaf), add, 
(f D), Hif. Impf. Fpp1\ 
Jussive, np1% with Waw 



convers. 



iv. 2. 



166. nD' 1 . [HI (yefe^), pr. n. 
Japheth. 

167. N^ [1075] (yasa ), go out, 
CTD and N" 1 ?)- Impf. 
with Waw convers. fr^l, 
iv. 16. Hif. &rai<7 out. Impf. 
N*f1\ 3d f. with Waw 
convers. N^RX *■ 12. 

168. ^ [62] (y&sar), /orm, 

(TTD)i Im P f - with Waw 

convers. 1!J^1> "• 7. 

169. -JSP [9] (ye'ser), m., /orm, 
imagination. 

170. Dlpl [2] (y'kum), m., 
what exists, living being, 
(root Q!|p). 

171. NT l 315 l (^ r§ ')> / mr ' 

(TDi and K^). Impf. 



NT\ 1st sing, with Waw 

T • 

convers. NTfcO* m - 10- 

# T • IT 

172. "J*p (yered), (in pause 
"IT), m., pr. n. Jared. 

VIT # 

173. pyi [6] (yerek), m., green- 

ness. 

174. 3^> t [1050] (yasav), sit, 
dwell, (fB), Impf. 2{tf\ 
with Waw convers. 2E^V 
iv. 16, Part. Act. 2^'\ 
iv. 20. 

175. W> [16] (yasen), steep, 

(VB)s JE^ with Waw 

convers. jfc^l, ii. 21. 

176. 3 (k<), prep, as, like. 

177. £?23 [15] (kavas), <r^ 
upon, subdue, Imv. with 
fern. suf. nttf23» J - 28. 

178. 2313 P6] (koxav), (const. 
2313) m-i 5 ' ar > P l - 

0^2313* 

179. 0*3 U^ *o(a)W, m., 
strength, might. 

180. ^3 (ki), conj. ^a£, /or. 

181. ^3 (kol), m., totality, all, 
every, with Makkef "?3* 



248 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



182. N^3 [18] (kala), hold, 
restrain, (fcO). 

183. H^3 [206] (kala(h)), be 
ended. {JT\/)> Pi'el, com- 
plete, finish, Impf. H ?3\ 
with Waw convers. /3^1/ 
ii. 2. Pu al Impf. with 
Waw convers. ^3^1, ii. 1. 

184. 1 3 (ken), adv. so, thus, 
J3"?J? therefore, on ac- 
count of this, ii. 24, |3?/ 
therefore. 

185. 1\33 [42] (kinnor), m., 
Aarp, lyre. 

186. HJ3 [110] (kanM), (const. 

187. nD3 [149] (kasa(h)), 

T T 

cover, Pu. be covered, vii. 

19, (n"b). 

188. H3 [280] (kaf), m., paZm 
of hand, sole of foot; dual 

189. -|B3 [100] (kaf&r), co««r 
(with pitch), vi. 14. 

190. yrq [90] (k'ruv), m., 
cherub, pi. D^DIIS* 

191. nj'rO [28] (k«06rt0) f f., 
coaZ, te'c. 



wo. 



192. ^ (1«) prep, to, /or. 

193. $b (lo ), adv. no*, 

194. 3^ [620] (lev), m., heart, 
with 3d m. suf. }3^ 

195. {^3^ [116] (lavas), pu* 

_ T 

on (clothes), Hif. clothe 
(another). Impf. with 
Waw convers. D£^3 ^1/ 
iii. 21. 

196. fink [1] (lahat), m., 

- j - 

flame, glittering blade (of a 
sword), iii. 24. 

197. QJlh [300] (le'hem), c, 

v J V 

food, bread. 

198. \&Eb [5] (latas), hammer, 
forge, Part. act. t^'EJ /> ^ 
22. 

199. ^ [224] (layil), 
ally rk^b with He of 
acc, m., night. 

200. nsb (lamma(h)), adv. 

why} 6, no). 

201. T]p^ (lemex), pr. n. La- 
mech. 

202. np^ [966] (lakah), take, 
('7 Lary.), Inf. const. 

nnp> impf. np% with 



IV. 



usu- 



Vocabulary of Genesis I— VIII. 



249 



Waw con vers. Pii^l, ii. 
15, iv. 19. Pu al, be taken, 

203. *l'^p [2861 (m e '6d), adv. 
very. 

204. HKD [ 60 °1 (me'a(h)), 

T " 

(const. H^p) hundred. 

205. ^1^0 [19] (maor), 

T 

(const. *|1XP) m -> li 9 ht > 
luminary, pi. HIND* 

206. ^DNO [ 3 °1 (ma >xal), m., 

T "* J l~ 

food. 

207. ^30 [13] (mabbul), m., 
deluge, flood. 

208. HD (ma(h)), interrog. 

T 

pron. what? Other forms 
are •TID# HI?* HD* 

209. b^bbnO (mah4al'el), 
pr. n. Mahalaleel. 

210. "J^iO [200] (mo ed), m., 
set time, season, plural 

D^jnp- 
2ii. nio i S57 i (mu#), <&* 

(Vy),Perf.mp, vii. 22, 
Inf. abs. HID* u - 17, Impf. 
mft^. jussive fiO\ with 



Waw con vers. nb^l> v - 

I T~ 

5, 8, &c. 

212. n2lP [310] (mizbe(a)h), 
m., altar. 

213. HTO P4] (maha(h)), 

T T 

wipe out, destroy, (' JJ Lary. 

and rr!?), Impf. nnt?K# 

vi. 7, Kal Impf. with Waw 
convers. HD^ vu - 23. 

214. ^K^nD(mWael),pr. 

•• t i : 

n. Mehujael. 

2io. nivrm [53] (mat- 

t t ~: 1- 

a sava(h)), f., ^ aw > V UT ~ 
pose, pi. const, H2ttf H??, 
vi. 5. 

216. "nOD [18] (matar), Kal 
not used, Hif. TDDPI 
give rain, ii. 5. 

217. ">0 (mi), interrog. pron. 

218. Q^P l 60 °] (mSyim), 
(const, ^p) pi. m., wafer. 

219. rp [31] (min), m., fond, 
species, with prep, and m., 

sg.suf.irpS^nrp 1 ?, 

i. 11, 12. 

220. HDDP [1^1 (mixse(h)), 
(const. HpDp) m -> cover- 
ing. 



250 Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 

221. k!?D [247] (male'), be 229. PjfegD [240] (ma a se(h)), 
full,* W 1 }), Imv. 2d pi. (const. Plfe^D) m., 
J)^^P, i. 22, 28. worfc. 

222. n3K?0 [172] (m-l&'- m K V° [486] ( m ^'), M*, 

*h)) T , Us, ro rf> > £ , -"\? Part * act 

•• - : NttD, IV. 14. 

f., worA:. 

223. ClvtPPQ I 17 J ( mem " v,: ^^^n 
sala(h)), f., dominion, rule, ' ••): • "' 

const, nbetoa ;• i6. ' &re ' sa<feWnff ' L ia 

»Wt"?" 232. DIDO [380] (makom), 

224. p (mm), prep. Jtom. (const. DlpQ) C ^ace. 

WBp.ui.3. 233 D [76HmJ]fn . (h))) 

225. niJ 9 [7] (m & n6(a)W, m„ ^ fl } ^ ^_ 

a resting, resting place. "'; 

stance, wealth. 

226. nmD [200] (minha(h)), ^ n ^ D [101] (mart(h)), 

(const, nnjp) f, « (cons ; t ; n ^ e) m . ; op _ 

offerinq, present. 7 " , : 

•" y ^ pearance, look. 

227. |^D [23] (maVan), m., ^ ^ ^ ^^ ^ 
fountain, spring, plural ^^ ^ Inf congt 

wyyo and nujpo- with prep . \ t,^ 

228. ^p [137] (ma'al), adv., 2 36. j"! H 5 2?" D [270] ' (mis*- 
above, used only in com- paha(h)), f., /am% pi. 
position; with j-|__ loca- n1nBEft> 

tive, |-6yp «2war&, 237> ^#^0 (m^'el), 

with p and jp, pr . n. Methushael. 

rbsobis Kt. /ro7n-fo- 238. n^E^nD (m^silah), 

upwards, vii. 20. pr. n. Methuselah. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



251 



239. iy [379] (nagad), £al 
not used, (j''B),ffif.T;}n 
tell, show, iii. 11. 

240. I^J (neged), prep, be- 
fore, in presence of, with 

suf. ftaj, ii. is. 

241. JUJ [148] (naga), foucA, 
smite, Q"£ and '7 Lary.), 

Impf. ^an. "I- 3. 

242. n J [24] (nad) m., fugitive. 

243. ^rU [123] (nahar), m., 



T T 

river. 



244. Ifa (nod), pr. n. Wod. 

245. fJW I 64 l ( nu (a)t), rerf, 
(|TD# l'J» and ^ Lary.), 
Hif. rVJiT caiwe to res£, 
Impf. with suf. and Waw 
convers. inHJl^l* n - 15, 
l£al Impf. 3 f. sg. with 
Waw convers. n J R 1 / 
viii. 4. 

246. Hi (no(a)h), pr. n. Noah. 

247. DrU [106] (naham), £al 

- T 

not used, (J"B and 'j; 
Lary.), Nif. repent, pity, 
Impf. Qpin, vi. 6, Pi'el 
cow/or/, Impf. UprU\ 
v. 29. 



248. BfrU [30] (nahas), m., 

T T 

serpent. 

249. n^'nj [135] (n«h6se0), 
m., bronze. 

250. JJjpj [58] (nata ), p/anf, 
(p) and ,l ? Lary.), Impf. 
with Waw convers. JJ©*1 
ii. 8. 

251. n'n^[43](niho(a)b),m., 
res£, pleasantness. 

252. n3J [499] (naxa(h)), £al 
not used, (j"D and H"*?), 
Hif. n3D» smite, strike, 

T 

Inf. const. nl3H» i y - 15. 

253. JJJ [43] (na ), m., wan- 
derer. 

254. npjtt (na-ma(h)), pr. 
n. Naamah. 

255. D'HJtt [46] (n'-urim), 
(def. writing for D^IJJJ), 
used only in pi., m., youth, 
i. e., time of youth. 

256. n?J [12] (nafah), Mote, 

breathe, (j"S and '^ 
Lary.), Impf. with Waw 
convers. nS^> n - 7. 



252 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



257. ^SJ [2] (nafil), m., used 
only in pi. Dv^SJ/ 
giants. 

258. ^SJ [417] (nafal), fall, 
(Y'£), Hif. Impf. with 
Waw convers. 7 gV), ii. 
21. 

259. {jfBJ [780] (ne'fe§), f., 
breath, soul. 

260. n3pJ [22] (nteva(h)), 
f., female. 

261. Dpi [34] (nakam), 
avenge, ()"£), Hof. Dj5\ 
in pause Dp* 1 * i y - 15. 

262. Njfrj [706] (nasa), W 
^ (J"B and X" 1 ?), Inf. 
const, ftttp, iv. 7. 

263. NEfa I 17 ! (nasa), £al 
not used, (j"S and N" 1 ?). 
Hif. deceive, seduce. 

264. HDEfa [24] (n«sama(h)), 

t t : 

(const. nD5^*J) f., breath, 
spirit. 

265. jpJ [2090] (na0an), piw, 
(}"D), M. const, nil, 
iv. 12, Impf. with Waw 
convers. )p\^), i. 17. 



266. DDD [1^6] (savav), turn, 

- T 

encompass, (JTJ?), Part, 
act. DDD> n- H> 13- 

267. naD [ 9 °i ( sa s ar )> ^ 

- T 

Impf. with Waw convers. 

-ucn, ii. 21. 

268. *V)D [293] (sur), torn 
aside, (middle- vowel). 

269. *!3p [3] (saxar), (= 
*"UD)> shut up. 

270. ISO [172] (sSfer), m., 
writing, book. 

271. *inD [83] (saflar), Me, 
Nif/lmpf. inDIt ^. 
14. 

272. HDj; [286] C&vad), serve, 
till, ('Q Lary.), Inf. const, 
with prep. 7, HDJ^ /» n\ 5. 

273. ^21? [551] O&var), pass 
over ('Q Lary.). 

274. *]JJ Cad), prep, till, un- 
til. 

275. mif Cada(h)), pr. n. 
^4 da. 

276. nj? [3] C^den), m., Eden. 

277. DJW W (ugav), m., 
pipe, reed, organ. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



253 



278. "tf JJ Cod), adv. still, yet, 
again. 

279. rkty P 86 l C°la(h)), 
(const, rbty) *•> hurnt ' 
offering, pi. (n1?J?)* 

280. Ity [226] Cawon), (const. 

))V) m., guilt, sin. 

281. ub)^ t 43 °] Colam), m., 
a#e, eternity. 

282. r|1j; [32] (uf), fly, CB 
Lary. and mid-vow.), 
Polel Impf. FfflljP* i. 20. 

283. F)ty [70] ('of), m., bird, 
fowl, collective. 

284. Ity [95] ('or), m., skin. 

285. 2]J7 I 114 l C&zav), feaw, 
forsake, ('B Lary.), Impf. 
"2J^, ii. 24. 

286. H]J? t 21 l C^zer), m., AeZp. 

287. pjj [872] (iyin), f., eye, 

P i. J with suf. DD^rj?< 

iii. 5. 

288. T}7 [1074] Cir), f., city, 

pi. any- 

289. TVJP ('ir&d), pr. n. Irad. 

290. Q'"V}7 [10] Cerom), adj. 
naked, pi. DBTJ?» in - 7 - 



291. 7j; ('al), prep, wpon, 
1th |p, by®, from 



wit 
upon. 



292. fl^JJ [862] ('ala(h)), #o 
wp, ('B Lary. and H'v)* 
Impf. rb$\ "• 6, Hif. 
ojfer up. 

293. H^ [18] ('ale(h)), 
(const. i"pj?) m -> ^ a /- 

294. QJ? Cim), prep. w^A, 
aZorz<7 with. 

294a. HQj; prep. wiM. 

295. 'HBy [108] ('afar), m., 
dust. 

296. Vj; [326] Ces), m., tree. 

297. 2V^ t 17 l Ca?av), suf- 
fer pain, ('B Lary.), 
Hi0p. w. Waw convers. 
D^J7rVl» grieve oneself, 
vi.6. 

298. 2VJ?. l 7 l C*B*v)f m -> 

pa/??, grievance. 

299. ]nyy [3] (issavon), 
(const. I^Qyj?) m -» ^or, 
per/??. 

300. D^j; [120] Ce'sem), f., 
bone. 



254 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



301. 35^ [14] O&kev), (const. 

302. a^y [132] Clrev), m., 
evening. 

303. yi}} [10] Corev), m., 
raven. 

304. Q^y and D^ [16] 
('arom), adj. naked, pi. 

D^sng, but o^enj? 

( ,a rummim), ii. 25. 

305. Dny [HI Carum), m., 
prudent, crafty. 

306. 2^J? P3] Ce'sev), m., 
grreen herb, plant. 

307. nfew [252i] casa(h)), 

T T 

do, mafce, ('3 Lary. and 
j-|"!?), Impf with Waw 
convers. E?JP1, i. 7. 

308. 'J'TfefJjJ [26] C»siri), or- 
dinal num. tenth. 

309. *\py [333] Casar), car- 
dinal number ten, used 
only in compounds with 
units, as in ^£?t? THX 
eleven, fem. n*"l^JJ 
Oesre(h)). v. 8. 

310. ^Vty (m. rn^J?) U72] 
Ceser), f., ten. 



311. ny [300] C§0), c, time. 

312. J-jny Catta(h)), adv. 



now. 



313. HS [480] (pe(h)), mouth, 
with fem. suf. FPB» i y - 

T J* 
11. 

314. "JS (pen +), conj. lest, 
with Impf. 

315. QVJS [2000] (panhn), m., 

• T 

/aces, const. ^Jg, i. 2. 

316. D#S [HO] (pa am), U 
tread or step, owce. 

3i7. naB [is] (ps?a(h)), 

rmd, opm, (H /) i y - H- 

318. JJ^S [7] (pe'sa), m., 
wounding, with suf. ^^ Q, 
iv. 23. 

319. nDS [2°] (pakah), open 
(the eyes), ('? Lary.), 
Nif. VlpDl iii- 5. Impf. 
with Waw convers. 

t : Jj-t • - 

320. TIB [26] (parad), sepa- 

- r 

rate ('J? Lary.), Nif. Impf. 

-ne^i "• io- 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



255 



321. mg [28] (para(h)), bear 

22, 28. 

322. HS I 115 ] (P eri ), m., fruit. 

323. nnS) [141] (pa0ah),opm, 

~ T 

Nif. fo opened, in pause 

innDJ. vii. ii, fy 

it : • 

Lary.). 

324. nnB [160] (pe'flah), m., 
opening, door. 

325. |^y [268] (son), c, sheep, 
flock, collective. 

326. &QS [13] (§ava'), m., 

T T 

army, host. 

327. "|y [33] (sad), m., side, 
with prep, and suf. 
WW3. «. 16. 

328. p^y [203] (saddik), m., 
jW, righteous. 

329. iny [24] (sohar), f., 
%^, collective, lights, 
windows. 

330. HIS [509] (§awa(h)), 
Ral not used, (fl'?), 
Pi'el niU> command, 

T • 

Impf. with Waw convers. 



331. nVs (?!M(h)), pr. n. 

T • 

Zillah. 

332. Q^a [16] (s&em), m., 
image, likeness, i. 26, 27. 

333. J?^y [42] (sela), m., 
side, rib, pi. J^J? 7^ 

334. riD^ [31] (samah), sprout, 
('7 Lary.), Hif. raa&e 
sprout, Impf. with Waw 
convers. PlD^l' n - 5. 

335. pjftf [54] (?aak), cry 
owf ('J? Lary.), Part. act. 
plur. D^p^Si iv - 1°- 

336. ni£lf [39] (§ippor), c, lit- 
tle bird. 

337. D""lp [61] (kedem), m., 
front, east, as adv. before. 

338. HOnp W *idm&(h)), f., 
eastward, const. nD"lp, 
ii. 14. 

339. Ehf} [171] (kadas), be 
pure, clean, holy, Pi' el 
consecrate, Impf. with 
Waw convers. E^lp^l, 
ii. 3. 



256 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



357. 



340. nip [48] (kawa(h)), hope, 352. 

(ft" 1 ?), Nif. assemble, 353. 
gather together, Impf. 

341. ^p [500] (kol), m., 354. 
floice, sound. 

342. Q!)p [450] (kum), rae wp, 355 - 
(mid-vow.), Impf. with 356. 
Waw con vers. Dp 5 *!, i v - 

s, inf. ^nbpn, vi' is. 

343. ,-|Dlp [45] (k6ml(h)), 
f., stature, height. 

344. V)p [12] (kos), m., to. 

345. jfop [56] (katon), adj. 
Utile. 

346. pp (kayin), pr. n. Cain. 

347. j:pp (kenan), pr. n. Cai- 

nan. g^g 

348. yip [20] (kayis), m., 
fruit-harvest, summer. oqq 

349. ^p [82] (kalal), fo Z^fa 
in weight, be diminished, 
(JTJ7), Pi'el make light 361. 
o/, cwrse. 

350. |p [13] (ken), m., cell, ogo 

351. H3P [81] (kana(h)), get, 
acquire (H /)> i y « !• 



YP [65] (kes) m., end 
n^ [90] (kase(h)), 

(const, nap) (=YP ) ' 

m., end. 

"yap [54] (P?ir) m., 

harvest. 

lb [1] (kor), m., cota. 

&HP [855] (karaO, caZZ, 

( N" ^ ), Impf. with Waw 

con vers. fr^p^l* *• 5. Nif. 

Impf. H^pV iL 28 ' 

n«n[1295](ra'a(h)),^, 

look dy Lary. and n"^>), 
Impf. with Waw convers. 
NTJ, i. 4, vi. 2. 
Bfth [600] (r6's), m., 
head, pi. D^&TV 

jitun [ i77 i erf"*), 

adj. y£rs£. 

n^^l. [51] (re'310), f., 

denom. from E?&^, ta- 

ginning. 

2*) [466] (rav), m., mwc^, 

many, fern. n2*V 

33^ [17] (ravav), mw/- 

My* (iTj?)> Inf. const. 

3h, vi. 1. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



257 



363. nrn [243] (rava(h)), m- 
crease (H /)> Impf. Jus- 
sive any. 22, imv. nn, 

i. 22, 28, Hif. nana 

Inf. abs. n3*in» iii- 16, 
Impf. 1st pers. H3^^/ 
iii. 16. 

364. y5^ [30] (ravas), lie 
down, crouch, Part. act. 

y;h, iv. 7. 

365. ^n [260] (regel),c, /oof, 
with suf. H /3"1» viii. 9. 

t : - 

366. nil [25] (rada(h)), have 
dominion, rule ( H / ) , 
Impf. )pfy t i. 26, Imv. 

H% i- 28. : " 

367. pin [HI (ru(a)h), £al 
not used, Hif. inhale, 
smell, 3 m. s. with Waw 
con vers. Pj^l* viii. 21. 

"jT" 

368. nil [375] (nl(a)h), f., 
breath, spirit. 

369. Q!H [I 93 ] ( rum )> &« h wh, 
become high, rise, (mid- 
vow.) Kal Impf. 3 f. s. 
with Waw con vers. 

onm. vii. 17. 



370. 2nh [21] (rohav), m., 
breadth, with suf. rGPl^V 

t : t 

vi. 15. 

371. P|pp} [3] (rahaf.), (']/ 
Lary.), Kal not used, Pi'el 
M*], brood, hover over, 
Part. fern. nBJTTDi *■ 2 - 

372. nn. [56] (re(a)h), m., 
fragrance. 

373. frD^ [14] (ramas), 
creep, Part. act. with art. 
frDhn, *■ 26, fern. 

nfrbSn, i. 21. 

374. ^pS [17] (remes), m., 
creeping thing. 

375. JH (f- n^n) [650] (ra ), 
adj. bad, evil. 

376. Hjn (ra'a(h)), f., 6arf- 

> T 

ness, wickedness. 

377. Hjn [183] (ra'a(h)), 

r t 

/eed, tend, ('JJ Lary. and 
n"7), Part. act. const. 

njp, iv. 2. 

378. p^ (rak), adv. only. 

379. Jpn^ [17] (n\ki(a)'), m., 
expanse, const. JTp"l» i. 
20. 



258 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



380. -)N£? [131] (saar), re- 

- T 

main, ('^ Lary.), Nif. be 
left, vii. 23. 

381. JQEf [96] (seVa), (m. 
riy2tf)Useven,*iy2tf 
seventh, ii. 2, Q^niQfi^ 
sevenfold, iv. 15. 

382. rft# [70] (§ava0), r^f, 

- T 

cease, Impf. with Waw 
convers. USE^l* ii- 2. 

383. QatSf [1] (§aggam), only 

T _ 

in vi. 3, with 3, (in their) 
wandering(f). 

384. Dnfcf [11] (§5ham), m., 
onyx, sardonyx. 

385. y\tf [1100] (suv), torn, 
(mid-vow.), Impf. 2d sg. 

MBfQ, iii. i9. 

386. Ffltf [3] (suf), fcrmse, 
crwsA, (mid-vow.), Impf. 

387. nn^' [151] (§aha0), Kal 
not used, ('JJ Lary.), 
Pf el destroy, corrupt; Nif. 
Impf. "with Waw convers. 

nntsfm vi. ii. 



388. JYHtf [85] (S10), pitf, p/ace, 
(V'y), Perf. riBf, iv. 25, 
Impf. 1st. sg. rW'& iii. 
15. 

389. rgp [5] (S&x&x), sub- 
side, ($*$), Impf. 3 m. pi. 
with Waw cons. QE^l, 
viii. 1. 

390. p2f [127] (saxan), afciVfe, 
dwell, Hif. Impf. with 
Waw convers. |3{jfaV 

391. rfov; [837] (salah), send, 
put forth ('y Lary.), Impf. 
rbp], prg l Impf. with 
Waw convers. and suf. 

inn Wn "i. 23. 

392. Bf^ltf (S&16S), (m. 

T 

ni£^?E0 f'i ^ ree / ordinal 
^^VtEf, aire?, pi. 

thirty. 

393. Qgf (Sam), adv. there. 

394. Qgf I 85 °] ( § em), m., 
name. 

395. Q2f (sem), pr. n. SAem. 

396. D^DEf [400] (sama'yim), 1 
m., only in pi. heavens. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



259 



397. nib® (§ e mone(h)), 
(m. n'ibVJ) t; eight, 

398. JJOEf [H04] (sama'), 
hear, listen to ('7 Lary.), 
Impf. 3 pi. with Waw 
convers. ^fl/DE^l, iil. 8, 
Imv. jJJDE^ iv. 23. 

399. ^E£? [460] (samar), keep, 

- T 

watch, Inf. const, with 
prep, and suf. HIOE^' 
ii. 15, Part. act. *ip&?/ 
iv. 9. 

400. piJttf [877] (§ana(h)), f., 

T T 

year, pi. D"W** 

• T 

401. 1J£? [150] (Sent), adj. sec- 
ond, pi. Q'OEf, vi. 16. 

402. D'Uitf [080] (s e niyim), 
(const. *>J£0 m., cardinal 
<wo, f. D^P^, const. 
ifJBf, iv. 19." 

403. HUE? [15] (sa a(h)), Zoofr, 
regard ('JJ Lary. and 
H'^), Impf. with Waw 
convers. JJE^l, iv. 4. 

404. HDEf ['4] (Saka(h)), 
]£al not used, Hif. 



npt^n* 0^ e ^° drink, 
ii. 6. 

405. V^Bf [14] (Saras), swarm, 
6e many ('J/ Lary.), i. 20. 

406. y^Bf [15] (sires), m., 
swarm, collective, reptiles. 

407. #tf P6] (ses), (m. j-|#E0 

T 

f., six, ordinal ^&^*, 
si^A, i. 31. 

408. ri£f (§e0), pr. n. Seth. 

409. ni& [330] (sadc(h)), m., 

V T 

field, open country. 

410. rPfe? W (si(a)h), m., 
shrub, bush. 

411. Dl{y [603] (Sim), put, 
set, place, 0"J7), Impf. 
Q^fcn, Jussive. Qfcn, 
with Waw convers. 
DfejJ, ii. 8. 

412. ^3E; [76] (saxal), Zoofc 

- T 

at, behold, Hif. ma&e *me, 
Inf. const. ^Vgjyjl, Hi. 6. 

413. ni«n [20] (ta-wa(h)), 

(const, nixn) *•> *■ 

aire. 

414. ni«n P7] (f'ena(h)), 

t •• : 

f., y?a, fig-tree. 



260 



Vocabulary of Genesis I — VIII. 



415. nan psi (tev&ao), u 

T 

416. !)njn [20] (t6hu), m., 
wasteness, desolation. 

417. DlHp [35] (fhdm), c, 
afr?/ss, deep. 

418. pj5 ^5=in (tuvalHyin), 
pr. n. Tubal-cain, iv. 22. 

419. 7]iri [430] (t&wex), m., 
midst, const. Ti)Pi> l - 6. 

420. ni^ln [39] (tdl'ddfl), f. 
pi., generations, history. 

421. nnO (taha0), prep, wi- 
der. 

422. ^nnn [20] (tahtt), m ., 

lowest part, pi. D^pnfV 
vi. 16. 
423. D^DPl [90] (tamim), 

• T 

(const. D^On) m -> Per- 
fect, complete. 



424. jyp| [1] (tannin), m., 
water-serpent, monster, pi. 

Drm i- 21. 

425. IBp [4] (taf&r), sew 

~ T 

together, Impf. pi. with 
Waw con vers. ^IBIVl/ 
iii. 7. 

426. j£?Sn [54] (tafas), catch 

T 

(harp strings), play, Part. 
act. t^On, iv. 21. 

427. HDTin [7] (tarde- 
ma(h)), (const. nOTlfO 
f., deep sleep, ii. 21. 

428. Hp^'n PI (t*4i(h)), 
f., desire, longing. 

429. Jfjtfpj [58] (tSsa ), (const. 

jjg/n) (m. nytfn) 

mne, Q^E^R, ninety. 



ENGLISH-HEBREW VOCABULARY 



GENESIS I.— V I I I - • 



Abel, 97. 
abide, 90. 
above, 228. 
abyss, 417. 
acquire, 351. 
Ada, 275. 
add, 165. 
adhere, 85. 
after, 16, 64. 
again, 278. 
age, 88, 281. 
all, 181. 
alone, 49. 
along with, 294. 
also, 80. 
altar, 212. 
among, 48. 
and, 108. 
anger, 35. 
another, 15. 
appearance, 234. 
Ararat, 42. 
ark, 415. 
army, 326. 
as, 176. 

ashamed, be, 55. 
aside, turn, 268. 
assemble, 340. 
avenge, 261. 

Bad, 375. 
bdellium, 51. 



be, 99. 

bear, 162. 

bear fruit, 321. 

beast, 53, 128. 

before, 150, 240, 337. 

beget, 162. 

begin, 132. 

beginning, 360. 

begun, be, 132. 

behind, 64. 

behold, v., 412. 

behold! 101. 

belly, 78. 

bend the knee, 70. 

between, 57. 

bird, 283, 336. 

blade, glittering, 196. 

bless, 70. 

blood, 89. 

low, 256. 

bone, 300. 

book, 270. 

born, be, 162. 

both. .and, 80. 

bread, 197. 

breadth, 370. 

breath, 259, 264, 368. 

breathe, 256. 

bring, 54. 

bring forth, 162. 

bring out, 167. 



broken up, be, 65. 
bronze, 249. 
brood, 371. 
brother, 12. 
bruise, v., 386. 
bruise, 118. 
brute, dumb, 53. 
build, 62. 
bush, 410. 
burn, 144. 
burnt-offering, 279. 
but even, 36. 

Cain 346. 
Cainan, 347. 
call, 356. 
cast out, 83. 
catch, 426. 
cast, 382. 
cell, 350. 
change into, 103. 
cherub, 190. 
chest, 415. 
child, 163. 
choose, 56. 
city, 288. 
clean, 148. 
clean, be, 339. 
cleave, adhere, 85. 
cleave, divide, 65. 
clothe, 195. 



•See last paragraph on page 238. 



261 



262 



Vocabulary of Genesis I.— VIII. 



coat, 191. 

cold, 355. 

collection, 231. 

come, 54. 

come to pass, 99. 

comfort, 247. 

command, 330. 

complete, v., 183. 

complete, 423. 

conceive, 106. 

conception, 107. 
consecrate, 339. 
corrupt, 387. 

country, open, 409. 

covenant, 69. 

cover, 187. [189, 

cover (with pitch), 

covering, 220. 

crafty, 304. 

create, 67. 

creature, living, 128. 

creep, 373. 

creeping thing, 374. 

crouch, 364. 

crush, 386. 

cry out, 335. 

cubit, 29. 

curse, 41, 349. 

cut, 67. [146. 

cutting instrument, 

Darkness, 147. 
daughter, 72. 
dawn, 66. 
day, 159. 
deceive, 263. 
deep, 417. 
deep sleep, 427. 
deluge, 207. 
desire, v., 135. 
desire, 135, 413, 428. 
desolation, 416. 
destroy, 213, 387. 
devour, 22. 



die, 77, 211. [349 
diminished, he, 140. 
divide, 50, 65. 
dividing, 50. 
do, 307. 
dominion, 223. 
dominion, have, 366. 
door, 324. 
dove, 160. 
dried up, be, 153. 
drink, give, 404. 
drive, 83. 
dry land, 143, 154. 
dry up, 141. 
dryness, 143. 
dust, 295. 
dwell, 174, 390. 

Ear, give, 11. 
earth, 5, 40. 
east, 337. 
eastward, 338. 
eat, 22. 
Eden, 276. 
eighty, 397. 
elder, 76. 
emptiness, 52. 
encompass, 266. 
end, 352, 353. 
ended, be, 183. 
enmity, 18. 
Enoch, 139. 
Enosh, 32. 
eternity, 281. 
Eve, 122. 
even, but, 34. 
evening, 302. 
every, 181. 
evil, 375. 

existing, being, 170. 
expanse, 379. 
expel, 83. 
expire, 77. 



.eye, 287. 

Faces, 315. 
fail, 140. 
fall, 258. 
family, 236. 
fat,-ness, 130. 
father, 1. 
favor, 138. 
fear, 171. 
feed, 377. 
female, 260. 
field, 409. 
fifth, 137. 
fig,-tree, 414. 
find, 230. 
finish, 183. 
first, 359. 
first-born, 59. 
fish, 86. 
five, 137. 
flame, 196. 
flesh, 71. 
flock, 325. 
flood, 207. 
fly, v., 282. 
food, 23, 197, 206. 
foot, 365. 
for, 63, 180, 192. 
forge, v., 198. 
form, v., 67, 168. 
form, 169. 
forsake, 285. 
fountain, 227. 
four, 38. 
fowl, 283. 
fragrance, 372. 
free, set, 132. 
fresh, 151. 
from, 224. 
from upon, 291. 
front, 337. 
fruit, 322. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I. — VIII. 



263 



fruit, bear, 321. 
fugitive, 242. 
full, be, 221. 

Garden, 81. 

gather, 34. 

gather together, 340. 

gathering, 231. 

generation, 88, 420. 

get, 351. 

giants, 257. 

Gihon, 79. 

girdle, 119. 

give, 265. 

give rain, 216. 

give rest, 245. 

glittering, blade, 196. 

glow, 144. 

go, 100. 

go about, 100. 

go in, 54. 

go out, 167. 

go up, 292. 

God, 26. 

gold, 110. 

good, be, 161. 

good, 149. 

grace, 138. 

grass, tender, 94. 

great, 76. 

green herb, 306. 

greenness, 173. 

grievance, 298. 

grieve oneself, 297. 

ground, 5. 

guilt, 280. 

Ham, 133>. 
hammer, v., 198. 
hand, 155. 
happen, 99. 
harp, 185. 
harvest, 354. 



he, 98. 
head, 358. 
hear, 398. 
heart, 194. 
heat, 134. 
heavens, 396. 
heel, 301. 
height, 342. 
help, 286. 
herb, green, 306. 
hero, 74. 
Hiddekel, 120. 
hide, 117, 271. 
hide oneself, 103. 
high, 73. 
high, be, 369. 
history, 420. 
hold, 182. 
hole, 131. 
holy, be, 339. 
host, 326. 
house, 58. 
household, 58. 
hover over, 371. 
hundred, 204. 

I, 33. 

if. 28. 

image, 90, 332. 

imagination, 169. 

in, 48. 

in behalf of, 63. 

in, go, 54. 

in presence of, 240. 

increase, 363. 

inhale, 367. 

Irad, 289. 

iron, 68. 

Jabal, 152. 
Japheth, 156. 
Jared, 172. 
journey, 92. 



Jubal, 158. 
judge, 87. 
just, 328. 

Keep, 399. 

kill, 105. 

kind, 219. 

knee, bend the, 70. 

know, 156. 

Labor, 299. 

Lamech, 201. 

land, dry, 143, 154. 

lattice, 37. 

leaf, 293. 

leave, 285. 

left, be, 380. 

length, 39. 

lest, 60, 314. 

lie down, 364. 

life, 126. 

lift up, 262. 

light, 8, 205, 329. 

light (not dark), be, 7. 

light, be, 349. 

light, give, 7. 

lights, 329. 

like, 176. 

likeness, 90, 332. 

listen, 11. 

listen to, 398. 

little, 343. 

live, 127, 129. [170. 

living creature, 127, 

lo! 101. 

longing, 428. 

look, v., 357, 403. 

look, 234. 

look at, 412. 

loose, 132. 

Lord, 157. 

lowest part, 422. 

luminary, 205. 



264 



Vocabulary of Genesis I. — VIII. 



lyre, 185. 

Mahalaleel, 209. 
make, 307. 
make sprout, 234. 
male, 113. 
man, 4, 20. 
man of valor, 74. 
many, 361. 
many, be, 406. 
Mehujael, 214. 
Methushael, 237. 
Methuselah, 238. 
midst, 419. 
might, 179. 
mighty, be, 75. 
mist, 3. 
monster, 424. 
month, 121. 
moon, new, 121. 
more, yea, 36. 
morning, 66. 
mother, 27. 
mountain, 104. 
mouth, 313. 
much, 361. 
multiply, 362. 

Naamah, 254. 
naked, 290, 304. 
name, 394. 
newly plucked, 151. 
night, 199. 
nine, -ty, 429. 
no, 193. 
Noah, 246. 
Nod, 244. 
nose, 35. 
not, that, 60. 
not, there is, 19. 
not yet, 150. 
nothing, 19. 
now, 312. 



Offering, 226. 

offer up, 292. 

olive-tree, 111. 

on, 48. 

on account of; 184. 

once, 316. 

one, 14. 

one tread or step, 316. 

only, 21, 37&. 

onyx, 384. 

open, 317, 319, 323. 

open country, 409. 

opening, 324. 

organ, 277. 

out, bring, 167. 

out, cast, 83. 

out, cry, 335. 

out, go, 167. 

outside, 124. 

over, pass, 273. 

Pain, 298, 299. 

pain, suffer, 123, 297. 

palm, 188. 

park, 81. 

part, lowest, 422. 

pass, come to, 99. 

pass over, 273. 

perfect, 423. 

pipe, 277. 

pitch, ^wood, 82. 

pity, 247. 

place, v., 388, 411. 

place, 232. 

plan, 215. 

plant, v., 250. 

plant, 306. 

play, 426. 

pleasantness, 251. 

present, 226. 

prudent, 304. 

pure, be, 339. 

purpose, 215. 



put, 388, 411. 
put forth, 391. 
put on, 195. 

Rain, 84. 
rain, give, 216. 
raven, 303. 
reed, 277. 
regard, 403. 
remain, 380. 
remember, 112. 
rend, 317. 
repent, 247. 
reptiles, 406. 
rest, v., 245, 382. 
rest, 251. 
rest, give, 245. 
resting, a, 225. 
resting place, 225. 
restrain, 182. 
rib, 333. 
righteous, 328. 
rise up, 342, 369. 
river, 243. 

rule, v., 87, 235, 366. 
rule, 223. 
rule over, 235. 

Sardonyx, 384. 
say, 30. 
sea, 164. 
season, 210. 
second, -story, 400. 
seduce, 263. 
see, 357. 
seed, 116. 
seed, yield, 115. 
seed-time, 116. 
send, 391. 
separate, 50, 320. 
separation, 49. 
serpent, 248. 
serpent, water-, 424. 



Vocabulary of Genesis I. — VIII. 



265 



serve, 272. 
set, 411. 
set free, 132. 
set time, 210. 
Seth, 408. 
seven, -th, -fold, 
sew together, 425. 
sheep, 325. 
Shem, 395. 
shine, 7. 
show, 239. 
shower, 84. 
shrub, 410. 
shut, 67, 269. 
side, 327, 333. 
sign, 9. 
sin, 125, 280. 
sister, 13. 
sit, 174. 
six, -th, 407. 
skin, 284. 
slay, 105. 
sleep, 175. 
sleep, deep, 427. 
smell, 367. 
smite, 241, 252. 
so, 184. 
sole, 188. 
son, 61. 
song, 31. 
soul, 259. 
sound, 341. 
sow, 115. 
species, 219. 
spirit, 264, 368. 
spring, 227. 
sprout, 93, 334. 
sprout, make, 334. 
star, 178. 
stature, 343. 
step, one, 316. 
still, 278. 
stone, 2. 



street, 124. 
strength, 179. 
strike, 252. 
strong, be, 75. 
subdue, 177. 
381. subside, 389. 
substance, 233. 
suffer pain, 297. 
summer, 348. 
surely, 21. 
swarm, v., 405. 
swarm, 406. 
sweat, 114. 
sword, 142. 

Take, 202. 
taken, be, 202. 
tell, 239. 
ten, 309, 310. 
tend, 377. 
tender grass, 94. 
tent, 6. 
tenth, 308. 
that, conj., 180. 
that not, 60. 
the, 95. 
then, 10. 
there, 393. 
therefore, 184. 
these, 25. 
they, 102. 
third, 392. 
thirty, 392. 
this, 109. 
thistle, 91. 
thorn, 344. 
thorny plant, 91. 
thou, 47. 
three, 392. 
thus, 184. 
Tigris, 120. 
till, v., 272. 
till, 274. 



time, 311. 

time set, 210. 

to, 192. 

tool, 146. 

totality, 181. 

touch, 241. 

tread, one, 316. 

tread upon, 177. 

tree, 296. 

true that? is it, 36. 

Tubal-Cain, 418. 

tunic, 191. 

turn, 102, 266, 385. 

turn aside, 268. 

turning itself, 103. 

two, 402. 

Under, 241, 
until, 274. 
unto, 24. 
up, go, 292. 
upon, 291. 
upon, tread, 177. 
upwards, 228. 
utterance, 31. 

Valor, man of, 74. 
vapor, 3. 
very, 203. 
violence, 136. 
voice, 341. 

Wait, 123. 

walk, 100. 

wanderer, 253. (383 

wanderings, in their, 

wasteness, 416. 

watch, 399. 

water, 218. 

water-serpent, 424. 

way, 92. 

wealth, 233. 

what? 208. 



266 



Vocabulary of Genesis I. — VIII. 



where? 17. 
which, 44. 
who, 44. 
who? 217. 
why? 200. 



wise, make, 412. 
with, 46, 294, 294a. 
within, from, 124. 
without, from, 124. 
woman, 43. 



window, 37, 131, 329. work, 221, 229. 



wing, 186. 
winter, 145. 
wipe out, 213. 



wound, 118. 
wounding, 318. 
wTiting, 270. 



Yahweh, 157. 

Yea more, 36. 

year, 400. 

yet, 278. 

youth, time of, 255. 

Zillah, 331. 

?, 96. 

)(, 45. 



WORD LISTS-HEBREW 









LIST I. 












Verbs 


occurring 


500-5000 tlmei 


1. 




1. 


— T 


8. 


- T 


15. 


■*¥ 


22. 


T T 


2. 


- T 


9. 


T T 


16. 


rf# 


23. 


DT 


3. 


N13 


10. 


yp 


17. 


"19J? 


24. 


aw 


4. 


TOT 

- T 


11. 


n p7 


18. 


n^jj 


25. 


- T 


5. 


T T 


12. 


nio 


19. 


T T 


26. 


yotr 


6. 


T*i 


13. 


T T 


20. 


Dip 






7. 


rn 


14. 


1™ 


21. 


*$ 







LIST II. 
Verbs occurring 200—500 tlsses. 

27. aflN 37. tjDJ 47. Tj^D 57. 1p£) 

28. f|DN 38. JO* 48. NVD 58. nT) 

29. ma 39. tv 49. -uj 59. on 

30. Bf'p3 40. t^T 50. HIM 60. ^p^ 

31. rro 41. yg? 51. nii 6i. w' 



32. -D| 42. p3 52. "?£)J 62. &£)# 

33. prn 43. rfra 53. ^ 63. nn^ 

34. Ntpn 44. JVD 54. mo 

35. fm 45. ana bs. -ny 

36. «?*ji 46. kSd 56. m^ 

T • T T*T 

list in. 

Verbs occurring; 100-200 times. 

64. n^K 66. tris ea pa 70. ^j| 

65. ?DN 67. nD3 69. HDD 71. *rji 

l"T -T TT "T 

267 



268 






Word Libts 








72. 


"W 


83. 


3D* 

_ T 


94. 


MO 

_ T 


105. 


<pr 


73. 


nty 


84. 


*vv 


95. 


1SD 


106. 


w 


74. 


- T 


85. 


152 

" T 


96. 


3?i 


107. 


#3^ 


75. 


^C 


86. 


HDD 


97. 


ros 


108. 


"OB* 


76. 


r\n 


87. 


nso 


98. 


^I? 


109. 


r\m 


77. 


ror 


88. 


vfob 


99. 


#% 


110. 


nw' 


78. 


- T 


89. 


on 1 ? 

_ T 


100. 


3$ 


111. 


W 


79. 


rurr 

T T 


90. 


-eh 

- T 


101. 


IT? 


112. 


*$& 


80. 


_ T 


91. 


m 


102. 


jn 


113. 


tbitf 

" T 


81. 


NOD 


92. 


_ T 


103. 


"JH 


114. 


mw 

~ T 


82. 


rrv 

TT 


93. 


yoi 


104. 


KJE> 

" T 












LIST IV. 












Verbs 


occurring: 50- 


100 times. 




115. 


rtttf 


130. 


bnn 


145. 


rrv 


160. 


*3? 


116. 


- T 


131. 


bin 


146. 


ODD 


161. 


jrai 


117. 


no** 

- T 


132. 


?bn 

T T 


147. 


DJ73 


162. 


— T 


118. 


^« 


133. 


&* 


148. 


^3 

— T 


163. 


3VJ 


119. 


nra 

- T 


134. 


PC 


149. 


J* 


164. 


_ T 


120. 


^ 


135. 


r*c 


150. 


- T 


165. 


_ T 


121. 


T»3 


136. 


T T 


151. 


-no 

_ T 


166. 


JBO 


122. 


m 


137. 


~ T 


152. 


ino 

- T 


167. 


"Up 


123. 


*oa 


138. 


nnn 


153. 


"DO 


168. 


-ino 


124. 


rra 

- T 


139. 


TJ9 


154. 


D^O 

- T 


169. 


-iv 


125. 


m 


140. 


" T 


155. 


Wo 

— T 


170. 


"«? 


126. 


W 


141. 


PC* 

_ T 


156. 


■wo 

- T 


171. 


rw 


127. 


nw 


142. 


n? 


157. 


D3J 

- T 


172. 


TO 


128. 


rut 

TT 


143. 


p$ 


158. 


- T 


173. 


rns 

T T 


129. 


*3 


144. 




159. 


mi 


174. 


pa 









Word Lists. 






269 


175. 


T T 


184. 


rap 


193. 


T T 


201. 


rw 


176. 


bbB 


185. 


JHp 


194. 


T T 


202. 


05V 

~ T 


177. 


ty# 


186. 


- T 


195. 


vlv 


203. 


- T 


178. 


ma 

- T 


187. 


J™ 


196. 


~ T 


204. 


" T 


179. 


ens 

_ T 


188. 


pm 


197. 


- T 


205. 


nj# 


180. 


p^V 


189. 


an 


198. 


tut 

- T 


206. 


- T 


181. 


T T 


190. 


mi 

_ T 


199. 


_ T 


207. 


Iran 


182. 


"TO 

- T 


191. 


m 


200. 


y& 


208. 


m 


183. 


*P 


192. 


m 
















LIST V. 










Nouns 


occurring 500— 


6000 timet. 




1. 


T 


11. 


n?3 


21. 


3 1 ? 


31. 


Mp 


2. 


T T 


12. 


13 


22. 


T " 


32. 


tfli? 


3. 


018 


13. 


T T 


23. 


D?g 


33. 


trio 


4. 


nx 


14. 


^ 


24. 


^ 


34. 


rUJ?# 


5. 


T V 


15. 


in 


25. 


c&? 


35. 


Ot? 


6. 


nnx 


16. 


*n 


26. 


■to 


36. 


OOP 


7. 


B*K 


17. 


Dto 


27. 


p? 


37. 


T T 


8.1 


ytfrij 


18. 


T 


28. 


tj> 






9. 


#i}g 


19. 


DV 


29. 


Dtf 






10. 


r» 


20. 


It«3 


30. 


DOS 

• T 







270 



Word Lists. 



LIST VI. 
Nouns occurring: 300—500 times. 



38. 


fn* 


48. 


am 

T T 


58. 


Dip? 


68. 


ng 


39. 


■?rte 

V J 


49. 


vftn 

V J 


59. 


t : 


69. 


31 


40. 


*feB 


50. 


" T 


60. 


" T 


70. 


rm 


41., 


rrjEns 


51. 


V JV 


61. 


• T 


71. 


me> 

V T 


42. 


T 


52. 


T 


62. 


rfrty 


72. 


^ 


43. 


HDH5 


53. 


'■?? 


63. 


oyw 


73. 


T 


44. 


H3 


54. 


n?! 


64. 


W 


74. 


D'OB* 


45. 


T 


55. 


on 1 ? 

V -IV 


65. 


^m 


75. 


"W 


46. 


♦u 


56. 


r©rp 


ee. 


on## 


76. 


i» 


47. 


01 

T 


57.; 


t t : • 


67. 


n# 












LIST VII. 












Nouns 


i occurring 200-300 times, 




77. 


??£ 


87. 


T T 


97. 


ik? 


107. 


PW 


78. 


nonx 

t t -: 


88. 


•7134 


98. 


ijjio 


108. 


[NX 


79. 




89. 


J™ 


99. 


H3CJP 


109. 


3^, 


80. 


^ 


90. 


nxian 


100. 


neo 


110. 


*T1 

V J'. - 


81. 


HON 

T _ 


91. 




101. 


^5 


111. 


m 


82. 


l* 


92. 


norr 

V JV 


102. 


t : • 


112. 


1#3 


83. 


jn$ 


. 93. 


ntt3 

T 


103. 


n##p 


113. 


D^" 


84. 


^5- 


94. 


n? 


io4. ntiQ&n 

t t : 


114. 


## 


85. 


l£ 


95. 


T " 


105. 


rfrro 

t -: |- 


115. 


mm 

T 


86. 


nna 


96. 


t : j- 


106. 


TO 







Word Lists. 



271 









LIST YIII. 










Nouns occurring 100—200 times. 




116. 


® 


134. 


c 


152. 


I?^'P 


169. 


*« 


117. 


DUtttN 


135. 


rc 


153. 




170. 


prtn 


118. 


1133 


136. 


# 


154. 


■>™ 


171. 


2h 


119. 


"Ip3 

|T T 


137. 


T T 


155. 


wro 

J : 


172. 


- j 


120. 


Ti:i? 


138. 


fc03 

V JV 


156. 


T 


173. 


333 


121. 


1ft 


139. 


HD 


157. 


DID 


174. 


3jn 

*T T 


122. 


rm 


140. 


W 


158. 


n£D 

V J" 


175. 


T T 


123. 


m 


141. 


ND? 


159. 


nnttj? 


176. 


V J" 


124. 


rrpm 


142. 


DID 

VJV 


160. 


rrjx 


177. 


T "" 


125. 


pn 


143. 


ptf> 


161. 


nay 


178. 


^^ 


126. 


D^n 


144. 


vhp 


162. 


tffig 


179. 


w? 


127. 


nDon 


145. 


VJT 


163. 


33R 


180. 


nibp 


128. 


nvn 


146. 


rotfpp 


164. 


Sfii 


181. 


P'Sf 1 


129. 


D^'pn 


147. 


t t : ~ 


165. 


hi 


182. 


^ 


130. 


•VD 


148. 


ispp 


166. 


nn£D 


183. 


T?5? 


131. 


P n 


149. 


5ig 


167. 


pi 


184. 


rDjrui 


132. 


nprr 


150. 


mvo 


168. 


npW 


185. 


Ton 

T 


133. 


"ITT 


151. 


map 











186. 
187. 
188. 
189. 
190. 



LIST IX. 
Nouns occurring 50—100 times. 

(1*3^ i9i. ror&t 

put 192. pnnx 

pij 193. nnrip 

nvix 194. nV?N 

nix 195. rp^x 



196. 


rotfnt 


201. 


Hltf 


197. 


rwiON 


202. 


ng 


198. 


ion 


203. 


nnx 


199. 


flO* 


204. 


T$ 


200. 


rw 


'205. 


rrcw 



272 






Word Lists 








206. 


m 


234. 


nton 


262. 


T - 


290. 


HNS 

T " 


207. 


nD3 

T T 


235. 


DDHf 

T T 


263. 


&pP 


291. 


*Tl¥ 


208. 


*a 


236 


irt 


264. 


nl\?Q 


292. 


rny 


209. 


*b 


237. 


ro 


265. 


T 


293. 


°m 


210. 


t t : 


238. 


nsin 

t : v 


266. 


T _ 


294. 


PBR 


211. 


m 


239. 


W'n 


267. 


rw'D 

— * T 


295. 


rntop 


212. 


moa 

t : 


240. 


lino 

T 


268. mwn 

'.' J. - : 


296. 


yp 


213. 


VJV 


241. 


WD 


269. 


^O 


297. 


Wp, 


214. 


■rvu 

T 


242. 


tik; 


270. 


vu 


298. 


TP 


215. 


W) 


243. 


T 


271. 


m 


299. 


™?p 


216. 


T T 


244. 


VJV 


272. 


"W 


300. 


^*P 


217. 


if% 


245. 


"C 


273. 


TJV 


301. 


m 


218. 


*tf 


246. 


hjfi? 


274. 


ftD 


302. 


31TR 


219. 


V -IV 


247. 


n#W; 


275. 


rfr'o 

V J 


303. 


DP, 


220, 


VT\ 


248. 


Vp? 


276. 


TW 


304. 


"& 


221. 


V JV 


249. 


3113 


277. 


n# 


305. 


nWl 


222. 


run 


250. 


^3 


278. 


nri# 


306. 


pm 


223. 


"?3»n 


251. 


t : • 


279. 


^ 


307. 


3n 


224. 


pan 


252. 


m 


280. 


a 


308. 


m 


225. 


13? 

T T 


253. 


mo 

T * 


281. 


tir 


309. 


juri 


226. 


jm? 


254. 


WHO 

t • : 


282. 


fltt? 


310. 


*7KO^ 


227. 


■an 

V JV 


255. 


ntno 


283. 


*K 


311. 


nnotp 

T : • 


228. 


jrr 


256. 


niDfp 


284. 


W 


312. 


■vjrtr 


229. 


win 

T T 


257. 


t : • 


285. 


f « 


313. 


"?iK# 


230. 


ntsn 

T • 


258. 


T T 


286. 


Wf 


314. 


nnj*# 


231. 


3*1 

V J" 


259.rOtrt!D 

v jv ~ i- 


287. 


n?# 


315. 


'JW 


232. 


oftn 


260. 


rvo^o 


288. 


»TO 


316. 


D'^jC 


233. 


PfeJ 


261. 


DJSP 


289. 


rtra 


317. 


T 









Wobd Lists. 




273 


318. 


w 


322. 


nnnv 

t t : 


326. &&& 


330. 


rhvrs 


319. 


y# 


323. 


w 


327. o»on 

• T 


331. 


xvyr\r\ 

T 


320. 


\tt>v 


324. 


t : • 


328. iTjitoji 


332. 


nyvt) 


321. 


«W 


325. 


*m 


329. m^an 

v jv : * 











U k^i 






WORD LISTS— TRANSLATION. 







LIST I. 






Verbs occurring 500 — 5000 times. 


1. Bat 


10. 


Sit, dwell 


19. Command 


2. Say 


11. 


Take 


20. Rise, stand 


3. Go in 


12. 


Die 


21. Call, meet 


4. Speak 


13. 


Lift up 


22. See 


5. Be 


14. 


Give 


23. Put 


6. Go 


15. 


Pass over 


24. Turn 


7. Know 


16. 


Go up 


25. Send 


8. Bring forth 


17. 


Stand 


26. Hear 


9. Go out 


18. 


Do, make 
LIST II. 






Verbs occurring 200 — 500 times. 


27. Love 


40. 


Possess 


52. Fall 


28. Gather 


41. 


Deliver 


53. Snatch, deliver 


29. Build 


42. 


Prepare 


54. Turn aside 


30. Seek 


43. 


Complete 


55. Serve 


31. Bless 


44. 


Cut 


56. Answer 


32. Remember 


45. 


Write 


57. Visit 


33. Be strong 


46. 


Be full 


58. Multiply 


34. Sin 


47. 


Be king 


59. Be high 


35. Live 


48. 


Find 


60. Lie down 


36. Be able 


49. 


Make known 


61. Keep 


37. Add 


50. 


Stretch out 


62. Judge 


38. Be afraid 


51. 


Smite 


63. Drink 


39. Go down 




LIST III. 






Verbs occurring 100 — 200 times. 


64. Perish 


70. 


Redeem 


76. Kill 


65. Be firm 


71. 


Be great 


77. Sacrifice 


66. Be ashamed 


72. 


Sojourn 


78. Pollute, begin 


67. Trust 


73. 


Reveal 


79. Encamp 


68. Perceive 


74. 


Tread, seek 


80. Impute, think 


69. Weep 


75. 


Praise 


81. Be unclean 



274 



Word Lists. 



275 



82. Thank 

83. Be good 

84. Be left 

85. Be heavy 

86. Conceal 
87.. Cover 

88. Put on 

89. Fight 

90. Capture 

91. Touch 

92. Approach 



93. Depart 

94. Surround 

95. Number 

96. Abandon 

97. Turn abo T ut 

98. Bury 

99. Be holy 

100. Draw near 

101. Pursue 

102. Run 

103. Feed 



104. Hate 

105. Burn 
>06. Ask 

107. Swear 

108. Break in pieces 

109. Do obeisance 

110. Corrupt 

111. Dwell 

112. Cast 

113. Be whole 

114. Minister 



LIST IV. 

Verbs occurring 50 — 100 times. 



115. Be willing 143. 

116. Seize 144. 

117. Bind 145. 

118. Curse 146. 

119. Choose 147. 

120. Swallow 148. 

121. Consume 149. 

122. Cleave, split 150. 

123. Create 151. 

124. Flee 152. 

125. Cleave, cling 153. 

126. Turn, overthrow 154. 

127. Sojourn [tionl55. 

128. Commit fornica- 156. 

129. Sow 157. 

130. Cease [forth, wait 158. 

131. Be pained, bring 159. 

132. Be sick 160. 

133. Distribute 161. 

134. Be gracious 162. 

135. Delight 163. 

136. Be angry [silent 164. 

137. Plow, engrave, be 165. 

138. Be dismayed 166. 

139. Be clean 167. 

140. Be dry 168. 

141. Reprove 169. 

142. Give counsel 170. 



Pour out 171. 

Form 172. 

Cast, instruct 173. 

Wash 174. 

Be provoked 175. 

Stumble 176. 

Lodge 177. 

Learn 178. 

Measure 179. 

Hasten 180. 

Sell 181. 

Escape 182. 

Anoint 183. 

Rule 184. 

Look, regard 185. 

Drive away 186. 

Rest 187. 

Inherit 188. 

Plant 189. 
Know.be ignorant 190. 

Set 191. 

Be pre-eminent 192. 

Keep, watch 193. 

Reach 194. 

Shut 195. 

Conceal 196. 

Awake 197. 

Assist 198. 



Be afflicted 
Arrange 
Redeem 
Scatter 

Separate, be won- 
Pray [derful 

Do, make 
Break, fail 
Spread out 
Cry out 
Watch, cover 
Distress 
Be light 
Get, obtain 
Rend 

Have mercy 
Wash 
Be far off 
Strive 
Ride 

Sing, cry aloud 
Be evil 
Heal 

Be pleased 
Suffice 

Act wisely, pros- 
Cease, rest [per 
Destroy 



276 



Word Lists. 



199. Kill 203. Destroy [tonished 207. Catch, seize 

200. Sing 204. Be desolate, as- 208. Strike, blow (a 

201. Put 205. Drink [trumpet) 

202. Rise early 206. Finish 



LIST V. 






No 


uns occurring 500 — 5000 


times. 


1. Father 


14. 


Way 


26. Servant 


> 2. Man, mankind 


15. 


Mountain 


27. Eye, fountain 


3. Lord 


16. 


Living, life 


28. City 


4. Brother 


17. 


Good 


29. People 


5. One 


18. 


Hand 


30. Face 


6. After 


19. 


Day 


31. Voice 


7. Man 


20. 


Priest 


32. Holiness 


8. God 


21. 


Heart 


33. Head 


~- 9. Man, mankind 


22. 


Hundred 


34. Seven 


10. Earth 


23. 


Water 


35. Name 


11. House 


24. 


King 


36. Two 


12. Son 


25. 


Soul 


37. Year 


13. Word, thing 




LIST VI. 




Nouns occurring 300 — 500 times. 


38. Master 


51. 


Sword 


64. Tree 


39. Tent 


52. 


Sea 


65. (Ten) -teen 


40. Ox, thousand 


53. 


Article, vessel 


66. Twenty 


41. Four 


54. 


Silver 


67. Time 


42. Woman 


55. 


Bread 


68. Mouth 


43. Cattle 


56. 


Altar 


69. Many 


44. Daughter 


57. 


War 


70. Spirit 


45. Great 


58. 


Place 


71. Field 


46. Nation 


59. 


Judgment 


72. Prince 


47. Blood 


60. 


Prophet 


73. Three 


48. Gold 


61. 


Around 


74. Heavens 


49. New, month 


62. 


Burnt-offering 


75. Gate 


50. Five 


63. 


Age. 


76. Midst 




\ 


LIST VII. 




Nouns occurring 200—300 times. 


77. Stone 


80. 


Mighty one, God 


83. Ark 


78. Ground 


81. 


Cubit 


84. Garment 


79. -Ram 


82. 


Nose, anger 


85. Morning 





Word Lists. 


277 


86. Covenant 


96. Night 


106. Boy, servant 


87. Flesh 


97. Exceedingly 


107. Iniquity 


88. Boundary 


98. Season 


108. Flock 


89. Seed 


99. Camp 


109. Midst 


90. Sin 


100. Rod, tribe 


110. Foot 


91. Strength 


101. Messenger 


111. Friend, neigh- 


92. Kindness 


102. Offering 


112. Wicked [bor 


93. Honor 


103. Work 


113. Peace 


94. Palm of hand 


104. Family 


114. Six 


95. Heart 


105. Inheritance 
LIST VIII. 


115. Law 


Nouns occurring 100 — 200 times. 


116. Ear 


140. Wing 


164. Bullock 


117. Forty 


141. Throne 


165. Fruit 


118. First-born 


142. Vineyard 


166. Door 


119. Herd, cattle 


143. Tongue 


167. Righteousness 


120. Hero 


144. Pasture 


168. Righteousness 


121. Generation 


145. Death 


169. Adversary 


122. Sacrifice 


146. Work 


170. First 


123. Old man, elder 


147. Kingdom 


171. Abundance 


124. Wall 


148. Number 


172. Breadth 


125. Abroad 


149. Above 


173. Chariot 


126. Wise 


150. Commandment 


174. Famine 


127. Wisdom 


151. Appearance [nacle 175. Lip, shore 


128. Heat, fury 


152. Dwelling, [taber 


- 176. Rod, tribe 


129. Fifty 


153. South country 


177. Rest, sabbath 


130. Half 


154. Valley, brook 


178. Third 


131. Statute 


155. Bronze, copper 


179. Oil, fat 


132. Statute 


156. Prince 


180. Eight 


133. Together, alike 


157. Horse 


181. Sun 


134. Wine 


158. Book 


182. Second 


135. Right hand 


159. Service 


183. Falsehood 


136. There is 


160. Congregation 


184. Abomination 


137. Straight, upright 161. Dust 


185. Continuity 


138. Lamb 


162. Bone 




139. Strength 


163. Evening 





9488 284 



278 


Word Lists. 






LIST IX. 




Nouns occurring 50 — 100 times. 


186. Needy 


220. Honey 


254. Province 


187. Socket 


221. Door 


255. Chastisement, 


188. Iniquity 


222. Knowledge 


256. Psalm [warning 


189. Treasury 


223. Temple 


257. East 


190. Sign 


224. Multitude 


258. To-morrow 


191. Possession 


225. Male 


259. Thought 


192. Last 


226. Arm, strength 


260. Kingdom 


193. Latter end 


227. Line, destruction 261. A little 


194. God 


228. Festival 


262. Unleavened food 


195. Leader, ox 


229. Fresh, new 


263. Sanctuary 


196. Widow 


230. Wheat 


264. Property 


197. Faithfulness 


231. Fat 


265. High place 


198. Saying 


232. Dream 


266. Burden, tribute 


199. Ephod 


233. Portion 


267. Anointed one 


200. Cedar 


234. He-ass 


268. Observance 


201. Way, path 


235. Violence 


269. Weight 


202. Lion 


236. Favor, grace 


270. Vow 


203. Lion 


237. Arrow, handle 


271. Libation 


204. Length 


238. Reproach 


272. Maiden 


205. Fire-offering 


239. Darkness 


273. Pause 


206. Belly 


240. Clean 


274. Rock 


207. High-place 


241. Unclean 


275. Fine flour 


208. Master, Baal 


242. River, Nile 


276. Over, beyond 


209. Iron 


243. Daily 


277. Witness 


210. Blessing 


244. Child, youth 


278. Testimony 


211. Pride 


245. Forest 


279. Skin, leather 


212. Might 


246. Curtain 


280. Goat 


213. Mighty one, man 


247. Deliverance 


281. Strength 


214. Lot 


248. Fool 


282. High 


215. Valley 


249. Cherub 


283. Labor, misery 


216. Camel 


250. Shoulder 


284. Valley 


217. Vine 


251. Tower 


285. Affliction 


218. Stranger 


252. Shield 


286. Cloud 


219. Pestilence 


253. Measure 


287. Counsel 



Word Lists. 



279 



288. Plain 

289. Nakedness 

290. Side 

291. Rock 

292. Adversity 

293. Before, east 

294. Small 

295. Incense 

296. Wall 

297. Stalk 

298. End 

299. End 

300. Harvest 

301. Offering 

302. Near 



303. Horn 

304. Bow 

305. Beginning 

306. Distant 

307. Strife 

308. Savor 

309. Desire 

310. Left hand 

311. Rejoicing 

312. Hairy, goat 

313. Underworld 

314. Remnant 

315. Seventh 

316. Seventy 

317. Trumpet 



318. Ox 

319. Song 

320. Table 

321. Peace-offering 

322. Desolation, waste 

323. Tooth 

324. Maid-servant 

325. Shekel 

326. Sixty 

327. Perfect 

328. Glory 

329. Glory 

330. Prayer 

331. Heave-offering 

332. Nine 







^ <■> ''a ^^ „ * *^ A A*"" 



**> *°«° ^ 
























* o » o ' ft* 




* 



V'V 






^-0" 









.% * 










*°V 




*% <§f 










,/^ 



^5^^ 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proces; 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: June 2007 



■**. 










V <^ „,.<,, ^ * ^ **••'* %*° PreservationTechnologies 

. * f\^»<^ **„ "£>. A"* *- JSK&JfihZ* .^ A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATI0I 



.<V 



111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724) 779-2111 



